PLACE IN RETURN BOX to roman this checkout from your ncord.
To AVOID FINES mum on at baton duo duo.

DATE DUE DATE DUE DATE DUE

I Ii 1 Q n â€™1'
*5':_' C13 â€œ? 3â€˜99

JAM 339 $38?

{LU H

â€™_.
I

SEP 1 7 2005
â€m g...â€” 1"]...â€”

_4l

MSU I: An Afï¬‚rdevo AotIoNEqud OppommIIy Instltulon
Wanna-m

r____._.â€”â€”â€”â€”-r

ABSTRACT
AN ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVALUATION OF FORT ST.
JOSEPH: AN EIGHTEENTH CENTURY MILITARY

POST AND SETTLEMENT IN BERRIEN
COUNTY, MICHIGAN

Charles A. Hulse

In 1691 a French military post was established on
the St. Joseph River, approximately one mile south of the
present city of Niles, Michigan. Shortly prior to that
time a Jesuit mission was established in the vicinity in
order to serve the Miami Indians and the few French traders
residing in the area. The Military post, mission, and
civilian village operated throughout the late seventeenth
century and first three-quarters of the eighteenth century.
In 1761 the French surrendered the fortification to the
English who controlled it until the Pontiac uprising two
years later. After one year of occupation by the
Potawatomie, the fort was again reclaimed by the British.
For the next thirty years both English soldiers and French
civilians occupied Fort St. Joseph until its destruction
by Spanish forces in 1781.

Although never excavated, this site was intensively

surface collected during the closing years of the 19th

Charles A. Hulse

century, resulting in the accumulation of over 100,000
artifacts. These collections were donated to museum
repositories in Niles, Michigan and South Bend, Indiana,
and were intermittently displayed over the years.

This thesis consists of a concise description and
analysis of the material culture from Fort St. Joseph.
The analysis of artifacts from the site indicates three
major periods of occupation extending from 1687 to approxi-
mately 1820. These periods are reviewed in terms of such
characteristics as cultural affiliation, population den-
sity, and socio-economic function in order to provide a
comprehensive overview of the site's cultural dynamics
and its role in the European settlement of the Great

Lakes area.

AN ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVALUATION OF FORT ST.
JOSEPH: AN EIGHTEENTH CENTURY MILITARY
POST AND SETTLEMENT IN BERRIEN

COUNTY, MICHIGAN

\
Charles AL Hulse

A THESIS

Submitted to
Michigan State University
in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of

MASTER OF ARTS
Department of Anthropology

1977

CHARLES ALLEN HULSE
1977

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There are numerous individuals and institutions
who have aided me during the course of my thesis research
and preparation. Without their help this project would
not have been possible.

First of all, I would like to thank the people of
Niles, Michigan, who were kind and cooperative throughout
my many visits to the area. Among these people are the
members of the Fort St. Joseph Historical Association who
provided needed financial support for this project, and to
whom I am deeply indebted. In addition, I would like to
express a personal thanks to Fran Reaves and Sarah Grath-
wohl, the past and present curators of the Fort St. Joseph
Historical Museum for the use of their museum facilities
and for assistance in assembling the artifact collections.
Thanks is also extended to Jan Houseman of the Four Flags
Area Bicentennial Commission, and Nathalie Perkins, curator
of the Northern Indiana Historical Society Museum for their
help in gathering historical or artifactual material on
Fort St. Joseph.

Dr. Charles E. Cleland, chairman of my guidance

committee, has provided me with advice and direction

throughout the course of my thesis research. His
instruction and help has proved invaluable in planning
and executing this project. Dr. Moreau S. Maxwell and
Dr. William Lovis, the other members of my guidance com-
mittee, have enriched my research through their valuable
comments and suggestions. Their personal interest and
willingness to help provided me with needed support
throughout the course of this project.

Dr. Mary Schneider, professor of Religion at
Michigan State University has also provided me with help
in the translation and identification of the religious
medallions seen in this text. Her kind spirit and willing-
ness to help provided me with an example to follow in
dealing with others.

On a more personal level, other individuals have
helped me both morally and physically in the classifi-
cation of artifacts and the production of this thesis.
First and foremost I would like to express my deepest
thanks to Pamela Zwer, my typist, helper, comforter, and
future wife for her immense help in many aspects of this
project. In addition, two individuals-~James Daggy and
Melanie Gumerman, have provided me with their expertise,
instruction, and valuable time in the preparation of
photographs seen in this thesis.

Last but not least by any means I would like to

thank my colleagues at Michigan State University and

iii

elsewhere who have helped in the identification and com-
parison of artifacts from Fort St. Joseph. In particular,
Patric Martin, Judith Tordoff, Robert Mainfort, and Vergil
Noble have provided me with valuable information throughout
the course of this project.

A final thanks also to my family and friends for
the moral support and kindness which they have shown during,

before, and after these months of research.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER

I. HISTORY, DESCRIPTION, LOCATION

II. SYNTHESIS AND INTERPRETATION .

French Period 1687-1761 . .

British Period 1761-1781 .

Post-1781 Period . . . . .

APPENDIX

A. DESCRIPTION OF ARTIFACTUAL MATERIAL

Awls . . . .
Axes . . . .
Bale Seals .
Glass Beads .

Necklace Beads . . .
Seed Beads . . . . . .

Rosary Beads . . .
Miscellaneous Beads
C-Shaped Bracelets
Buckles . . . . .

Buttons . . . . . .

Sleeve Buttons or Cu
Caltr0ps . . .
Ceramics . . . . .
Crucifixes . .
Crucifix Mold . . . . .

Door, Gate, or Shutter Hoo
Door Latch Catches .
Drawer Handles . . .
Fishhooks . . . . . .
Forks . . . . . . . .

ooohhooooo
H'I
ï¬‚
coat-loo...
:3

ooooï¬'ooooï¬'ooooo

Page

.viii

. 21
. 31
O 34

44
50
54
61

109
114
119
124

132
145
149
152
162
172
175
178
181
185
189

APPENDIX

Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gunflints . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gunparts . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Buttplates and Buttplate Tangs
Cocks . . . .

Locks . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pistol Barrel . . . . . . . . .
Ramrod Guides . . . . . . . . .
Sideplates . . . . . . . . . .
Springs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel or Batteries . . . . . .
Triggers . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger Guard Bows, Tangs, and
Finials . . . . . . . . . . .

Wrist Escutcheons . . . . . . .

Hair Pin . . . . . . . . . .

Hair Pipes . . . . . . . .

Hammer . . . . . . . . . .

Harpoons . . . . . . . .

Hawk Bells . . . . . .

Hinges and Pintles . . .

Hoes . . . . . . . .

Horseshoes and Oxshoes .

Kettles, Kettle Parts .

Keys . . . . . . . . .

Keyhole Escutcheons . .

Knives (Iron) . . . . .

Locks . . . . . . . .
Mouth Harps . . . .

Musket Balls and Shot
Nails . . . . .

Needles . . . . . . .
Pins . . . . . .
Pipes (Kaolin) . . .
Pipe (Pewter) . . . .
Pipes (Stone) . . . .
Pipe Tomahawk . . . .
Pipe Accessories . .

Porringer . . . .
Projectile Points (Metal
Religious Medallions
Rings (Miscellaneous)
Rings (Jesuit) . . .
Saw Blades . . .
Scissors . . . .
Spearheads . . .

O O O O O O :0 O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 O I O 0 O O O O O O 0

Page

193
200
214

215
223
226
226
226
233
239
239
239

245
251

255
256
260
263
266
270
273
276
280
287
293
296
315
320
324
328
336
340
341
349
352
361
365
367
369
375
390
396
405
408
412

APPENDIX

Spontoon

Spoons . . . .
Spur . . . . . .
Staples . . . . .
Strike-A-Lites .
Sword Pommel . .
Tacks (Brass) .

Thimbles . . .

Tinkling Cones .
Toys . . . . . .
Trade Silver . .

Armbands . .
Broaches . .
Crucifixes .
Earbobs . . .
Earwheels . .
Gorgets . . .
Spoon Lockets
Triangles .

Unidentified Metal

B. BRIEF ARTIFACT INVENTORY

REFERENCES CITED .

C O O 0

vii

Page

416
420
421
424
427
432
433
437
441
445
448

449
450
451
456
456
459
460
461

467
470
472

LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
1. List of Comparative Historical Sites . . . . . . 43
2. List of Gun Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

3. Maker's Marks on Trade Silver . . . . . . . . . 466

viii

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
1. A Map Showing the Fort St. Joseph Area . . . . 3
2. A Map Showing the Location of Compara-
tive Sites and the Trade Route Between
Fort Michilimackinac and the Mississippi
Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3. Awls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4. Awls with Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5. Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6. Bale Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7. Necklace Beads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
8. Necklace Beads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
9. Necklace Beads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
10. Seed Beads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
11. Rosary and Miscellaneous Beads . . . . . . . . 112
12. C-Shaped Bracelets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
13. Buckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
14. Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
15. Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
16. Sleeve Buttons or Cuff Links . . . . . . . . . 147
17. Caltrops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
18. Ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

19. Crucifixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

20. Crucifixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Figure Page
21. Crucifix Mold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
22. Door, Gate, or Shutter Hooks . . . . . . . . . 177
23. Door Latch Catches (A-E) . . . . . . . . . . . 180
24. Drawer Handles (Aâ€”D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
25. Fishhooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
26. Tableware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
27. Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
28. Gunflints (Spall) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
29. Gunflints (Blade) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
30. Gunparts (Buttplates) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
31. Gunparts (Buttplates) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
32. Gunparts (Buttplates and Buttplate Tangs) . . . 221
33. Gunparts (Cocks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
34. Gunparts (Locks and Steels) . . . . . . . . . . 228
35. Gunparts (Ramrod Guides) . . . . . . . . . . . 231
36. Gunparts (Sideplates) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
37. Gunparts (Sideplates) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
38. Gunparts (Springs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
39. Gunparts (Triggers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
40. Gunparts (Trigger Guard Bows) . . . . . . . . . 247
41. Gunparts (Trigger Guard Tangs and Finials) . . 250
42. Gunparts (Assorted Hardware) . . . . . . . . . 253
43. Hairpipes (A-I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
44. Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

45. Harpoons and Fishhooks . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Figure Page
46. Hawk Bells (A-N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
47. Hoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
48. Horseshoes and Oxshoes . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
49. Kettles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
50. Kettle Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
51. Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
52. Keys, Keyhole Escutcheons . . . . . . . . . . . 29S
53. Knives (Iron) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
54. Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
55. Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
56. Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
57. Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
58. Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
59. Mouth Harps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
60. Nails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
61. Nails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
62. Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
63. Pipes (Kaolin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
64. Pewter Porringer (A) and Pewter Pipe (B) . . . 351
65. Stone Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
66. Stone Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
67. Pipe Tomahawk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
68. Projectile Points (Metal) . . . . . . . . . . . 371
69. Religious Medallions I (Obverse) . . . . . . . 378

70. Religious Medallions I (Reverse) . . . . . . . 380

Figure Page
71. Religious Medallions II (Obverse) . . . . . . . 384
72. Religious Medallions II (Reverse) . . . . . . . 386
73. Miscellaneous Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
74. Jesuit Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
75. Saw Blades (A-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
76. Scissors (A-G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
77. Spearheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
78. Spontoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
79. Spur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
80. Staples (A-G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
81. Strike-A-Lites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
82. Tacks (Brass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
83. Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
84. Tinkling Cones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
85. Toys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
86. Trade Silver I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
87. Trade Silver II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
88. Trade Silver III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
89. Trade Silver IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

90. Unidentified Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

xii

CHAPTER I

HISTORY, DESCRIPTION, LOCATION

Fort St. Joseph was an eighteenth century military
post located on the St. Joseph River approximately one mile
south of the present day city of Niles, Michigan. The
first European attempt at settlement in the area occurred
in 1679 when LaSalle built a small fort at the mouth of
the river while awaiting the return of the Griffon (Idle
1946: 3-8). Called Fort Miami after the early name of the
St. Joseph River, this outpost had been occupied inter-
mittently for about one year when, in 1680, it was destroyed
by LaSalle's men, who had mutinied. The following year
LaSalle returned to the area and re-established the post.
However, this new post was also short lived and was prob-
ably abandoned within the next few years. LaSalle's Fort
Miami at the present city of St. Joseph, and the later
Fort St. Joseph at Niles, are often confused in the litera-
ture. Therefore, it must be stressed that there were two
separate forts located sixty miles apart, with Fort Miami
the earlier of the two. It was not until the mid 16805
that any European settlement was established up river
near the present city of Niles (see Figure l).

Figure l A Map Showing the Fort St. Joseph Area

FT. MIAMI
use:
81â€˜. 7: a
; ' â€œ1 MILES
1
0
_-_!1___.._____-___.J._-____
run )
soumasno
KANKAKEE
PORTAGE
KA KEE R.
3 5
3câ€œ: 0 , MILES

In 1686 a land grant was made to Father D'Ablon
and other missionaries of the Company of Jesus for the
establishment of a mission on the Miami (St. Joseph)
River. This grant consisted of a tract of land, twenty
arpents (3600 feet) square, fronting on the river and
issued by Sieurs de Denonville and de Champigny on October
lst of that year (Idle 1946: 20). Wiessert (1923: 38),
however, quotes a later letter (1689) by Denonville and
Champigny as granting an area only five arpents fronting
on the river by five arpents in depth. There is the pos-
sibility that the size of the land in the original grant
was later reduced to twenty-five square arpents within the
first few years after the concession was made. The wording
of the original grant indicates that a mission was not yet
begun at the time of the issuance of the grant (Idle 1946:
20-21). He goes on to say that the most likely date for
the founding of the mission was in 1687 or 1688. Father
Claude Allouez is given credit for being the first mission-
ary at the Mission near Niles, and is known to have worked
among the Miami Indians for a number of years prior to the
establishment of a permanent mission in the area. Upon his
death in 1690, Allouez was buried near the mission and a
wooden cross erected upon his grave. This wood cross was
replaced by succeeding generations until 1918, when a

granite cross was erected by the citizens of Niles on the

bluff overlooking the river about one mile south of the
city.

Father Claude Aneneau succeeded Father Allouez at
the mission in 1690, and continued his duties there until
1707. His presence at the mission at Niles, as well as
that of his predecessors, is preserved in the Baptismal
Register (see Mississippi Valley Historical Review, XIII,
September, 1926). From this register (Idle 1946: 289-301)
the following list of missionaries and their dates of

service was compiled.

Claude Allouez 1687-1690

Claude Aneneau 1690-1707

Jean Mermet 1700-1702

Jean-Baptiste Chardon 1705, 1707-1712, 1729

Michel Guignas 1720-1721

Jean-Baptiste de Saint Pe 1721, 1734

Jean-Charles Guymoneau 1722-1723

Charles-Michel Mesaiger 1724-1731

Jean-Louis de la Pierre 1735

Pierre du Jaunay 1738, 1742, 1745, 1752

Jean Baptiste de la Morinie 1740-1741, 1743-1744,
1752-1760

Pierre Potier 1761

The mission was abandoned during the Fox Wars, and from
1712 through 1718 no missionary was in the area. After
its re-establishment in 1718, the mission was served by
the Jesuit Fathers continuously until 1731. Between that
time and 1740 the mission was rarely visited by mission-
aries. Only annual visits were made by the Jesuit Fathers
from 1740 through 1745, and from 1752 through 1761.

Apparently the mission was not visited from 1745 to 1752.

Augustin Legardeur, Sieur de Courtenmanche was
sent in 1691 to establish a military post near the mission
on the St. Joseph River. This was part of a plan advanced
by Frontenac, the Governor of New France to control the
waterways from Canada to the Gulf of Mexico, and to gain
the loyalty of the Indian tribes in the area (Eccles 1969:
126-130). Although trade at Fort St. Joseph was probably
slight during the first few years after the post was
established, it was still considerable enough to insure a
healthy profit for Courtemanche and his junior officer,
Jean-Baptiste Bissot, Sieur de Vincennes (Idle 1946: 290,
37). The profit motive cannot be overlooked in the settle-
ment of Fort St. Joseph. According to Idle (1946: 37),
the major reason for the establishment of a post at Niles
was to undertake trade, and not to gain political control
of the area. Peace and loyalty of the Indian tribes was
also essential to the maintenance of trade, and large
quantities of presents were given to insure their allegiance
to France. The Miami Indians were the primary recipients
of these goods, but were later displaced by a number of
other tribes which moved into the area for trading purposes.

Louis XIVâ€˜sent a series of proclamations and ordi-
nances in 1696 and 1697 which greatly influenced trade in
the upper country (Innis 1956: 67-68). These orders called
for a suppression of trade by the discontinuance of conges,

or licenses of trade, and the restriction of numerous

outposts in the scope and extent of their trading activ-
ities. In particular, Forts Frontenac, Michilimackinac,
and St. Joseph were not permitted any trade with the
Indians. The reason for this abatement in trade was an
oversupply of furs in France which was disrupting prices.
That same year, Vincennes took command at the St. Joseph
post and remained there until it was officially abandoned
in 1699.

By 1704, the Potawatomie Indians had moved into
the area of the mission and fort on the St. Joseph River.
Just prior to the 1704 move the Miami vacated the area and
moved to Detroit and to the Maumee River Valley. Cadillac,
at that time, was attempting to concentrate the tribes at
Detroit, which he did with some success. Although relations
between the two tribes were strained, it is also probable
that both the Miami and the Potawatomie located their
villages in close proximity to one another while they were
visiting the post. Illicit trade was common during the
years 1696 to 1715 and both Courtemanche and Vincennes
made occasional visits to the post at St. Joseph for that
purpose, as well as in the interest of maintaining peace.
Though officially abandoned, the post was inhabited con-
tinuously by French civilian traders who refused to leave
the area.

Before his death in 1715, Louis XIV reinstated

the trade and again allowed for the issuance of permits

to private traders. Fort St. Joseph was officially re-
established in 1717 with a garrison of fourteen men and
officers (Idle 1946: 124-125). One major reason for its
re-commission was to draw the Miami back to the St. Joseph
River. Captain Jean-Baptiste de St. Ours, Sieur
Deschallions was the first commandant after its re-
establishment, and was successful in reviving the trade
at the fort. He served for two years before he was
replaced by his second in command, Martin Remy, Sieur de
Montimidy.
When Charlevoix visited the post at Niles in
August of 1721 he wrote:
It was eight days yesterday since I arrived at this
post, where we have a mission and where there is a
commandant and a small garrison. The commandant's
house, which is a very sorry one, is called the fort,
from it being surrounded with an indifferent palisade,
which is pretty nearly the case with all the rest,
except the forts Champly and Catarocouy, which are
real fortresses. There are, however, in almost every
one of them some few cannons or pateraroes, which in
case of necessity, are sufficient to hinder surprise
and to keep the Indians in respect (Weissert 1923:
He goes on to say that:
The Poutewatamies have occupied successively several
posts here where thay still are. Their village is
on the same side with the fort, a little below it
and on a very fine spot of ground. That of the
Miamis is on the other side of the river (Wiessert
1923: 59).
Throughout French control of the fort, from 1717

to 1761, numerous officers served as commandants at the

fort.

According to Idle (1946: 294-297) the terms of each

commandant is as follows:

1717-1720 Captain Jean-Baptiste de St. Ours, Sieur
Deschallions

1720-1722 Second Ensign Martin Remy, Sieur de
Montimidy

1722-1725 Captain Etienne de Villedonne

1725-1731 Lieutenant Nicholas-Antoine Coulan, Sieur
de Villers

1731-1735 Second Ensign Jacques-Pierre Donaeu, Sieur
de muy

1735-1738 Lieutenant Paulâ€”Louis d'Asmard, Sieur de
Lusignan

1738-1742 possibly Nicholas-Antoine Coulon, Sieur de
Villers

1742-1745 Ensign Louis Coulon, Sieur de Villers

1745-1747 Ensign Jean-Baptiste Celoraon, Sieur de
Plainville

1747-1750 Second Ensign Francois-Marie Picote, Sieur
de Belestre

1750-1751 Captain Pierre-Jeanâ€”Baptiste-Francois-
Xavier Regardeur, Sieur de Repentigmy

1751-1753 Lieutenant Pierre-Antoine de la Corne,
Sieur de la Colombiere

1753-1754 Colombiere or Deschallions

1754-1756 Captain Roch de St. Ours, Sieur Deschallions

1756-1757 possibly Deschallions

1757-1759 Captain Jean Leverrier, Chevallier of St.
Louis

1759-1760 no officer--maybe under nominal command of

Leverrier

Until 1742, licenses for trade were controlled by

the commandants and served as a source of revenue for them-
selves and the post. Later that year the policy was
changed by the French government to a system by which
territories were assigned to private traders or merchants.
This new system proved ineffective and resulted in short-
ages of goods and supplies needed for both the fur trade
and the military garrison. Due to the War of Austrian

Succession (King George's War, 1743-1748) it was

increasingly difficult for private individuals to obtain
the quantities of goods necessary to sustain a wilderness
trading enterprise. As the close of the war neared, the
military again took over administration to the gongg
system, which was reinstated in 1748 and lasted until
1755.

The population of the fort between 1717 and 1761
is difficult to ascertain. Except for the period between
1746-1751, the Baptismal Record was maintained by the
missionaries or laymen, and shows that sixty-four French
children were baptized. Thirty of them (fifteen boys,
fifteen girls) were baptized in the last six years, per-
haps indicating that this was the period of most intensive
French occupation of the area. \A census of 1736 lists
one hundred Potawatomi, ten Miami and eight Illinois
Kaskaskia as Indian residents at the Fort. The Kaskaskia
were part of a fluctuating population at the post, which
in addition, probably included Kickapoo, Mascouten, Wea,
and Illinois as groups which occasionally traded at the
fort (Idle 1946: 303, 149).

After the British victory at Quebec in 1760 all
lands east of the Mississippi were ceded to Britain as
the result of the Treaty of Paris in 1763. This included
control of French military posts such as Fort St. Joseph.
Though control of the fort was formally relinquished to

the British in 1760, they did not occupy it until October

of 1761, when Captain Henry Balfour, a British officer, â€˜/â€˜
assumed control of the post with soldiers from the 60th
and 80th regiments (Weissert 1923: 76). Balfour spent
nearly two years as commandant. Despite British command,
the French population of the area remained fairly stable
and the two nationalities coâ€”existed within the bounds of
the fort. The size of the British military population at
Fort St. Joseph is not specifically known. However, at
best it was a modest force of perhaps ten officers and
men.

Succeeding Balfour as commandant in 1763 was Ensign
Francis Schlosser, a man purported to be of exceedingly
poor competence in all areas. This incompetence is usually
attributed to an "excess of the bottle," and a general
dislike of all Frenchmen-~a bad combination considering
the circumstances. Schlosser's reign as commandant came
to an abrupt halt on May 25, 1763 when during Pontiac's
uprising the fort was forcibly taken by a force of 150
Potawatomie and 150 Ottawa warriors. In the process, ten
of Schlosser's men were killed, and he along with the
three surviving soldiers were taken prisoner. The four
captives were later ransomed at Detroit (Cunningham
1961: 77). Upon a negotiated peace with Pontiac, Fort
St. Joseph was returned to nominal British control in 1764,
but the fort was never again regularly garrisoned with

troops (Idle 1946: 284).

The role of Fort St. Joseph in the American Revo-
lution was minimal. During that time it served as an
occasional storage depot for British supplies, which were
distributed to Indians for use against American forces.
As was the case during the French regime, the fort served
as a subsidiary post to the military forces at Michili-
mackinac and the supplies which reached the southern fort
originated (or passed through) from the north. A plan
for military action against Fort St. Joseph by the
Americans was planned in 1779, but this campaign failed
to materialize (Cunningham 1961: 77).

A detailed census of Fort St. Joseph exists for

-Mâ€” .

1780. At that time the French population nwmbered forty-

M
five individuals counting men, women, and children. Four

Pawnee slaves were also included in this figure. The 1780
census notes that eight houses and seven shanties housed
these individuals. Other than this reference, no detailed
descriptions exist of any structures in or around the fort
throughout the occupation period.

In December of 1180, the fort at Niles was
attacked and defeated by Spanish forces from the Cahokia
area of the Illinois. The December attack resulted in the
capture of supplies and men. However, the invading forces

were overtaken upon their return journey and all goods

recovered. In this conflict between English and Spanish

forces, heavy casualties were suffered by the latter and
only a few survivors managed their return to St. Louis.

Kinnaird (1933: 175-191) presents three reasons
for the second attack by the Spanish on Fort St. Joseph, V/'
which occurred two months later in February of 1781.

First of all, the attack may have been a way of showing
Spanish dominance of the west. Threatened by the increas-
ing movement westward by the British (and Americans), Spain
must have wished to demonstrate their military strength in
the Mississippi Valley. Secondly, the attack may have been
a simple matter of revenge for the Spanish defeat of the
preceding month. A third reason which also must be con-
sidered is the desire for plunder. If the supplies at the
fort were the target of the first attack, then there is a
good possibility that they were important enough to pro-
vide some motivation for the second campaign. Perhaps a
combination of these factors would be the most reasonable
explanation for the action.

Whatever the cause, the result was disastrous for
the fort. An attacking force composed of Spanish militia,
volunteers, and Indians captured the fort in a bloodless
battle. It was then looted of supplies and burned to_the
ground. According to Cunningham (1961: 79) the fort was

completely destroyed except for the church, which was

M â€œWâ€˜-

later removed to the settlement of Bertrand. Idle (1946:

287) and Cunningham (1961: 79) claim that the Spanish
destroyed the fort a day or less after having captured it.
Apparently no subsequent attempt was made to rebuild
Fort St. Joseph as it was abandoned early in 1781 (Idle
1946: 288). Two men, William Burnett and John Kinzie,
prominent traders-in the area in the closing years of the
eighteenth century, established a trading post several
miles upstream from the burned fort. This area became a
new center for trade in this area after the turn of the
century. The new post, called Kinzies Improvement or

r___ .1.._.___â€˜ , /â€™
,/4Parc aux vaches," became a stopping place for travelers

and traders.

As the first American settlers moved into the area
in the 18205, only a few references were made as to the
location of the old fort, and none of these consistently
placed it in one location. Likewise, maps of the French
and British periods are of little help in determining the
exact location of the fort. In these sources, as well as
in the literature the major controversy is whether the
fort was located on the east or west bank of the St.
Joseph River. Although this will remain a point of con-
tention until archaeological excavations confirm the
location, it is most probable that the fort was located
on the east bank of the river. This is in part indicated
by high artifact concentrations found on the east bank.

According to a local historian,

The site of the village, mission and Fort of St.
Joseph was on the eastern side of the river, on the
first terrace up from the river, in the southwest
quarter of the southwest quarter of Section 35, Niles
Township, Berrien County, the center of occupancy
being somewhat south of the point where the north
line of said southwest quarter of southwest quarter
of Section 35 touches the east side of the river.
The dam of the Niles Water Power Company across the
river having raised the water about ten or twelve
feet has brought up the water nearly up to the top
of the terrace upon which was situated the old
mission (Beeson 1898: 179).

A more recent account of the fort's location states
that it is:

bounded on the north by a spur line of the Penn
Central Railroad, on the west by the St. Joseph
River, on the east by South Bond Street and on the
south by the southern section line of Section 35,
T78, R17W (Lowery 1972).

This land is presently owned by the French Paper
Company (Hogg 1975: 3), and between the 19205 and 19605 was
used by the City of Niles as a site for landfill opera-
tions. This landfill project placed approximately eight
feet of fill over the suspected site.

Although the site has not been destroyed by the
landfill, there are, at present, no immediate plans for
excavations. Therefore, the only material objects which V
can yield information on the fort are those which were :/
collected by amateur archaeologists and relic hunters
before the landfill was implemented. In the last few
years of the nineteenth and first several of the twentieth
centuries, a number of collectors gathered great quantities

of artifacts from the site. The methods by which these

artifacts were collected is not definitely known, however
most local sources comment that those objects were "combed"
from the surface while the land was under cultivation.
In addition, some artifacts were probably collected from
the eroding banks of the river, or from the river itself.
The artifacts collected at the site are today
housed in local museums in southwestern Michigan and
northern Indiana. The most notable collection is at the
Fort St. Joseph Historicalmuseum at Niles, Michigan,
which contains over 100,000 artifacts. Some objects con-
tained at this museum are presently on loan to the Old
Court House Museum in Berrien Springs, and can be viewed
there, as a part of a traveling exhibit constructed for
the Bicentennial. A small collection of artifacts is
also present at the Northern Indiana Historical Society in
South Bend, and contains quantities of trade silver and
other artifacts which have high display value.
Approximately 95 percent of all artifacts in the
Fort St. Joseph Museum are from a single collection com-
piled by Lewis H. Beeson, a local amateur archaeologist
and historian who lived on land adjacent to the site of
the fort through most of his life. The artifacts he col-
lected were found within several acres of land described
by him earlier in this chapter (see page 15). At the
time he was collecting (at the turn of the century) he

was positive that he had discovered the location of the

fort, and presented his views in speeches and articles.
Numerous historians visited Beeson at the site, most
notably McCoy (1907: 545) and Milo Quaife (1914: 490) who
commented upon his large collection of artifacts. Some-
time in the 19305, Beeson's collection was donated to the
Museum in Niles, and a similar though smaller collection
was sold to the Northern Indiana Historical Society Museum
in South Bend.

The remaining 5 percent of the collection at the
Museum in Niles comes from contributions by Messrs. F. N.
Bonine, Frank Line, and William Smith. These men collected
artifacts at the same period as Beeson, but their col-
lections are not nearly as extensive and are mostly com-
posed of utilitarian items, thus presenting the possibility
that showy items such as trade silver may have been
selected out before the contributions were made. On the
other hand, Beeson's collection contains almost every
artifact category present in a systematically excavated
site.

Since the collections were acquired by the Fort
St. Joseph Museum, the artifacts have occasionally been
displayed, but were for the most part placed into storage.

Quimby (1966, 1939) had viewed the collections in Niles

/ and has published various articles relating to specific
_JÃ©rtifact categories. Despite great interest among both

local people and professional archaeologists in the

collections from Ft. St. Joseph, no systematic descrip-
tion or analysis of this resource has been compiled.
Appendix A provides an inventory and description of the
artifacts from the several collections which have been
preserved in the Museum repositories of the Ft. St.

Joseph area.

CHAPTER II

SYNTHESIS AND INTERPRETATION

The artifacts described in Appendix A are the only
known physical evidence from the site, and reflect the
cultures of the people who deposited these materials. A
discussion of Fort St. Joseph must be both microspective
and macrospective; first focusing on the cultural area
encompassing the Fort and nearby countryside, and then
comparing and evaluating the role of the Fort in relation
to surrounding settlements and trade centers. This
chapter will focus on a presentation of both analytic view-
points, and will rely on a combination of historical,
archeological (artifactual), and comparative site data.
The reasons for settlement, and the location of the Fort
were discussed in Chapter I and will not be restated
here. However, the time range of occupation and the
cultural components of settlement will be further dis-
cussed and expanded based upon the artifactual evidence
in the Fort St. Joseph collections.

The time range for the European occupation at
Fort St. Joseph as it is known from historical documents
spans the years 1687-1781, beginning with the establishment

of a mission, and ending with the destruction of the Fort
by Spanish forces. The artifact collections, both in
Niles and South Bend, confirm the original date of occuâ€”
pation, but discount the assumption that occupation at the
Fort site ended in 1781. Large quantities of artifacts
which post-date 1781 are present in the collections and
include the categories of ceramics, trade silver, clay
pipes, gunparts, and many others. In light of this evi-
dence, there is a very good possibility that the Fort St.
Joseph area (if not the Fort itself) remained an economic
center of trade, and perhaps settlement, until the second
decade of the nineteenth century. This does not mean that
the Fort was not destroyed in 1781, but that the area may
have been re-occupied at a later date for military and/or
commercial trade purposes.

Within the period 1687 to 1820 three major occu-
pational periods can be defined. These are: the French
Period 1687-1761, the British Period 1761-1781, and the
Post-1781 Period 1781-1820. This sequence of occupation
has been defined through careful organization and analysis
of the Fort St. Joseph collections, as well as through a
combination of historical sources and comparative inter-
pretations based upon the archeological investigations

at Fort Michilimackinac and other sites of these periods.

French Period 1687-1761

During the French Period of occupation, three
definable European groups cohabited in the Fort St. Joseph
area: Missionaries, French traders and their families, as
well as French military personnel. These groups, as well
as a fluctuating Indian population constituted the bulk
of the population at the site. Many artifacts dating from
this period were probably used by members of all three
groups, thereby making these objects difficult to affili-
ate with one specific group. Trade knives are one example
of this type of artifact, and although originally dis-
tributed by traders may have been used by missionaries,
Indians, and military personnel as well. It should be
remembered, threrfore, that some artifacts cross-cut cul-
tural or sub-cultural groups. In contrast, other artifacts
can be closely defined to affiliation to one of these
specific groups and offer insights into the cultural life-
style of the people.

The first Europeans to occupy the Fort St. Joseph
area were the Jesuit Fathers. Serving almost continuously
from 1687 to 1731, the mission was rarely visited after
that time. Traces of Jesuit activity present in the
artifact collections consist of Jesuit rings, religious
medallions, cast crucifixes, and rosary beads. The fore-
most two categories are the most important in terms of

chronologically evaluating the Jesuit activity at the

site. According to Cleland (1972: 202) Jesuit rings with
"cast designs on round or oval bezels date between 1624
and 1700." The ring sample from the St. Joseph collections
contains forty-nine Jesuit rings; 37 percent of which are
of the type suggested by Cleland to predate 1700. In
addition, several religious medallions are present which
are similar to those found at the Lasanen Site (Cleland
1971) and the Marquette Mission Site (Stone 1972) both of
which date from the late seventeenth or very early
eighteenth centuries. Based upon thisevidence, the major
period of mission activity appears to have been during

the pre-l700 period. The similarity of the remaining
medallions and rings to those found at Michilimackinac and

the Guebert Site in southern Illinois (Good 1972: 81)

additionally suggests that some missionary activities were

._ ._ -14... ~-.. .
..._ aw- ...n- -voâ€”

ongoing during the first half of the eighteenth century.
The traders which settled near Fort St. Joseph
were the second group to occupy the site during the French
Period. During the closing years of the seventeenth cen-
tury, French traders and their families established rela-
tions with the Miami Indians along the St. Joseph River.
The geographical location of the subsequent mission, post,
and trade center maximized transportation and trade routes,
and combined the waterway of the St. Joseph River with
the numerous land trails which crisscrossed the area.

Although geographically isolated, the residents of Fort

St. Joseph were primarily traders who led a highly mobile
life. Those goods which could easily be transported by
canoe flowed quickly in a southwest direction along the
northern waterways of New France. Transportation of goods
to Fort Michilimackinac was accomplished by way of the

St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes through a chain of forts
and settlements including Louisbourg, Quebec, and Montreal.
Once arriving at Michilimackinac, the goods were trans-
ported southward by numerous traders living in the area
(see Figure 2). Among these traders were men from the
Fort St. Joseph area, or other individuals with trading
ties to St. Joseph. By canoe the supplies traveled along
the western shore of Michigan to the mouth of the St.
Joseph River, and from there to the Fort. As the gateway
to the Illinois country, Fort St. Joseph was strategically
located as to form a link in the chain of fortifications
extending from Nova Scotia to the Gulf of Mexico. As
goods arrived at St. Joseph they were traded and trans-
ported to the Illinois River by way of the Kankakee Portage,
and from there southward (see Figure 2). Kaskaskia Indian -
villages, such as the Guebert Site in Illinois received
some trade goods from the north, probably originating from
Michilimackinac (Good 1972: 162). Archeologically this
transportation network can be seen through a comparison of
several artifact categories found at Michilimackinac, St.

Joseph, and the Guebert Site. Two groups of artifacts

Figure 2

A Map Showing the Location of Comparative Sites
and the Trade Route Between Fort Michilimackinac
and the Mississippi Valley

use
mamas
/I
~ \
\\\ â€
' "I '- 1â€™ Â«mun: a.
//
// 3 _
lâ€™
u. . s a
l
w . an.
I I
., , \
,/'
I
\ â€˜ 4
MI /
I \ OHIO R.

O . 9',â€
ll
99
I I
Q
s
I
I
I
I
â€˜ 5
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
81'. SEPâ€œ 8.
/
KMEE
MIME

I - FT. WILIWKIMG
2 - PT. ST. JOSEPH

a - n. oumzuou
4 - count sun
5 - nucun 5m:
0 - H. mm:
LASANEII

7 â€AROUEâ€˜Iâ€™TE MISSION
BROS CAP

I00 MILES
SCALE

from the French Period--beads and iron knife blades,

are particularly demonstrative of this trade pattern.
Makers marks found on iron knives from these three sites
illustrate that contact (either direct or indirect)
between these sites did take place. Identical makers ;
marks were found on knives from Michilimackinac, Fort
St. Joseph, and the Guebert Site indicating the flow of);
goods to the south.

This is also true of comparisons of bead types yâ€
and frequencies at the sites. Approximately 90 percent ofÂ».
the glass bead types found at St. Joseph were also found
at Michilimackinac. Similarly, the large majority of
beads appearing from the Guebert Site were found at both
Michilimackinac and St. Joseph. One bead type, the simple
construction milk white or "porcelain" bead was found in
proportionately similar ratios and was the most frequent
necklace bead found at each of the three sites.

This evidence demonstrated the link between Fort
Michilimackinac and the Illinois country, and shows the
role which Fort St. Joseph played as a secondary dis-
tributional center. Both iron knife blades and beads
show the southward flow of goods from Michilimackinac, and
suggests that other trade goods as well followed this
same route.

The men which transported and traded these goods

composed the bulk of the Fort's population until the end

of the French and Indian War in 1760 when the British
assumed control of the post. Even after British takeover,
these French traders remained at the post. The time

period of trade at the Fort probably began in 1691 with

the establishment of the military post, and continued
throughout the eighteenth century. Trade during the post-
1760 period would have been shared between English and
French entrepreneurs with the latter being gradually driven-
out of, or incorporated in, the English or perhaps Indian
way of life.

Many artifacts normally associated with trade are
present in the Fort St. Joseph collections. These include
such items as beads, rings, various forms of ornamentation,
bells, mouth harps, awls, needles, scissors, pins, thimbles,
kettles, strike-a-lites, fishhooks, harpoons, metal pro-
jectile points, axes, and knives--to mention only a few.
The fact that many of these artifacts are not good chrono-
logical indicators makes any division within the 1691-1760
time range very difficult. Considering the larger trading
population at Fort Michilimackinac, one would expect to
find fairly wide variations in artifact frequenciesbetween
the two sites. This is not, however, always the case. In
two instances, metal projectile points and C-shaped wire
bracelets: the Fort St. Joseph sample was more frequent in
bothnumber and type. One explanationfor this phenomena

is that these goods were more extensively distributed

during the pre-l715 period. Similar bracelets and points
have been found at the Lasanen Site 1670-1715, suggesting
that this premise may be correct. In addition, the same
might be said for spearheads which are found at Fort St.
Joseph but do not occur at Michilimackinac.
The fact that similar goods occur at both Fort

St. Joseph and Fort Michilimackinac is important in that
it demonstrates the dependence of Fort St. Joseph's economy
upon trade and upon Fort Michilimackinac for its supply
of trade goods. Trade was the bread and butter of the
Fort's existence. The large amount of trade goods which
have been collected from the site, as compared to the
smaller number of clearly identifiable personal goods, may
also suggest a small European population engaged inna great
deal of trade.

â€HH' 'It is very difficult to estimate the population
of a site based solely upon the frequency of artifacts,
and any conclusions must be viewed cautiously. The extent
to which the French assimilated Indian customs and dress
is one major factor of consideration in determining popu-
lation density. In Louisbourg, Quebec, and Montreal the
French culture was firmly implanted into the new world
and was merely a continuation of the French society.
This however was not necessarily the case at the frontier
outposts such as Fort Michilimackinac or Fort St. Joseph

where interaction with the Native peoples was greatly

intensified through trade, alliances and the necessities
of survival. At these frontier sites the French often
adopted the modes of dress and material culture of their
Indian counterparts. In relation to the question of popu-
lation density at Fort St. Joseph, the fact that relatively
few personal items of dress such as buttons and buckles
are represented in comparison to Fort Michilimackinac may
reflect either a smaller and/or culturally different popu-
lation. It is quite possible that the low frequencies of
these artifacts from Fort St. Joseph may be a result of the}
degree to which its inhabitants adopted the Indian life-
style.

The third group known to have occupied the site
is the French military. With the establishment of the
post in 1691, French military personnel occupied the Fort
until 1699 when it was officially abandoned. Reinstated
in 1717, and garrisoned until 1760, the Fort served the
purpose of regulating trade and asserting French dominance
in the area. The artifactual traces of these fifty-one
years of military presence is very scanty. Buttons, and
possibly gunparts, and musket balls provide the only evi-
dence of a French military occupational period. This low v/
frequency of military related artifacts demonstrates the
nonmilitary orientation of the Fort. Charlevoix's 1721
description of the "sorry . . . indifferent palisade" also

attests to the lack of interest in traditional military

concerns. Rather, the military personnel at the Fort prob-
ably were concerned mostly with trade and profit rather
than with defense. An isolated post such as St. Joseph
may have garrisoned military personnel without traditional
uniforms or arms, thereby accounting for the extremely low
frequency of military artifacts. In addition, so small a
garrison as ten men may not have been of sufficient size

to create a great deal of deposition. Without archeo-
logically excavated features and materials, very little can
be inferred about the military population at the site,
except that it was low and not prominent in the affairs of
the site. '

'Mâ€˜" A Artifacts from the period 1687 to 1760 were there-
fore the result of deposition by Jesuit Missionaries,
French traders, and the French military. The primary
function of the Fort was to carry-on trade with nearby
Indian groups and to maintain Indian loyalty to France
through gift giving and alliances. These French people
were mostly low status individuals more concerned with
survival than with surrounding themselves with the fineries
of life. Very few artifacts of the French Period point
towards the presence of high status individuals or groups
among the general population of traders, soldiers, and
craftsmen. At Michilimackinac, many more artifacts were
recovered which indicated the presence of high status

individuals. At that northern site, high status

individuals included military officers, volume traders and

their families.

British Period 1761-1781

During the British Period of occupation at Fort
St. Joseph, two new groups-~the British military, and the
British trader--were included in the Fort's population.
With the French military surrender of Fort St. Joseph in
October of 1761, British soldiers from the 60th and 80th
Regiments assumed control of the post (Weissert 1923: 76).
Although the French military removed themselves from the
Fort at that time, the French trading population probably
remained at the Fort for at least the early portion of the
British Period.

Artifacts identifiable with the British military
occupation of the Fort consist primarily of Regimental
buttons and gunparts from Brown Bess muskets. Although
Fort St. Joseph was never regularly garrisoned after
Pontiac's uprising of 1763, one button from the King's 8th
Regiment is present in the collections. This regiment
reportedly did not serve at Fort St. Joseph, but was
stationed at Fort Michilimackinac from 1774 to 1781 (Stone
1974: 49). This indicates that contact between the two
sites likely took place during that period, and that the
possibility does exist that some British military personnel

lived at Fort St. Joseph throughout the British Period.

Throughout the French and British Periods of occu-
pation several Indian groups lived and traded in close
proximity to the Fort. Among these groups are Miami,
Potawatomi, Ottawa, Kaskaskia, Kickapoo, Mascouten, and
Wea: the foremost two of which were permanent residents
of the Fort area-â€”the Miami until 1704, and the Potawatomi
from that time throughout the Fort's occupation. Artifacts
of Indian manufacture consist of beads, harpoons, tinkling
cones, stone pipes as well as other assorted artifacts
fashioned from bone, stone, and shell. Dating these
locally manufactured aboriginal elements is not possible,
nor is it possible to assign cultural origins to specific
items. Trade goods from the British Period are also
abundant in the Fort St. Joseph collections.

With the coming of British military personnel to
the Fort, so also came the British trader. Many of the
trade goods brought to the site such as kettles, strike-
a-lites, awls and mouth harps were traded during both the
French and British Periods. Other artifacts of various
categories probably ended with the coming of the British
in the 17605. Conversely, several new types of artifacts
were introduced during the British Period of the site's
occupation. Trade silver and glass-inset jewelry are two
such artifact groups used primarily by British traders.

The Northwest Gun was also introduced to the Indians at

this time and continued to be the primary trade musket in
the area until about 1820 (Hanson 1956: 20).

A wide variety of nontrade artifacts also date from
the British Period, among which are silver spoons, pewter
porringers, and ceramics (creamware, Elersware, saltglazed
stoneware, Chinese export porcelain, transfer printed wares,
etc.). Some of these items suggest a standard of living
much higher than during the previous French Period.

During the French Period of occupation, Fort St.
Joseph was primarily oriented towards trade and subsistence.
Status differences, as seen through the artifact collec-
tions, are not highly differentiated for that period.

The following British Period is however marked with arti-
facts of a higher order, reflecting a greater emphasis on
status directed goods.

British traders and soldiers were culturally very
different than their French predecessors. English society,
and especially the military, were highly structured and
differentiated based upon social position and status.

In contrast, English traders and soldiers were rigid in
respect to retaining their European identity. The presence
and frequency of imported goods dating from the English
occupational period reflects the difference in orientation
between the two cultures. This was also found to be the
case at Fort Michilimackinac, where Stone (1974: 354)

notes that British and French material possessions

"differed not only in degree but in kind." He goes on to
conclude that the diversity of British possessions
reflected "not only a difference in the degree of social
complexity between the two societies but also a difference
in cultural norms which characterized the French and
British occupations" (Stone 1974: 354). These cultural
differences appear to have manifested themselves at Fort
St. Joseph as well, although not to the same degree as at
Michilimackinac, due to variations in population density

and complexity.

Post-1781 Period

In February of 1781, Fort St. Joseph was attacked
and destroyed by Spanish forces from the Cahokia area of
Illinois. The attacking force composed of Spanish militia,
volunteers, and Indians captured and occupied the Fort
for less than a day (Idle 1946: 287). The Fort was then
looted of supplies and burned to the ground--being com-
pletely destroyed except for the church (Cunningham 1961:
79).

No artifacts are present in the Fort St. Joseph
collections which are identifiably Spanish in origin.
Therefore, there is no evidence other than historical
documentation for the Spanish occupation of the Fort.

In addition, although the fort was supposedly
destroyed by fire, only two types of artifacts appear

visibly burned--glass and nails. The first of these

categories consists of blue-green bottle glass which has
been melted to a slag-like form. Since these fragments
date to the French Period they were probably not in use in
1781. The possibility of a previous fire at the Fort does
remain, although no mention is made in the historical
literature. Nails constitute the second artifact group
which bear visible signs of burning, however only 10 to 15
percent of the sample have actually been burned. This
percentage is not large enough to suggest total destruction
by fire. In addition, the practice of reclaiming iron
nails through burning unused timbers was common through
the eighteenth century and this alone could account for
the number of burned nails. The artifact collections
therefore do not discount the possibility of a large fire
at the Fort, but also do not completely confirm the
"destruction through fire" hypothesis.

Further examination of the nail sample from Fort
St. Joseph and its comparison to that of Fort Michili-
mackinac reveal a great deal of similarity, and may suggest
that at least some of the house types at St. Joseph may
have been similar to those of the northern fort. Struc-
tural hardware such as locks, pintles, hinges, staples,
door latch catches, door and shutter hooks, keys, and key
hole escutcheons are also quite similar in occurrence but
vary in frequencies of specimens and types. The fact that

identical specimens (locks, keyhole escutcheons) are found

at both sites suggests that both were supplied by a common
source. That source may have been located at Fort Michiliâ€”
mackinac or may have been European. A total overview of
the structural artifacts from Fort St. Joseph reveals that
they are predominantly of French origin, as they are at
Fort Michilimackinac. French house types and structures
built during the 1691 to 1760 French Period would have
therefore been utilized by later British and perhaps
American occupants.

The house forms built by the French consisted of
box-like structures formed from upright posts set into a
footing trench. This method of construction was used on
most French Period structures at Michilimackinac and
Ouiatenon. Chimneys and hearths were probably of stone,
wattle and daub construction, and roofs were shingled or
barked. Although no window glass was found in the St.
Joseph collections, comparison to other sites suggests
the probability that windows were glassed. At Michili-
mackinac where the population was large and the emphasis
more military than at Fort St. Joseph, house types were
probably larger and better constructed. In contrast, the
house forms at St. Joseph were probably smaller as they
have been found to be at other isolated outposts such as
Ouiatenon (Tordoff 1976). There is also the possibility
that aboriginal house forms were also utilized at the site,

such as those used by the nearby Miami and Potawatomi

groups. These structures consisted of round or ovoid wood
frames covered with bark or reed mats (Kinietz 1972: 170,
314). A roughly constructed palisade or stockade is known
to have been in use in 1721 and this was probably expanded
several times with increased population and structures.

The sequence of events which took place at Fort
St. Joseph after the attack in 1781 is not known, however
the sequence is well documented for northern Michigan.
Throughout the history of Fort St. Joseph, Fort Michili-
mackinac to the north had played a large role in directing
and supplying the inhabitants of that southern post. In
1780 and 1781 Fort Michilimackinac was moved to the safety
of Mackinac Island and there renamed, Fort Mackinac. This
fort served the British until 1796 when it was relinquished
to American control. During the period 1812-1815 the
British again resumed control of the fort due to the war.
After the War of 1812, Americans re-garrisoned the fort
until its abandonment late in the nineteenth century.
British and American settlement in northern Michigan may
have been responsible for similar settlement and trade in
the Fort St. Joseph area.

The postâ€”1781 population at Fort St. Joseph was
probably a broad mixture of groups including British
soldiers and traders, American military personnel, Indian
groups, and perhaps a lingering French population. Arti-

facts in the Fort St. Joseph collections indicative of the

post-1781 period consist of buttons with embossed backs,
trade silver, late TD and other decorated Kaolin pipes,
transfer-printed earthenwares, and Northwest Trade Gun
parts. These artifacts could have been used or traded by
any of the aforementioned groups. In addition, one "frog
legged eagle" button from Wayne's Legion is also present
which dates from 1792 to 1798 (Campbell 1965). This
American military company served at Fort Mackinac after the
American takeover in 1796. It is therefore quite probable
that some American forces either visited or were stationed
at Fort St. Joseph shortly prior to the War of 1812.

The low frequency of artifacts from the post-1781
Period, in comparison to the earlier French and British
Periods, suggests that no more than intermittent visitors
or a small fluctuating permanent population occupied the
Fort in the 1781 to 1820 period.

These primary occupational periods at Fort St.
Joseph span the years 1687 to 1820. Although geographically
an isolated post, Fort St. Joseph grew to become a major
center of trade for European expansion into the Illinois
country. Until archaeological excavations confirm the pre-
cise location of the post and mission the history of Fort
St. Joseph and the culture of its inhabitants will remain a
mystery. This study has shed some light onto the story of
Fort St. Joseph and its people, however, a great deal more

remains to be discovered about this fort of four flags.

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF ARTIFACTUAL MATERIAL

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF ARTIFACTUAL MATERIAL

Artifacts recovered from the Fort St. Joseph area
are placed into sixty distinct artifact categories. Some
of those groups are quite broad in scope, such as beads or
trade silver, while others are artifact Specific and refer
to single items like a hammer or Spontoon. Within each
category a description is provided which is organized into
either a formally or informally structured format. Where
the artifact sample is generally small and homogeneous,
the informal method of presentation is normally used.

This consists of a description of the group in paragraph
form, stating artifact frequency, physical characteristics,
and comparative information. Complex typological studies
of small artifact samples only serve to confuse the reader
rather than to provide useful comparative descriptions.
Concise descriptions often coupled with photographic
illustrations will therefore be used to informally present
a number of artifact categories.

Where the artifact sample is larger and/or more
complex, a formalized description will be provided. The

formal classificatory guidelines for artifact presentation

have been outlined by Stone (1970: 90-102) and are used in
relation to many of the Fort St. Joseph categories. These
are:

(1) Compare all specimens within a given artifact cate-
gory and note the physical properties which they
possess. '

(2) Evaluate the properties identified and decide which
will be used as classificatory attributes and which
will be used as descriptive measures.

(3) Rank the attributes in terms of their relative
formal importance. This step is especially sub-
jective since the observer must decide which
attributes are of primary importance, and which
should be relegated to lower levels of the
classification. Depending upon the background
and focus of the observer, the ranking of attri-
butes may vary considerably from person to person.

(4) Name the different ranked levels and describe the
attributes upon which the distinctions are based.

(5) Sort the artifacts according to the defined
attributes and assign them to specific levels
based upon three rules:

(a) Only one basis of attribution can be used on
each level unless a functional relationship
can be demonstrated.

(b) Each level must place the artifacts into
mutually exclusive groupings.

(c) All classes of artifacts must be exhaustive
and must be flexible enough to permit the
introduction of new specimens without
extensive revision.

These five steps allow for the classification of artifact
samples into cohesive groups unbiased by any specific
interpretive problem. Although the construction of formal
classifications is highly dependent upon the observer, an
effort should be made by individuals to be internally
consistent in their construction of typological formats,

and to provide enough descriptive information so that

comparative studies are facilitated. Artifact measurements,
photographs, distributional data, and temporal considera-
tions should be provided in each classification whenever
possible or practical.

Many of the formal classes constructed by Stone
(1974) have been applied to the artifact samples from
Fort St. Joseph, although most have been partially modi-
fied and expanded in order to better accommodate this set
of data. This has been done to facilitate comparisons of
artifact types and frequencies between Forts Michilimackinac
and St. Joseph, which are closely related sites in cultural
and temporal dimensions. On the other hand, some descrip-
tions used in this monograph have been constructed
specifically for the St. Joseph material. This is necesâ€”
sary because in some cases the Fort St. Joseph sample
included categories of artifacts poorly represented at
Fort Michilimackinac such as C-shaped bracelets, trade
silver, or metal projectile points while other categories
such as gunparts or stone pipes were not considered by
Stone.

Stone (1974) divided the artifact sample from Fort
Michilimackinac into broad sections such as personal,
structural, household, and craft or activity contexts.
Although this method of division has merit, the contexts
defined by Stone are not necessarily mutually exclusive

and to some extent bias or confuse the reader. To avoid

this situation the artifact categories from Fort St.
Joseph are presented in alphabetical order, in the hope
that a convenient and unbiased access to the artifact
descriptive information can be obtained. Although the
categories are for the most part exclusive of one another,
some overlap may occur when a broad artifact group such

as trade silver cross-cuts other categories such as braceâ€”
lets, pendants, tinkling cones, etc. In cases where over-
lap ocCurs, a cross reference is provided.

Since the Fort St. Joseph collections were the
result of surface collections, little contextual infor-
mation is available. Comparison with geographically,
culturally, and chronologically similar sites is therefore
essential for dating and interpreting the St. Joseph
material. Because Fort Michilimackinac acted as the supply
depot for supplies traveling to Fort St. Joseph, that
northern site is of primary importance in the comparative
scheme and forms the basis for interpreting similar arti-
factual materials. Numerous other historic sites in
Michigan, Illinois, and Indiana were also quite similar to
Fort St. Joseph in one aspect or another and are referred

to in this monograph. These sites are listed in Table l.

Ishmac eamamao cam cumz
.Amsmac mnsï¬‚so

Aonmav ssï¬‚uo
Annmav woos
Amnmav muoum
Aanmav sandmao
Amsch unemcamz
Ishmav mmosuoe
Ammmav
enemaam 6cm Hamsxmz
.Gsmac aouaasmm
.Aosmav maoum can â€œmaï¬a:

.Iasmac azoum
.lssmav maoum

mowanowma
mhhalmmba
mmmHImHhH
monalahma
mHhHIONmH
omhalomha

HthIthH

Hmhalmaha

Hz..mmo mono

zzmm .umwcoqu .um

AH .muwm unmnmsw

Hz .coï¬mmwz muumswumz
Hz .mnwm swsmmmq

H2 .muwm Hwnoumam

QZH .GOGODMADO .um

Hz .omaï¬‚xomsaaaaoaz .um

mmousom

mmcmm mEHB

muï¬‚m

.mmuwm Havauoumï¬m m>ï¬‚umummEou mo umHAII.H manna

AWLS

Awls were a common trade good during both French
and British occupation in North America. The awl itself
is a shaft usually of iron, tapered on one or both ends
and generally square in cross section, which is used as a
punch for working in leather, wood, or other pliable
materials. Awls were meant to be hafted into handles of
bone or wood in order to facilitate use.

In the Fort St. Joseph collections at Niles, forty-
seven specimens are present. These can be divided into

two types based upon differences in hafting mechanisms.

Type 1 Straight shaft

Variety a Proportionately tapered

Figure 3 A through J, L, M, N

44 specimens

These specimens exhibit straight shafts, square in
cross section, which taper evenly from the center to
both ends. Due to the fragmentary condition of many
specimens, size categories are not definable within
such a small sample. Length range 11.7 to 5.2 cm.
(mean 8.8 cm.)

Variety b Disproportionately tapered

Not illustrated

l specimen

This specimen exhibits a straight shaft which tapers
evenly from the center to one tip, while the other
side tapers sharply and then proceeds with a

Figure 3 Awls
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A thru J Tl, Va
K T2, Va

L thru N Tl, Va

â€˜1â€™. '. :4 â€˜ 5.. â€œa â€œI, ' :affï¬fjaEw-â€ D

H Y)

Iâ€™ll-c ' - 1â€œ Lâ€”fâ€”vï¬â€- â€˜ .â€˜ ..- u- a,â€œ
.' â€˜TI , N

g fâ€˜Jn-v' .. JR - - wow. â€˜1â€˜-

nontapered shaft. This latter half of the awl is
markedly thinner than the other half. The half which
is thinnest is probably inserted into the handle,
thereby providing a more secure haft for the awl.

Type 2 Offset shaft

Variety a Proportionately tapered

Figure 3 K

2 specimens

These specimens exhibit shafts round at the ends and
becoming square at the centers. The shaft tapers
evenly from the center to the tips, however the shaft
is not straight, but is offset approximately five mm.
in the center. Strong pressure through use often
forced an awl deeper into the handle thereby splitting
it or causing injury to the user. An offset shaft
would on the other hand, produce a stop between the
center of the awl and the handle, thereby eliminating
this problem.

Two Tl Va specimens are present in the collections
of the Northern Indiana Historical Society Museum in South
Bend. These specimens have been hafted into bone handles
which are 6.8 cm. (Figure 4A) and 8.3 cm. (Figure 4B) in
length. The awl shafts themselves are approximately 7 to
10 cm. in total length.

At Fort Michilimackinac, 327 awls were recovered
and were grouped by Stone (1974: 155-159) into types based
upon variations in handle attachment. Of this total, 45
specimens had offset shafts, 252 had straight shafts, and
the remaining were unusual knobbed or notched specimens.
Based upon associated data, Stone dates offset shaft awls
between 1735 and 1781, while the straight shafted speci-

mens date throughout Michilimackinac's occupation; 1715-

1781 (Stone 1974: 154).

Figure 4 Awls with Handles

luil}

mmIUZ_

AXES

Seven axe heads are represented in the Fort St.
Joseph collections in Niles. Of the seven, six are the
"trade style" axes with round polls and straight upper
blade edges. The seventh specimen is a square polled axe
with pronounced side ears. Neumann (1973: 264) attributed

this style to late eighteenth century English manufacture

Type 1 Iron with a steel inset blade
Specimen #1

Figure 5A

This specimen has a length of 14.6 cm., and a blade
width of 6.9 cm. Its overall weight is 1.0 pound

or 453.6 grams. The small size and light weight of
this specimen suggests use as a belt axe rather than
that of a felling or camp axe.

Type 2 Iron with no steel blade inset
Speciman #1

This specimen has an overall length of 14.3 cm., and a
blade width of 5.6 cm. Weight is 15.5 ounces or 439.4
grams. It was probably utilized as a belt axe.

Specimen #2

This specimen has a broken eye which makes measurements
of length and weight difficult. Length is approxi-
mately 15.0 cm., blade width is 6.7 m. Utilization

as a belt axe or small camp axe is possible.

Figure
Designation

Figure 5

Axes

Taxonomic
Designation

Specimen #1
Specimen #5

Specimen #7

Specimen #3

This specimen has an overall length of 15.3 cm.,
however the blade has been severely blunted and could
have been longer when new. Blade width is 7.8 cm.,
weight is 1.0 pound 6.5 ounces or 637.9 grams. The
greater weight of this specimen as well as its thick-
ened neck suggests use as a heavy belt axe or as a
camp axe.

Specimen #4

Figure 5B

Overall length is 17.5 cm., blade width is 7.5 cm.,
and the weight is 1.0 pound 9.3 ounces or 718.2 grams.
Probable use: heavy belt axe or camp axe.

Specimen #5

Overall length is 19.1 cm., blade width 10.5 cm. The
weight is 3.0 pounds 11 ounces or 1672.6 grams. The
large size and heavy weight suggests use as a felling
axe.

Specimen #6

Figure 5C

This specimen exhibits a curved top blade edge and
round blade tips. In addition, pronounced ears, and a
square poll is present. The construction of this axe
is similar to that of the trade axe styles with folded
bands forming the poll and eye. Neumann (1973: 264)
suggests English affiliation for similar specimens
within a late eighteenth century time range. Length
is 16.5 cm., blade width 9.5 cm., weight 1.0 pound 3
ounces or 538.69 grams. Probable use as a household
axe or light felling axe is likely.

Trade axes are documented from numerous historic
sites among which are Fort Ouiatenon (Tordoff n.d.),
Fletcher Site (Mainfort n.d.), the Guebert Site (Good 1972),
and Fort Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 155-158). At the
latter site twenty-five specimens were recovered all of

which are the round polled trade axe style similar to

those found at Fort St. Joseph (Stone 1974: 297-298).

BALE SEALS

Bale seals are lead discs which were attached to
bundles of commercial goods for purposes of identification.
The seals identified the manufacturer, consigner, or mer-
chant and oftentimes the place and/or date of origin.

These seals were made in one or two pieces and were marked
with cast or embossed designs and characters. Two-piece
seals consisted of a frontpiece with an open center which
was joined to a backpiece with a corresponding knob or
knobs by means of a thin strap-like band. When the seal
was applied to a package, the back knobs engaged the holes
in the front piece and through pressing the protruding
knobs, were flattened--thereby joining the two halves
permanently together. During the pressing procedure, an
embossed design was left on one or both sides of the discs.
In those cases where only one side was embossed, the blank
side was used to display a scratched tally number or quality
designation.

In contrast, the one piece seals were more often
cast on both faces, and were joined to a package by means
of a wire(s) passed longitudinally through the body of the

seal. The collections from Fort St. Joseph contain a

total of thirty-one bale seals, twenty-eight of which are
two-piece knob attached, with the remainder being wire
attached. These specimens can be classified and described

as follows:

Series A Knob method of attachment
Type 1 Single knob
21 specimens
The halves of these specimens were joined through the

pressing of a single protruding knob.

Variety a

Figure 6A

Obverse: the central motif consists of a canoe
scene with five people, one of whom is standing.
Three paddles extend from the canoe to the water,
while a five-pointed star hovers over the heads of
the passengers. On the border surrounding the
central design are the letters (W)EAN - MA ----- ETTE
Reverse: the numbers 3903 scratched into the seal

Variety b

Figure 6B

Obverse: a large number 5 surrounded by a beaded
border design, and the letters BUCK--ER SHAWÂ°
HALIFAX

Reverse: '4' stamped into the knob

Variety c

Figure 6C
Obverse: the script letters LEW surrounded by the
block letters FSEYME + CO
Reverse: scratched 65

401
Comments: on the reverse of this specimen and
several others, the top digits are deeply impressed
while the lower ones are more crudely scratched.
This suggests that some, if not all of the seals,
were inspected or graded by more than one individ-
ual at more than one time.

Figure 6 Bale Seals

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A SA, T1, Va

B Vb

C Vc

D Vd

E Vd

F Ve

G Vf

H V9
I Vh

J SA, T2, Va

K SA, Tl, Vi

L SB, Tl, Va

N! TR'Câ€˜

IIIIIIIIIIIIzIIIIIIIIII; IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIISIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII7II||IIIIII IIIIIIIII

Variety d

Figure 6D,E (composite from two specimens)
Obverse: the central motif consists of a fleur de
lis with a 'D' and 'B' on its left and right sides

respectively, and the letters ---RAP overhead.
The border of the seal contains the letters RJOVE
DE'CARCA

Reverse: none

Varietyie

Figure 6F
Obverse: ------ N with a small fleur de lis below
the letter 'M'
oDEo
-AZAMET

Reverse: not distinguishable

Comment: a similar specimen is reported from
Michilimackinac, although it has two-knob attach-
ment. See Stone (1974: 290, Figure 177V).

Variety f

Figure 6G
Obverse: ORAINE
DE
LILLE
Reverse: none

Variety g

Figure 6H
Obverse: star-crescent moon-star over a lion ram-
pant and with the letters R,P on each side

28 - 1/4

Reverse: 2294

Variety h

Figure 6I

Obverse: DE MASAM 174â€” â€”SITâ€”

Reverse: three fleur de lis over bird motif
Comments: similar specimens have been found at
Michilimackinac. See Stone (1974: 284, figure
174 G,M).

Variety i

Figure 6K

Obverse: E surrounded by six fleur de lis
AM(I)OUN in two groups of three each

Reverse: not distinguishable

Variepy j

Not illustrated
Obverse: ---NDON
Reverse: none

Variety k

Not illustrated
Obverse: -TRâ€”RE

NE(S)N
Reverse: 976 scratched

Type 1 Comments:

An additional 13 Series A, Type 1 specimens are present
but cannot be described due to lack of design and to
their fragmentary nature. Two of the specimens exhibit
reverses with 388 and T scratched into them, while the

_L3' 6

obverse of one specimen exhibits a single distinguish-
able fleur de lis. Pairs of letters such as AN, LL,
NE, ME can be also distinguished on some obverses but
cannot be further identified.

Type 2 Double knob
5 specimens
These specimens exhibit two knobs or two openings in

their disc segments.

Variety a

Figure 6J
Obverse: EMER
S-IV-R DE
_____ B -....._
ARET

Reverse : none

Variety b

Not illustrated
Obverse: ---INOIâ€”â€”-
Reverse: none

Variety c

Not illustrated

Obverse: --74--

Reverse: none
'Type 2 Comments:

Two additional Type 2 specimens are present but cannot
be described due to their fragmentary nature.

Series B Wire method of attachment
Type 1 Double wire attachment

Variety a

Figure 6L
2 specimens
Obverse: coat of arms (crown on shield) with beaded
rim.
Reverse: letters CDI inside wreath
-C
Comment: this type of seal has also been found at
Fort Michilimackinac. See Stone (1974: 294,
figure 179C).

GLASS BEADS

The manufacture of glass trade beads has been

widely discussed in the literature (Stone 1974: 88-89;
Kidd and Kidd 1970: 46-50; Sleen 1967: 22-27) and will
therefore not be reiterated here in any great detail.
The 70,000 glass beads found in the collections of Fort
St. Joseph have been divided into two major divisions--
necklace beads and seed beads. Although in general these
two groups are divided on the basis of size, they can also
be viewed as functionally distinct entities. Necklace
beads, as their name suggests, were worn primarily around
the neck as adornment, while seed beads were multi-purpose
and could not only be worn around the neck but also sewn
onto clothes. Since size is the primary distinguishing
factor for the division between necklace and seed heads,
a question arises as to the cut-off point between the two--
that is, what size constitutes the necklace/seed bead
division. Stone (1974: 88) states that

Although the physical distinction between necklace

and seed beads is one of size, there is no set

dimension which divides the two in all cases. The

criterion used here is one of relative size; bead

specimens of an intermediate, and thus problematical

size are evaluated in terms of the average dimensions
of the bead type to which they correspond. If an

intermediate-sized bead is found to be of the same
type as beads which have a small average size, then
the particular specimen is classified as a seed bead.
If the same bead were found to be representative of a
bead type which had a large average size, it would be
classified as a necklace bead.

Two primary methods of manufacture were used in the
production of glass beads. These methods are the Hollow
Cane and Mandrel Wound processes, and comprise the criteria
for division into two major classes of beads. The Hollow
Cand method consists of the production of a stretched glass
tube which upon cooling is broken into desirable lengths
and then polished or tumbled into a variety of shapes.

On the other hand, the Mandrel Wound method produces beads
by winding solid tubes of molten glass onto a metal core.
After several twists around the core the glass is allowed
to cool and the bead removed, to be tumbled in a similar
manner to the hollow cane beads. This latter method can
be visually distinguished from the former by the presence
of circular striations in the body of the bead caused by
the winding process.

Within the two broad classes of beads, four types
of composition or construction are defined. They are
simple construction, compound construction, complex con-
struction, and composite construction. These types of
construction are dependent upon the number of layers of
glass and the presence of glass insets, so that simple

construction refers to beads with only one layer of glass

while compound distinguishes those beads with two or more

layers of glass of the same or different color. Complex
beads are those which exhibit glass insets in the form of
stripes, dots, etc., and composite refers to those beads
which are both compound and complex having more than one
layer of glass plus the presence of insets. These four
types of construction are regarded as Series A, B, C and
D respectively.

The next level of differentiation is dependent
upon the overall shape of the bead. Shapes such as con-
vex, convexoelongate, round, barrel, tubular, conical,
doughnut, etc. are used to describe the most common shape
of a bead grouping. These shape designations have been
assigned to the level of "Type" while variations in color
and clarity have been relegated to the lowest taxonomic
level of "variety."

This formal classification of beads is based upon
one proposed and used by Stone (1974) in the treatment of
beads from Michilimackinac. Although other well respected
typologies are available (Kidd and Kidd 1970), Stone's
typology was used in order to facilitate close comparison
within a relatively close geographical and socio-cultural
region.

Bead colors are presented in two different manners.
First, the beads are described in common terms of the
combinations and divisions of the primary colors. In

addition the Munsell System of color notation has been

used to provide precise comparisons within standardized
colors. The Munsell System is based upon three attributes
of color known as HUE, VALUE, and CHROMA. "Hue" refers to
a color's relationship to red, yellow, green, blue or
purple; while the "value" indicates the lightness of the
color. The "chroma" designates the strength of the
color--i.e., its relationship to neutral.

The symbol designation for the Munsell System is
written with the hue first, and then followed by the value
and chroma written in fractional form so that the value is
the numerator and the chroma the denominator. A color
therefore, which is 7.5 red in color, six in value and
10 in chroma is written as 7.5R 6/10.

As electric lighting distorts the true color and
natural lighting enhances the color, all beads have been

photographed in natural light.

Necklace Beads

Class I Hollowâ€”Cane (Drawn)
Series A Simple construction
Type 1 Convex shape

Variety a Clear, translucent

Figure 7, Row A 1,2

5 specimens

Shape: convex to almost barrel

Length range 11.0â€”13.1 mm., width range 7.1-
9.9 mm.

Variety b Blue-green (Munsell: greenishâ€”blue,
2.5B 4/8), translucent

Figure 7, Row A 3,4

4 specimens

Length range 7.0-16.3mm., width range 5.5-11.9
m.

Variety c Black, opaque

Figure 7, Row A 5,6

8 specimens

French 1710-1750

Length range 9.1-11.9 mm., width range 7.0-9.0
mm.

Variety d White, opaque

Figure 7, Row A 7,8

178 specimens (125 complete, 53 fragments)
Shape: convex to olive and through convexo-
elongate to globular. This bead variety is
widely distributed in North America, and has
been found in large quantities at numerous
sites, including Fort Michilimackinac in
Michigan, and at the Guebert Site (Good 1972:
118-119) in Illinois. Based upon distributional

Figure 7

Figure Designation

Row A

Row B

Row C

1,2

Necklace Beads

Taxonomic Designation
SA, T1, Va

CI,

T2,
T3,

T4,

T5,

T6,

T7,

T1,
T2,

T4,

Vb
Vc
Vd
Ve
Vf
Va
Va
Vc
Vb
Vd
Ve
Vf
V9
Vh
Vi
Vj
Vk
Va
Vb
Va
Va
Vb
Vc
Vd
Ve
Ve
Vf
Vf
V9
Vh
Va
Vb
Va
Vb
Vc
Va
Va
Va,

Vb
Vb
Vc
Vc
Va

sub V 1
sub V 2
sub V 3

1234ss1snuussun

C_-500aâ€aun-__:._uw
l

"005'

B .0.0u.00.-m___:â€”

. m

a, in... s uMOOOM O.

2468
m

1 m n

2
14
7

1357 1

evidence, Stone (1974: 90) concludes these
beads to be of French origin within a 1710-
1750 time range. The shape of these beads are
not uniform and cover a wide spectrum of sizes
and shapes. Many beads exhibit ends which
have been cut or snapped. Approximately 40
percent of these beads appear compound in con-
struction although they are not. It has been
suggested that this is caused by changes in
density while the beads are heated during the
tumbling stage.

Length range 7.9-19.0, width range 6.5-9.9 mm.

Variety e Blue (Munsell: Purple-blue 5.0PB
3/12), translucent

Figure 7, Row A 9

l specimen

Shape: convex to convexo-elongate
Length 14.1 mm., width 7.2 mm.

Variety f Royal Blue (Munsell: purplish Purpleâ€”
blue 7.5PB 2/8), semi-translucent

Figure 7, Row A 10
1 specimen
Length 14.5 mm., width 8.6 mm.

Type 2 Convexo-elongate

Variety a Turquoise (Munsell: Blue purple-blue
10.0B 3/12), semi-translucent

Figure 7, Row A 11

l specimen

This specimen is fragmentary, however it is
complete enough to illustrate a distinct type.
Length 14.0 mm (estimated), width 7.0 mm.

Type 3 Round
Variety a White, opaque

Figure 7, Row A 12,13

90 specimens (44 complete, 46 fragments)

The distribution and affiliation of the bead
type is identical to that of the previous
Type 1 Variety d specimens.

Diameter range 5.2-8.0 mm.

Variety b Clear, translucent

Figure 7, Row A 16
6 specimens
Diameter range 7.5-9.8 mm.

Variety c Clear to light green

Figure 7, Row A 14,15
18 specimens (16 complete, 2 fragments)
Diameter range 8.8-9.9 mm.

Variety d Blue-green (Munsell: greenish-blue
2.5B 4/8), translucent

Figure 7, Row A 17,18
12 specimens
Diameter range 4.5-8.5 mm. (8.0 average)

Variety e Turquoise (Munsell: greenish-blue
2.5B 5/6), opaque

Figure 7, Row A 19

l specimen

This bead is completely hollow and consists
only of a thin shell of glass with two holes.
Diameter 8.0 mm.

Variety f Turquoise, Opaque

Figure 7, Row A 20,21

29 specimens (23 complete, 6 fragments)

Shape: round to almost barrel

Unlike Variety 'e', these beads are solid.
Most of the beads have longitudinal striations
and slight patination. The color is not uni-
form and varies in chroma and value.

Diameter range 5.9-8.8 mm.

Varietyygf Green (Munsell: greenish-blue 2.5B
3/6), translucent

Figure 7, Row A 22,23
10 specimens
Diameter range 6.3-9.5 mm.

Variety h Royal Blue (Munsell: purplish purple-
blue 7.5PB 2/8), translucent

Figure 7, Row B 1,2
35 specimens (23 complete, 12 fragments)

Shape: round to almost barrel
Diameter range 5.5-9.0 mm.

Variety i Black, opaque

Figure 7, Row B 3,4

145 specimens (117 complete, 28 fragmentary)
Shape: round to almost barrel and occasionally
doughnut or globular

These beads are quite irregular in size and
shape, but are for the most part round.
Several specimens (9) show intentionally
flattened ends. Many appear to be compound

in construction, but are not. Stone (1974: 93)
assigns a 1710-1750 time range on these beads
and suggests a French origin. Relatively low
frequencies of these beads have been found at
Fort Michilimackinac and at the Guebert Site.
In outward appearance, these beads greatly
resemble the previous Type 1 Variety d speci-
mens, the only major difference being color.
Diameter range 6.5-13.0 mm. Average 10 mm.

Variety j Light green, opaque

Figure 7, Row B 5,6

6 specimens (4 complete, 2 fragments)
Heavily striated, rough surface appearance
similar to Variety f.

Diameter range 5.1-6.0 mm.

Variety k Red (Munsell: 5.0R 3/8), opaque

Figure 7, Row B 7,8

37 specimens

Although many specimens appear to be compound,
they are actually of simple construction.
Their composition is of swirled red glass layed
almost in layers, and may represent changes in
bead density during the tumbling process. No
specimens similar to these beads have been
found at Fort Michilimackinac, while seventeen
were found at the Guebert Site.

Diameter range 6.0-10.0 mm.

Type 4 Barrel
Variety a White, opaque

Figure 7, Row B 9,10
25 specimens (16 complete, 9 fragments)

French, 1710-1750
Length range 6.0-8.1 mm., width range 6.0-8.0
mm.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: purple-blue 5.0PB
3/12), translucent

Figure 7, Row B 11,12

3 specimens

Length range 7.5-10.5 mm., width range 6.1-8.0
mm.

Type 5 Tubular

Variety a Blue (Munsell: Purple-blue 5.0PB
3/10), translucent

Figure 7, Row B 13,14

47 specimens

Of these examples, thirty-six beads are tumbled-
nonfibrous, and eleven are nontumbled, fibrous.
There is a wide variation in color between
specimens, with the hue fairly constant and
with changes in value and chroma. The diam-
eters of the beads are also quite variable,
ranging from 3.9 to 6.0 mm., with a mean
average of 4.5 mm.

Length range from 10.1 to 19.0 mm., with an
average at 14.4 mm.

Variety b Clear, translucent

Figure 7, Row B 16,17

4 specimens

Of these examples, two beads are tumbled, non-
fibrous and two are nontumbled, fibrous.
Diameter 3.3-3.6 mm. Average length 15.1 mm.

Variety c Blue-grey (Munsell: bluish purple-
blue 2.5PB 4.5/4), opaque

Figure 7, Row B 18

l specimen

This example is untumbled and exhibits fibrous
striations.

Diameter 3.7 mm. Length 24.0 mm.

Variety d White, opaque

Figure 7, Row B 19
l specimen

This example has been tumbled and exhibits no
fibrous striations.
Diameter 6.9 mm., length 39.0 mm.

Variety e Grey-blue (Munsell: bluish purple-
blue 2.5PB 6/3), opaque

Figure 7, Row B 20,21

8 specimens

Of these examples, five beads are tumbled, non-
fibrous, and three are nontumbled, fibrous.
Diameter range 4.0-5.9 mm. Length range
10.0-19.0 mm.

Variety f Red (Munsell: 5.0R 3/8), opaque

Figure 7, Row B 22, C 1

8 specimens

Of these specimens, six are tumbled, nonfibrous,
and two are nontumbled, fibrous.

Diameter range 3.9-6.0 mm. Length range
10.1-43.0 mm.

Variety 9 Amber (Munsell: yellowish red 7.5R
4.5/8), semi-translucent

Figure 7, Row C 2

3 specimens

Two specimens are tumbled nonfibrous, while the
third is nontumbled, nonfibrous. All three
examples appear black in color under normal
light, but reveal their amber color under
intense light.

Diameter 5.0 mm. Length range 17.4-19.0 mm.

Variety h Yellow (Munsell: 5.0Y 6/6), semi-
translucent

Figure 7, Row C3

1 specimen

This example is tumbled and nonfibrous.
Diameter 3.0 mm. Length 9.1 mm.

Type 6 Doughnut shape

Variety a Black, opaque

Figure 7, Row C 4
8 specimens
Diameter range 7.0â€”12.3 mm.

Variety b Clear, translucent

Figure 7, Row C 5
1 specimen
Diameter 10.0 mm.

Type 7 Round to oblong â€” multi-faceted

Variety a Blue (Munsell: purplish purpleâ€”blue
7.5PB 3/7), translucent

Figure 7, Row C 6

l specimen

This example is hexagonal in cross section with
six parallel facets running the length of the
tubular-like bead.

Length 5.8 mm. Width 5.0 mm.

Variety b Royal blue (Munsell: purplish purple-
blue 7.5PB 2/9), translucent

Figure 7, Row C 7,8

5 specimens

These examples exhibit eighteen to twenty-eight
irregular facets on a convex-shaped body. The
facets are generally placed in three rows and
appear to have been ground.

Diameter range 5.9-8.0 mm.

Variety c Amethyst (Munsell: reddish purple
7.5? 4/9), translucent

Figure 7, Row C 9

l specimen

This example exhibits sixteen irregular facets
on a tubular to slightly convex body. Under
normal light the specimen appears very dark red
to black, but intense light reveals the amethyst
color.

Diameter 5.9 mm. Length 6.0 mm.

Series B Compound construction
Type 1 Convex to elongate

Variety a White, opaque

Figure 7, Row C 10,11

8 specimens

White inner core covered by an additional layer
of white glass. In outward appearance these
beads resemble Series A, Type 1, Variety 'd'

specimens, however, they are definitely of
compound construction.

Length range 8.7-13.0 mm. Width range 6.4â€”
8.0 mm.

Type 2 Round to barrel

Variety a Red (Munsell: yellowish red 7.5R
3/6), opaque

Figure 7, Row C 12,13

11 specimens (9 complete, 2 fragments)

Green (Munsell: greenish green yellow 8.0GY
6.5/10) translucent core covered by a layer of
red opaque glass, and then covered overall by

an additional layer of clear glass. This bead
variety is commonly referred to as Cornaline
D'Aleppo and has been found in numerous sites

in North America. According to Good (1972: 122),
the large sized beads of this type do not appear
until around 1740.

Diameter range 5.0-8.2 mm.

Variety b White, Opaque

Not illustrated

57 specimens (53 complete, 4 fragments)

White body covered by a thin layer of clear
glass.

Diameter range 4.0-20.0 mm. Average diameter
5.9 mm.

Type 3 Tubular

Variety a Red (Munsell: yellowish red 7.5R
4/6), opaque

Figure 7, Row C 14-16

78 specimens

These specimens are all basically the same in
outward appearance--having a dark inner core
and a red outer covering. However, upon close
observation three variants of the basic style
are apparent.

Variant 1 Green core, red layer, clear
layer
Row C 14
66 specimens
Of these examples thirty are
untumbled, nonfibrous; twenty-
nine are tumbled, nonfibrous;

and seven are untumbled and

fibrous.

Diameter range 3.1-5.0 mm.
Variant 2 Green core, red layer, green

layer, red layer

Row C 15

4 specimens

All specimens are nontumbled and

nonfibrous.

Diameter range 3.0-4.3 mm.
Variant 3 Red core, green layer, red layer

Row C 16

l specimen

This example is nontumbled, non-

fibrous.

Diameter range 3.9 mm. Length

25.1 mm.

Variety b White, opaque

Figure 7, Row C 17,18

112 specimens

White core covered by a thin layer of clear
glass. Of these specimens, eight are tumbled
and the remaining untumbled. Only one untumbled
specimen is fibrous although several of the
beads exhibit a crazing of the outer glass
veneer.

Diameter range 4.0-5.2 mm. Length range
3.6-14.7 mm. Average 4.5 mm.

Variety c Blue (Munsell: purplish purple-blue
7.5PB 2/8), opaque

Figure 7, Row C 19,20

12 specimens

Blue core, white layer, blue outer layer. All
specimens are untumbled-fibrous.

Diameter range 3.5-4.1 mm. Length range
10.0-15.9 mm.

Type 4 Convex to oblong-multifaceted

Variety a Blue (Munsell: purplish purple-blue
7.5PB 3/7), semi-translucent

Figure 7, Row C 21,22

6 specimens

White or light blue inner core covered by a
faceted blue layer. The facets are irregular
and range from 18 to 31 per bead. This variety

is similar in appearance to Series A, Type 7,
Variety a specimens.

Diameter range 6.5-8.2 mm. Length range 4.2-
9.2 mm.

Series C Complex construction

Type 1 Convex shape

Variety a Blue (Munsell: purplish purple-blue
7.5PB), semi-translucent; 8 White
striped insets.

Figure 8, Row D 1,2

6 specimens

Shape: convex to convexo-elongate

The insets run parallel from end to end.
Length range 9.1-9.4 mm. Width range 7.2-8.1
mm.

Variety b White opaque; 3 sets of 3 striped
insets alternating red-blue-red

Figure 8, Row D 3

l specimen

Red stripes (Munsell: 5.0R 4/10), Blue stripes
(Munsell: 2.5PB 4.5/10). Stripes run end to
end. -

Length 13.1 mm. Width 8.0 mm.

Variety c Blue-grey (Munsell: purple-blue 5.0
PB 4/4), opaque; 3 sets of 3 striped
insets alternating white-red-white.

Figure 8, Row D 4

7 specimens

Red stripes (Munsell: 5.0R 4/10)

Stripes run end to end

Length range 10.0-15.2 mm. Width range 6.1-
7.5 mm.

Variety d Black opaque; 3 sets of 3 striped
insets alternating white-red-white

Figure 8, Row D 5

3 specimens

Red stripes (Munsell 5.0R 4/10)

Shape: convex to convexo-elongate

The sets of stripes run the length of the bead.
Length range 10.3-16.8 mm. Width range 6.2-
7.1 mm.

Figure 8 Necklace Beads
Figure Designation Taxonomic Designation
Row D 1,2 SC, Tl, Va
3 Vb
4 Vc
5 Vd
6 Ve
7,8 Vf
9,10 Vg
ll Vh
12 Vi
13 Vj
14,15 T2, Va
16,17 Vb
18,19 Vc
20,21 Vd
Row B 1,2 Ve
3,4 Vf
5,6 Vf
7 Vh
8 V9
9,10 Vi
11,12 Vi
l3 Vj
14 Vk
15 V1
16,17 Vm
18,19 Vn
Row E 1,2 T3, Va
3 Vb
4 Vb
5,6 Vc
7,8 Vd
9,10 Ve
ll Vf
12 V9
13 Vh
14 T4, Va
15 T5, Va
16,17 SD, T1, Va
18 T2, Va
19,20 T3, Va
21 T4, Va

22 Vc

Variety e Light brown (Munsell: Yellow-Red
Yellow 10.0YR 4/4), opaque; 8 white
striped insets

Figure 8, Row D 6

4 specimens

The stripes run the length of the bead. On
one specimen, the stripes are slightly swirled.
Length range 9.2-11.0 mm. Width range 7.1-8.0
mm.

Variety f Grey to black, opaque; 8 white
striped insets

Figure 8, Row D 7,8

33 specimens

The stripes run the length of the bead and are
straight or slightly swirled. This variety is
very similar to the previous variety e except
for a variance in color. This bead type is not
present at Fort Michilimackinac and only one
fragmentary specimen is represented in the
Guebert Site sample.

Length range 7.2-17.2 mm. (13.0 average)
Width range 5.0-9.9 mm. (7.0 average)

Variety 9 Light Blue (Munsell: 2.5PB 4/6),
semi-translucent; 8 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row D 9,10

3 specimens

The stripes run the length of the bead and are
straight and wide.

Length range 7.0-7.8 mm. Width range 5.4-6.7
mm.

Variety h White, opaque; 6 reddish brown
striped insets

Figure 8, Row D 11

l specimen

Reddish brown stripes (Munsell: reddish Yellow-
Red 2.5YR 3/6). The stripes spiral the length
of the bead and are of various widths.

Length 13.3mm. Width 7.0 mm.

French 1700-1750 (Stone 1974: 98).

Variety i White, opaque: 6 striped insets in
a 2-1-2-1 pattern alternating green
and yellows, red, blue and green,
red.

Figure 8, Row D 12

l specimen

Stripes: green (Munsell: 4.0 G 7/6). Yellow
(Munsell 10.0 YR 7/10), red (Munsell: 7.5 R
3/8), blue (Munsell: 5.0 PB 5/10). The stripes
run the length of the bead and are straight.
Length 13.9 mm. Width 8.3 mm.

Varietyyj White, opaque; 6 striped insets
alternating red, green, blue

Figure 8, Row D 13

1 specimen

Stripes: red (Munsell 7.5 R 3/8), green (Mun-
sell: 2.5 G 6/6), blue (Munsell: 10.0 B 4/6)
Length 11.0 mm. Width 7.0 mm.

Type 2 Round

Variety a Black, opaque; 8 striped insets
alternating red and white

Figure 8, Row D 14,15

7 specimens

Red striped (Munsell: 5.0 R 4/6)

Two of the seven specimens have stripes which
spiral the length of the bead, while the
remaining examples have straight insets which
run end to end.

Diameter range 6.0-8.9 mm.

Variety b Black, opaque; 6 striped insets
alternating red and white

Figure 8, Row D 16,17

12 specimens (9 complete, 3 fragments)

Two of the 12 specimens have stripes which
spiral the length of the bead, while the
remaining 10 examples have straight insets
which run end to end.

Diameter range 6.2-9.0 mm.

Coloring same as Variety a

Variety c Black opaque; 4 sets of 3 striped
insets alternating white-red-white

Figure 8, Row D 18,19

3 specimens

Red stripes (Munsell: 5.0 R 4/6)

The stripes spiral the length of the bead on
all three specimens.

Diameter range 4.6-9.3 mm.

Variety d Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue
7.5 PB 2/8), semi-translucent; 4
sets of 3 striped insets alter-
nating white-red-white

Figure 8, Row D 20,21

2 specimens

In outward appearance this variety is iden-
tical to the previous variety c, with the same
style and coloring of insets. However, under
more intense light the royal blue color is
revealed.

Diameter range 8.1-9.4 mm.

Variety e Black, opaque; 9 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row E 1,2

4 specimens

The insets spiral the length of the bead.
Diameter range 7.4-10.0 mm.

French 1700-1740 (Stone 1974: 98-99)

Variety f Black, opaque; 8 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row B 3,4,5,6

27 specimens (23 complete, 4 fragments)

Of these specimens, 20 have their spiraled
insets while the remaining 7 have thicker
straight insets.

Diameter range 6.0-11.0 mm. (9.8 mm. average)
French 1700-1740

Variety 9 Black, opaque; 6 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row E 8

6 specimens

Of these specimens 4 beads have spiraled insets
while the remaining 2 have straight insets.

82
Diameter range 9.3-11.1 mm.
French 1700-1740

Variety h Black, opaque; 7 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row E 7

l specimen

The insets are straight, and run the length of
the bead.

Diameter 6.1 mm.

French 1700-1740

Variety i Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue
7.5 PB 2/10), semi-translucent;
6 white striped insets

Figure 8, Row E 9,10,11,12

22 specimens (18 complete, 4 fragments)

Of these beads, 2 specimens have their spiraled
insets while the remaining 20 examples have
thicker straight insets.

Diameter range 6.5-8.0 mm.

Variety j Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue
7.5 PB 2/10), semi-translucent;
4 white striped insets

Figure 8, Row E 13

1 specimen (fragmentary)

This specimen consists of half a bead with 2
straight white insets. From this fragment,
and the position of the insets, the complete
specimen would most likely have had 4 insets.
Diameter 8.7 mm.

Variety k Blue-green (Munsell: greenish Blue
2.5 B 5/6), translucent; 8 white
striped insets

Figure 8, Row E 14

l specimen

The stripes spiral the length of the bead.
Diameter 8.5 mm.

French 1700-1760 (Stone 1974: 99)

Variety l Blue-green (Munsell: greenish Blue
2.5 B 5/6), translucent; 7 white
striped insets.

Figure 8, Row E 15
l specimen

The stripes are straight and run the length
of the bead.
Diameter 8.0 mm.

Variety m Turquoise (Munsell: Blue-green Blue
10.0 BG 5/4), opaque; 1 red striped
inset

Figure 8, Row E 16,17

2 specimens

A single straight red inset runs the length
of the bead.

Diameter range 7.0-8.7 mm.

Variety n White, opaque; 6 striped insets
alternating red, green, blue

Figure 8, Row E 18,19

10 specimens (6 complete, 4 fragments)

Stripes: red (Munsell: 7.5 R 4/6), green
(Munsell: 2.5 G 6/6), blue (Munsell: 10.0 B
4/6)

The stripes spiral the length of the bead on
all but 3 specimens which have straight insets.
Diameter range

French 1700-1750 (Stone 1974: 98)

Type 3 Barrel

Variety a White, opaque; 6 striped insets
alternating red, green, blue

Figure 8, Row F 1,2
13 specimens (4 complete, 9 fragments)
Same as Type 2, Variety n except for shape

Variety b Black, opaque; 8 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row F 3,4

11 specimens (4 complete, 7 fragments)

Of these specimens, all but one have insets
which spiral the length of the bead. The one
anomalous specimen has thick straight stripes
and is barrel to globular in shape.

Variety c Black, opaque; irregular nonpatterned
white insets

Figure 8, Row F 5,6
12 specimens
Shape: round to barrel

.I'II IIIIIIIII '11. (Â§.I

The insets consist of several (usually 3)
stripes which extend around the circumference
of the bead in a wavy irregular pattern.
Diameter range 10.3-13.0 mm. Length range
7.0-10.1 mm.

Variety d Black, opaque; irregular nonpatterned
turquoise insets

Figure 8, Row F 7,8

2 specimens

Turquoise inset (Munsell: blue-Green Blue 10.0
BG 5/4)

Same as Variety c except for variance in inset
color.

Diameter range 11.0-11.2 mm. Length range
8.3-9.3 mm.

Variety e Black, opaque; 6 striped insets
alternating red and white

Figure 8, Row F 9,10

2 specimens

One specimen has insets which spiral, while
the other does not. This bead variety is
identical (except for shape) to the previous
Type 2 Variety b.

Diameter range 5.9-8.9 mm. Length range 6.1-
7.0 mm.

Variety f Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue
7.5 PB 2/10), translucent; 6 white
striped inSets

Figure 8, Row F 11

l specimen

The insets are straight and run the length of
the bead

Diameter 6.9 mm. Length 6.5 mm.

Variety g7 Blue-green (Munsell: greenish-Blue
2.5 B 5/6), translucent; 9 white
striped insets

Figure 8, Row F 12
l specimen
The insets spiral the length of the bead.

Variety h Clear, translucent; 16 white striped
insets

Figure 8, Row F 13

l specimen

The insets are straight and run the length of
the bead. Similar bead types have been found
at the Guebert Site (Good 1972: 127), but not
at Fort Michilimackinac.

Diameter 5.0 mm. Length 4.2 mm.

Type 4 Tubular

Variety a White, opaque; 3 pairs of red and
yellow insets

Figure 8, Row F 14

3 specimens (2 complete, 1 fragment)

Insets: red (Munsell: 10.0 R 3/6), Yellow
(Munsell: 2.5 Y 8/8)

The insets spiral the length of the bead.
Diameter 6.2 mm. Length range 15.2-30.2 mm.
These beads are nontumbled and fibrous.

Type 5 Doughnut to globular

Variety a White, opaque; 3 sets of 3 striped
insets alternating red-silver-red

Figure 8, Row F 15

l specimen

This specimen is poorly made and is shaped

irregularly into an almost doughnut shape.

The stripes are straight and run the length
of the bead.

Series D Composite
Type 1 Convex shape

Variety a White, opaque; 9 blue insets in sets
of 3 each

Figure 8, Row F 16,17

29 specimens (15 complete, 14 fragments)

Of these specimens, 21 have insets which spiral
the length of the head while the remaining
eight have straight ones.

Shape: convex to convexo-elongate

A light blue core (sometimes so light as to
appear white) is covered by a layer of white
glass, and insets added.

Length range 12.5-13.6 mm. Diameter range
6.0-9.6 mm.

This bead variety has been found in quantity

at the Guebert Site (Good 1972: 124), but has
not been reported found at Fort Michilimackinac.

Variety b White, opaque; 8 blue insets in a
3-3-2 pattern

Not illustrated

1 specimen

Same as variety a except for the lack of 1
inset. The stripes spiral the length of the
bead.

Diameter 8.8 mm. Length 13.0 mm.

Type 2 Round

Variety a Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue
7.5 PB 2/8), semi-translucent; 3
sets of 3 striped insets, alter-
nating white-red-white.

Figure 8, Row F 18

3 specimens

Light blue core covered by a layer of blue
glass and insets added.

Diameter range 9.0-10.2 mm.

Variety b Black (possibly very dark blue),
opaque; 6 white striped insets

Not illustrated

2 specimens

A white core is covered by a layer of dark
glass, and insets added.

Shape: round to barrel

Diameter 8.1-8.1 mm.

Type 3 Barrel

Variety a Red (Munsell: red Yellow-Red 10.0
R 3/6), Opaque; 3 sets of striped
insets alternating white-black-
white.

Figure 8, Row F 19,20

3 specimens

A translucent green core is covered by a layer
of red glass, and insets added. It was then
covered overall by a thin veneer of clear

glass. This type of bead is a variety of the
CorNaline d'Aleppo style.

Diameter range 9.0-9.2 mm. Length range 9.0-
9.1 mm.

Type 4 Tubular
Variety a Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue

7.5 PB 2/8), Opaque; 16 white
striped insets.

Figure 8, Row F 21

l specimen

A blue core is covered by a layer of white
glass, an additional layer of blue is applied
and insets added. The stripes are straight
and run the length of the bead. The bead is
untumbled and nonfibrous.

Diameter 5.9 mm. Length 14.3 mm.

Variety b Red (Munsell: Yellowish-Red 7.5 R
3/8), opaque; 3 sets of 3 striped
insets alternating white-black-white.

Not illustrated

8 specimens

A dark (green) core covered by a layer of red
and insets added. A veneer of clear glass is
then applied. These beads are all untumbled
nonfibrous. The insets are straight and run
the length of the bead.

Diameter range 3.3-4.1 mm. Length range 12.3-
15.1 mm.

Variety c Red (Munsell: 7.5 R 3/8), opaque;
6 white striped insets

Figure 8, Row F 22

l specimen

Red core with insets added, and covered

overall by a layer of clear glass. The striped
insets are straight and run the length of the
bead.

Class II Mandrel Wound

Series A Simple construction

Type 1 Convex shape

Variety a Green (Munsell: Green Blue-Green
10.0 G 3/4), translucent

Figure 9, Row G 1,2

10 specimens

Diameter range 5.2-6.5 mm. Length range 5.2â€”
6.4 mm.

Variety b Clear, translucent

Figure 9, Row G 3

2 specimens

The striations due to the winding process are
quite noticeable.

Diameter range 16.0-17.2 mm. Length range
25.1-28.0 mm.

Variety d Milky white-irridescent, semi-
translucent to translucent

Figure 9, Row G 5,6,7,8

23 specimens (12 complete, 11 fragments)

Shape: convex to barrel

This bead variety has been reported from the
Guebert Site (Good 1972: 112) and from Fort
Michilimackinac. Stone (1974: 102-103) sug-
gests a 1700-1750 time span with French affili-
ation.

Diameter range 10.0-19.6 mm. Length range
10.8-28.6 mm.

Type 2 Round

Variety a Milky white-irridescent, semi-
translucent to translucent

Figure 9, Row G 9,10,11

99 specimens (55 complete, 44 fragments)

These specimens are identical to Type 1
Variety d beads except for shape. The smaller
examples are more irridescent and translucent
than the larger ones, but all exhibit iden-
tical surfaces. French 1700-1750

Diameter range 10.1-24.9 mm.

Variety b Light Blue (Munsell: purplish Blue
7.5 B 7/5), Opaque

Figure 9, Row H l
1 specimen
Diameter 7.3 mm.

Figure 9 Necklace Beads
Figure Designation Taxonomic Designation

Row G 1,2 CII, SA, Tl, Va
Vb

T2, Va

0 Va
1 Va
Vb

6 T3, Va
8 T4, Va
10 Vb

Row H

â€˜
0)

1,12 Vc
3 Vd
4 T5, Va
Row I 2 T6, Va
4 Vb
T7, Va
,7 Vb
,9 Vc
0 Vd
ll Ve
12 Vf
13 T8, Va
14 Vb
15,16 T9, Va
17,18 T10, Va
19,20 Vb
l Vc
2 T11, Va
3 Vb
4 T12, Va
5 Vb
6
7
8
9

â€˜Q

HmclmUJHHHHkDQUleHHF-â€˜Komdmmbw

Row J

SB, Tl, Va

10 Vb
11 T2, Va
12 T3, Va
13 CIII, SA, T1, Va

Variety c Blue (Munsell: Purple-Blue 5.0 PB
7/5), translucent

Figure 9, Row H 2,3

24 specimens

Shape: round to irregular doughnut-â€”poor1y
formed

Diameter range 5.2-8.0 mm.

Variety d Yellow-Amber (Munsell: reddish
Yellow 2.5 Y 6/8), semi-translucent

Figure 9, Row H 4

12 specimens

Shape: round to conical

Well pronounced striations due to winding
Diameter 5.3-9.4 mm.

French 1700-1750 (Stone 1974: 103)

Type 3 Barrel

Variety a Amber (Munsell: Yellow-Red Yellow
10.0 YR 6/10), semi-translucent

Figure 9, Row H 5,6

2 specimens

Well pronounced striations

Diameter range 15.0-16.0 mm. Length range
15.0-16.5 mm.

Type 4 Press faceted - 8 sides

Variety a Clear, translucent

Figure 9, Row H 7,8

3 specimens

Shape: round to convexo-elongate

French 1730-1760

Length range 15.9-19.8 mm. Width range 11.3-
14.6 mm.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: purplish Purple-Blue
7.5 PB 2/10), translucent

Figure 9, Row H 9,10

30 specimens (25 complete, 5 fragments)
Shape: Round to convex

French 1730-1760 (Stone 1974: 101)

Length range 7.2-17.0 mm. Width range 8.0-
14.3 mm.

These specimens are not uniform in color and
vary in their value and chroma within the 7.5

92
PB hue. Good (1972: 106) reports similar color
variances at the Guebert Site.

Variety c Amber (Munsell: Yellow-Red 5.0 YR
5.5/10), translucent

Figure 9, Row H 11,12

8 specimens (6 complete, 2 fragments)

Shape: Convex to round

French 1730-1760

Length range 8.9-14.1 mm. Width range 10.9-
19.0 mm.

Variety d Turquoise (Munsell: Blue-Green 10.0
BG 5/6), translucent

Figure 9, Row H 13

3 specimens

Shape: convex to convexo-elongate

French 1730-1760

Length range 19.1-21.1 mm. Width range 13.0-
13.1 mm.

Type 5 Press faceted - 5 sided

Variety a Clear, translucent

Figure 9, Row H 14

l specimen

Shape: elongate

This specimen has 5 pressed facets, and is
pentagonal in cross section.

Length 15.6 mm. Width 10.0 mm.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: Purple-Blue 5.0 PB
3/10), translucent

Figure 9, Row H 15

l specimen

Shape: elongate

Same as Variety a except for color
Length 18.2 mm. Width 12.0 mm.

Type 6 Nodular, "mulberry"

Variety a Clear, translucent

Figure 9, Row I 1,2

19 specimens

Shape: round to barrel

These specimens exhibit molded knobs over their
surface distributed in two or three rows.

Several specimens are not perfectly clear, but
exhibit slightly purple (2 specimens) or amber
(2 specimens) imperfection. This color is not
so great as to drastically change their overall
clear appearance.

French 1690-1760

Similar specimens have been reported at the
Guebert Site and at Fort Michilimackinac.
Diameter range 9.5-11.5 mm. Length range 8.0-
10.2 mm.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: bluish Purple-Blue
2.5 PB 4/6)

Figure 9, Row I 3,4

2 specimens

Shape: barrel

Same as Variety a except for color.

French 1690-1760

Diameter range 9.0-10.1 mm. Length range 8.6-
9.0 mm.

Type 7 Doughnut

Variety a Clear, translucent

Figure 9, Row I 5

1 specimen

Diameter 11.1 mm. Thickness 6.0 mm.
French 1700-1760

Variety b Turquoise (Munsell: bluish Blue-
Green 7.5 BG 5.5/6), translucent

Figure 9, Row I 6,7

7 specimens (3 complete, 4 fragments)

Diameter range 13.0-14.6 mm. Thickness range
5.1-7.0 mm.

French 1700-1760

Variety c Blue (Munsell: 7.5 PB 2/10),
translucent

Figure 9, Row I 8,9

11 specimens (7 complete, 4 fragments)

Three of these specimens have very heavy sur-
face striations and golden patina, while the
other have smooth surfaces and no patination.
There is, however, not enough variation to
constitute 2 separate varieties.

Diameter range 10.9-14.0 mm. Thickness range
5.0-6.0 m.
French 1700-1760

Variety d Amber (Munsell: Yellow-Red Yellow
10.0 YR 6/10), semi-translucent

Figure 9, Row I 10

l specimen

Heavy striations present.

Diameter 12.2 mm. Thickness 8.0 mm.
French 1700-1760

Variety e Milky Blue (Munsell 7.5 PB 6/10),
Opaque

Figure 9, Row I 11

l specimen

This specimen is swirled with various shades
of blue. The surface is very glassy and non-
striated.

Diameter 10.0 mm. Thickness 6.6 mm.

Variety f Blue to Turquoise (Munsell: 8.5 B
4/8), semi-translucent

Figure 9, Row I 12
l specimen
Diameter 9.7 mm. Thickness 6.8 mm.

Type 8 Spiraled

Variety a Amber (Munsell: 2.5 YR 4/8), semi-
translucent

Figure 9, Row I 13

1 specimen (fragmentary)

Shape: convex to elongate

Pronounced striations from the winding process
produces a series Of ridges and grooves to give
the bead a spiral or corkscrew appearance.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: 8.5 B 4/8), opaque

Figure 9, Row I 14

l specimen

Shape: convex

Length 6.9 mm. Diameter 6.3 mm.

Type 9 Kernel shape

Variety a Green (Munsell: yellowish-Green 2.5
G 5/10), semi-translucent

Figure 9, Row I 15,16

3 specimens

These specimens are shaped like corn kernels
with a hole extending through the length of the
kernel. All specimens are heavily covered
with a thick brown patina.

Length range 7.0-7.1 mm. Width range 8.0-8.1
mm.

Type 10 Conical
Variety a Blue (Munsell: 7.5 PB 2/8), opaque

Figure 9, Row I 17,18

2 specimens

Length range 8.0-8.1 mm. Width range 4.2-4.9
mm.

Variety b Green (Munsell: yellowish-Green 2.5
G 5/10), semi-translucent

Figure 9, Row I 19,20

2 specimens

Length range 5.4-5.8 mm. Width range 5.9-6.1
mm.

Variety c Blue (Munsell 7.5 PB 3/14), moulded,
translucent

Figure 9, Row J l

1 specimen

This specimen exhibits a raised lattice design
formed by the intersection of numerous criss-
crossed lines.

Length 10.0 mm. Width 9.0 mm.

Type 11 Grooved elongate

Variety a Blue (Munsell: 7.5 PB 2/10), semi-
translucent

Figure 9, Row J 2

1 specimen

Shape: barrel to elongate

Eleven deep grooves produce parallel ridges on
the length of the bead.

Length 10.0 mm. Width 11.1 mm.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: 7.5 PB 3/13), semi-
translucent

Figure 9, Row J 3

1 specimen

Shape: barrel to elongate

Approximately 30 grooves are present on the
bead surface. These grooves are parallel to
one another and are set at a 30 degree angle

to the bead hole. A single specimen was also
found at Fort Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 102).
Length 11.1 mm. Width 10.0 mm.

Type 12 Globular (irregular)

Variety a Blue (Munsell: 7.5 PB 2/4), trans-
lucent

Figure 9, Row J 4
1 specimen
Length 11.0 mm. Width 14.8 mm.

Variety b Blue (Munsell: 5.0 PB 4/8), trans-
lucent

Figure 9, Row J 5

1 specimen

Shape: round to conical

Length 10.9 mm. Width 10.0 mm.

Variety c Turquoise (Munsell 9.0 B 4/8), semi-
translucent

Figure 9, Row J 6,7

2 specimens

Shape: round to conical

Length range 7.2-8.4 mm. Width range 8.5-9.0
mm.

Series B Compound construction

No series B specimens are present in the Fort St.
Joseph sample.

Series C Complex construction

Type 1 Convex

Variety a White, Opaque, irregular green insets

Figure 9, Row J 8,9
3 specimens

The green (Munsell: 2.5 G 6/6) insets are wavy
and vary in length, number, and placement as
they extend around the circumference of the
bead.

Length range 10.8-13.0 mm. Width range 6.1-7.7
mm.

Variety b Black, opaque, 45 dotted insets

Figure 9, Row J 10

1 specimen

Each dot is white, with either a red (Munsell:
7.5 RP 6/8) or green (Munsell: 2.5 G 5/6)
center. The dots are applied in rows alter-
nating 4 and 5 dots per row. Each row of dots
has a specific color of center; with the rows
of 4 dots having red center, and those with 5
having green centers.

Length 19.1 mm. Width 10.4 mm.

Type 2 Round

Variety a Black, opaque, irregular white
insets

Figure 9, Row J 11

l specimen

This specimen outwardly resembles CI, Series
C, Type 4, Variety c specimens, although the
method of manufacture differs.

Diameter 10.9 mm.

Type 3 Flat-disc shaped
Variety a Blue (Munsell 5.0 PB 5/6), trans-

lucent; "Man in the Moon" pattern
insets

Figure 9, Row J 12

3 specimens (1 complete, 2 fragments)

Although the inset does not remain on any of
the specimens, a "ghost" image of the inset
pattern is clearly visible. The obverse side
pictures a man in the moon face with a star
set off to the right side. The reverse is not
clear but a wavy vertical line surrounded by
dots or stars can be seen. The disk has been
pressed, flattened from a round or oval shaped
original. Eight similar specimens have been
found at Fort Michilimackinac.

Length 16.5 mm. Width 15.0 mm. Thickness 5.2
mm. (based on one complete specimen)

Class III Molded

Series A Simple construction
Type 1 Round
Variety a White, opaque

Figure 9, Row J 13

l specimen

Only one class III specimen is present in the
Fort St. Joseph bead sample. This class is

typified by a mold seam around the circum-
ference of the bead.

Seed Beads

An extremely large quantity of seed beads were
present in the collections. Due to this large number, and
a limitation of time and funds, a 10 percent element sample
of these beads was taken based upon the weight of the
target population. This sample yielded a total of 6,089
beads which are described in this text. The size of this
sample was adequate to explore the population, however the
possibility remains that not all bead types were discovered
in the sample which are present in the total collections.

A brief visual inspection Of the total population was
implemented, but did not reveal any types not described.
The bead's frequencies described below are based upon the
sample, and inferences to the total population have not
been included in the count. The following seed bead
classification is based on the criteria defined for the

classification of necklace beads.

Class I Hollow Cane (Drawn)
Series A Simple construction

Type 1 Doughnut to barrel shape

100

Variety a White, opaque

Figure 10, Row A 1

13 specimens

Length range 1.0-2.1 mm. Width range 2.2-3.1
mm.

Variety b Clear, translucent

Figure 10, Row A 2,3

3 specimens

Length range 1.0â€”2.2 mm. Width range 2.0-3.1
mm.

Variety c Grey (Munsell: 10.0 B 6/2), opaque
to semiâ€”translucent

Figure 10, Row A 4,8

28 specimens

These specimens exhibit a wider than average
range of variation in shape and color.

Length range 1.6-3.1 mm. Width range 2.6-3.9
mm.

Variety d Blue (Munsell: 5.0 PB 3/8), trans-
lucent

Figure 10, Row A 5,6

226 specimens

Variances in color value and chroma are common
Length range .9-1.8 mm. Width range 1.7-2.9
mm.

Variety e Dark amber (Munsell: 5.0 YR 5/8),
semi-translucent to translucent

Figure 10, Row A 7

474 specimens

These specimens appear black in normal light
and only under intense light is the amber color
revealed.

Length range 1.8-2.9 mm. Width range 2.2-4.2
mm.

Variety f Yellow (Munsell: 5.0 Y 8/10), semiâ€”
translucent

Figure 10, Row A 9

3 specimens

Length range 1.8-2.0 mm. Width range 2.0-2.1
mm.

101

Figure 10 Seed Beads
Figure Designation Taxonomic Designation
Row A 1 CI, SA, T1, Va
2,3 Vb
4 Vc
5,6 Vd
7 Ve
8 Vf
9 Vg
10,11 Vh
12,13 , Vi
14 Vj
15,16 Vk
17 V1
18,19 Vm
20 Vn
Row B 1,2 T2, Va
3 Vb
4 Vc
5,6 Vd
7 Ve
8 T3, Va
9 Vb
10 Vc
11 Vd
12 Vb
13 T4, Va
14 SB, T1, Va
Row C 1 VC
2 T2, Va
3 SD, Tl, Va
4 SC, T1, Va
5 SD, Tl, Vb
6 C11, SA, T1, Va
7 Vb
8 Vc
9 Vd
10 Ve
11 Vf

102

103

Variety 9 Green (Munsell: 2.5 G 5/8), semi-
translucent to translucent

Figure 10, Row A 10,11

118 specimens

Length range 1.8-2.7 mm. Width range 2.1-3.2
mm.

Variety h Strawberry Red (Munsell: 5.0 R
6/10), translucent

Figure 10, Row A 12,13

2 specimens

Length range .85-1.2 mm. Width range 1.8-2.8
m.

Variety i Yellow-amber (Munsell: 10.0 TR
7/10), translucent

Figure 10, Row A 14
1 specimen
Length 1.2 mm. Width 2.6 mm.

Variety j Milky Blue (Munsell: 2.5 B 6.5/6),
Opaque

Figure 10, Row A 15,16

2 specimens

Length range 1.9-2.3 mm. Width range 2.8-4.3
mm.

Variety k Olive-green (Munsell: 10.0 GY 5/6),
Opaque

Figure 10, Row A l7

16 specimens

These specimens are irregularly shaped and are
somewhat fibrous in texture.

Length range 1.1-2.0 mm. Width range 2.2-4.0
mm.

Variety 1 Turquoise (Munsell: 2.5 B 4.6/6),
semi-translucent to Opaque

Figure 10, Row A 18,19

148 specimens

These specimens exhibit a wide variance in
color and clarity, and have surfaces which are
generally rough and fibrous.

Length range 1.3-3.2 mm. Width range 2.2-3.3
mm.

104

Variety m Cobalt Blue (Munsell: 7.5 PB 2/10),
translucentâ€˜

Figure 10, Row A 20
l specimen
Length 3.2 mm. Width 3.9 mm.

Type 2 Tubular

Variety a Blue (Munsell 2.5 PB 3/8), trans-
lucent

Figure 10, Row B 1,2

12 specimens

Half Of these specimens have been untumbled
while the remainder have not. All exhibit
smooth, glossy surfaces.

Length range 3.0-4.0 mm. Width range 2.0-2.4
mm.

Variety b Green (Munsell: 10.0 GY 5/6),
untumbled, opaque

Figure 10, Row B 3

5 specimens

Length range 4.1-4.8 mm. Width range 2.9-3.1
mm.

Variety c Amethyst (Munsell: 7.5 RP 4/8),
translucent

Figure 10, Row B 4

112 specimens

These specimens appear black in normal light,
but intense light brings out the amethyst
color.

Length range 3.1-5.2 mm. Width range 1.9-2.9
mm.

Variety d Straw-colored (Munsell: 10.0 YR
8/2), untumbled

Figure 10, Row B 5,6

2 specimens

Both specimens exhibit rough and fibrous surâ€”
faces.

Length range 3.9-4.8 mm. Width range 2.0-2.9
mm.

105

Variety e White, untumbled, opaque

Figure 10, Row B 7

2 specimens

Length range 4.0-4.5 mm. Width range 3.4-
3.5 mm.

Type 3 Multi-faceted

Variety a Yellow (Munsell: 10.0 YR 7/8),
hexagonal, translucent

Figure 10, Row B 8

1 specimen

This specimen has a rough surface and fibrous
body.

Length 2.0 mm. Width 2.6 mm.

Variety b Amethyst (Munsell: 5.0 RP 5/8),
6 to 9 irregular facets, trans-
lucent

Figure 10, Row B 9,12

2 specimens

These specimens appear black in normal light.
Length range 3.2-4.0 mm. Width range 3.0-3.1
mm.

Variety c Amber (Munsell: 5.0 YR 6/10),
hexagonal, translucent

Figure 10, Row B 10
l specimen
Length 2.1 mm. Width 2.1 mm.

Variety d Amethyst (Munsell: 5.0 RP 5/8),
pentagonal, translucent

Figure 10, Row B 11

l specimen

This specimen appears black in normal light.
Length 3.0 mm. Width 2.1 mm.

Type 4 Globular

Variety a Amethyst (Munsell: 5.0 RP 6/4),
translucent

Figure 10, Row B 13
6 specimens

106

These specimens are very irregularly shaped
having four and five sides with flared "wings"
at each corner.

Length range 2.4-4.6 mm. Width range 3.0-4.3
mm.

Series B Compound construction

Type 1 Doughnut

Variety a White, opaque

Figure 10, Row B 14

4868 specimens

White inner core covered by a layer of clear
glass. All of the specimens except 15 exhibit
length ranges from 1.0-2.4 and width ranges
from 2.0-3.4 mm. Those fifteen anomalous
specimens have length ranges of 2.9 to 3.1 mm.
and width ranges of 3.9 to 4.1 mm. and may
represent a separate size category.

Variety b Red and white, translucent

Figure 10, Row B 15

l specimen

Opaque white inner core covered by a layer of
red (Munsell: 5 R 5/12), translucent glass.
Length 3.1 mm. Width 4.9 mm.

Variety c Red and green, Opaque

Figure 10, Row C 1

16 specimens

Green translucent core covered by a layer of
opaque red (Munsell: 7.5 R 3/6) glass, and
then covered overall by a thin clear veneer.
This bead variety is referred to in the litera-
ture as Cornaline D'Aleppo and is found in
both large necklace beads as well as seed
beads.

Length range 2.0-2.9 mm. Width range 2.8-3.1
mm.

Type 2 Tubular
Variety a White, Opaque

Figure 10, Row C 2

28 specimens

Commonly referred to in the literature as
"glass wampum" these specimens consist of an

107

opaque white core covered by a thin layer of
clear glass. Only five specimens have been
tumbled.

Length range 3.8-6.1 mm. Width range 2.9-4.0
mm.
Series C Complex construction

Type 1 Doughnut to barrel shape

Variety a White, opaque; 4 striped insets
alternating red-green

Figure 10, Row C 4

3 specimens

Length range 1.9-2.1 mm. Width range 2.8-3.0
m.

Series D Composite construction
Type 1 Doughnut to barrel

Variety a Black (dark amber), Opaque; 4 white
striped insets

Figure 10, Row C 3

l specimen

Amber inner core with insets added and covered
overall with clear glass veneer.

Length 2.9 mm. Width 3.1 mm.

Variety b White, Opaque; 4 red striped insets

Figure 10, Row C 5

6 specimens

White opaque core with insets added and covered
overall by thin clear veneer of glass.

Length range 1.9-2.8 mm. Width range 2.9-3.0
mm.

Class II Mandrel Wound
Series A Simple construction

Type 1 Convex

Variety a Greenish-Blue (Munsell: 2.5 B 5/4),
Opaque

Figure 10, Row C 6
l specimen
Length 7.0 mm. Width 3.9 mm.

Variety b

Figure 10,
l specimen
Length 6.9

Variety c

Figure 10,
1 specimen
Length 7.3

Variety d

Figure 10,

5 specimens

108
Red (Munsell: 2.5 R 4/10), semi-
translucent
Row C 7
mm. Width 3.4 mm.

Lavender (Munsell: 2.5 RP 4/6),
Opaque

Row C 8
mm. Width 4.6 mm.

Black (dark amber), semi-translucent
to opaque

Row C 9

Length range 4.1-5.6 mm. Width range 2.8-3.1

mm.

Variety e

Figure 10,
1 specimen
Length 7.0

Variety f

Figure 10,
l specimen
Length 4.1

Varietytg

Blue (Munsell: 2.5 PB 4/6), trans-
lucent ' .

Row C 10

mm. Width 3.6 mm.

Green (Munsell: 2.5 G 5/6), opaque
Row C 11

mm. Width 2.6 mm.

White, opaque

Not illustrated

l specimen
Length 6.6

mm. Width 4.3 mm.

ROSARY BEADS

The rosary is well documented in religious litera-
ture and consists of a series of beads strung in necklace
form and attached to a crucifix or pendant. The beads,
numbering either 58 or 168 were strung in decades of ten
beads each separated by a larger single bead and were used
for counting prayers (Stone 1974: 114). At Fort St.
Joseph a total of fifty-five rosary beads are present in
the collection. Except for one bone specimen, all are made
Of ivory and are of European manufacture. The beads range
in color from brown to green with smooth highly polished
surfaces, and most bear evidence of manufacture on a
turning lathe. Two major classes of beads are defined in
the St. Joseph sample based upon function and the number
of perforations per bead. Those beads with a single hole
composed the decades of the rosary necklace, while the
dual perforated specimen functioned as a linking element

between the necklace proper and the pendant.

109

110

Series A Single hole construction

Type 1 Convex

â€˜Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row A 1,2

15 specimens

Length range 7.2-9.0 mm. Width range 5.3-7.3 mm.
At Fort Michilimackinac three size categories were
distinguished for this head variety. Due to the
small number of specimens from Fort St. Joseph,
those categories can neither be supported nor
refuted. Both T1 and T2 specimens were the beads
which formed the decades of the rosary (Stone 1974:

115).
Type 2 Round

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row A 3,4,6
37 specimens
These specimens form four distinct size categories.

Size Width Length # Specimens
x-Large 12 mm. 8.9 mm. 1 specimen
Large 7.1-7.8 mm. 5.0-6.2 mm. 5 specimens
Medium 6.3-7.0 mm. 5.0-6.0 mm. 3 specimens
Small 5.0-5.9 mm. 3.5-5.0 mm. 24 specimens

These categories do not conform to those reported
by Stone (1974: 115) from Michilimackinac with a
noticeable absence Of beads in larger sizes.

Type 3 Disc shaped

Variety a Decorated

Figure 11, Row A 5

l specimen

This specimen is disc shaped with a deep groove
running the circumference of the edge.

Length 4.5 mm. Width 6.8 mm.

Type 4 Elongated
Variety a Decorated

Figure 11, Row A 8

l specimen

This specimen is elongate with rounded edges. A
single shallow circumferential groove has been cut
into the center.

Length 7.1 mm. Width 4.8 mm.

111

Figure 11 Rosary and Miscellaneous Beads

Figure Designation Taxonomic Designation
Rosary

Row A SA, Tl, Va
Va

T2, Va

T3, Va

T2, Va

SB, Tl, Va
SA, T4, Va

(DNChU'l-waI-J

Miscellaneous Beads

9 SA, Tl, Va
10-14 SB, T1, Va, Sub l

15 SA, T2, Va

16 Va

SC, Tl, Va

SD, Tl, Va

SE, Tl, Va

SF, Tl, Va

SG, Tl, Va

SH, T1, Va

T2, Va

T3, Va

SA, T3, Va

SA, Tl, Vb

SB, T3, Va

SB, T2, Va

Row B

Row C

\DCDxJQUbUNHQQOâ€˜Lï¬-bWNH

112

113

Series B Double hole construction

Type 1 Elongate
Variety a Decorated

Figure 11, Row A 7

l specimen

This specimen is elongated with flat ends and a
narrowed middle. Similar specimens have been found
at Michilimackinac (SB, Tl, Va). (Stone 1974:

118) Figure 52N

Length 11.2 mm. Width 5.9 mm.

MISCELLANEOUS BEADS

Series A Bone
Type 1 Disc shaped

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row A 9

2 specimens

These beads are flat discs cut from bone which
appear to be of aboriginal manufacture due to the
lack of uniformity in center hole size and shape.
Thickness 1.4-1.5 mm. Width range 8.2-8.3 mm.

Variety b Decorated

Figure 11, Row C 7

l specimen

This runtee fragment exhibits two parallel holes
running longitudinally through the disc. Both
sides of the specimen are decorated with a border
of concentric circles, with an estimated 20 per
side.

Thickness 4.2 mm. Diameter 34.0 mm.

Type 2 Convex to cushion shaped

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row A 15,16

2 specimens

These beads are convexly shaped, but flattened.
The two are identically shaped, but differ con-
siderably in size, the smaller specimens being
10.0 mm. in length and 9.1 mm. in width, while the
larger is 16.8 mm. in length and 12.0 mm. in
width. Thickness varies from 6.6 mm. to 9.1 mm.
respectively. The beads have been irregularly
drilled and are most probably of aboriginal
manufacture.

114

115

Type 3 T-shaped

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row C 6

l specimen

This specimen exhibits a single hole drilled the
length of the shank and ending in the apex of the
angle formed by the arms of the Y. The irregular-
ity of shape points toward non-European manufacture.
Length 14.5 mm. Width 14.4 mm. Thickness 4.0 mm.

Series B Shell
Type 1 Tubular

Variety a Undecorated

Subtype 1 "Wampum" beads

Figure 11, Row A 10-14

396 specimens

Wampum beads are tubular in shape and were
made from the columellae of conch shells or
from the umbo of the clam Venus mercenaria
(Cleland 1971: 39), resulting in white or
white and purple beads respectively. Used as
both trade goods and a monetary unit of
exchange, wampum was an important economic and
social item to Indians and EurOpean alike.
Although wampum had been used on the East coast
of North America prior to European contact
(Bushnell 1906: 173-177), it soon became an
item of European manufacture and commerce.

The uniformity and exactitude of shaping and
drilling the Fort St. Joseph specimens, indi-
cates production by steel tools and probable
European origin. Approximately 60 percent of
all wampum beads were the highly prized purple
variety, with the remainder ranging in color
from pure white, to beige, tan, and brown.
Length range: 4.0-13.3 mm. Width range 2.1-
4.1 mm.

Type 2 Convexo-tubular

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row C 9

2 specimens

These beads are long and tubular with tapering
edges. The bore diameter is large enough that

116

the bead could have also been utilized as hair pipe

pipes or other ornaments.

Length range 25.0-33.1 mm. Width range 6.3-7.7 mm.
Type 3 Disc shaped

Variety a Decorated

Figure 11, Row C 8

l specimen

This runtee is 17.7 mm. in diameter, 3.8 mm. in
thickness, and is decorated on one side with four
central drilled dots surrounded by a border. A
single hole runs longitudinally through the thick-
ness of the disc which has been drilled from both
ends, meeting somewhere in the center.

Series C Catlinite
Type 1 Square elongate to convexo-elongate

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row B 1,2,3

3 specimens

These specimens exhibit square or round cross
sections and either squared or tapered ends. They
are composed of red catlinite which has been
smoothed and polished to shape and drilled with a
single perforation running the length of the bead.
A total of 59 specimens were recovered at the
Lasanen Site (1670-1715) which are very similar

to the St. Joseph specimens (Cleland 1971: 47-48).

Series D Azurite

Type 1 Round

Variety a Decorated

Figure 11, Row B 4,5

2 specimens

These specimens are composed Of azurite (Cu3 C03 2
OH) and are blue to turquoise in color. The beads
are hand carved and exhibit 15-17 cut grooves
which run the length of the beads. Azurite is

not found locally and had to be Obtained through
trade or travel.

117

Series E Hematite
Type 1 Tubular

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row B 6

l specimen

This specimen is crudely carved and polished from
a low grade hematite ore and is probably of
aboriginal manufacture.

Length 21.5 mm. Diameter 21 mm.

Series G Ceramic

Type 1 Round

Variety a Decorated

Figure 11, Row B 8

l specimen

This bead is characteristic of Wedgewood's "Jasper
Ware" which was first developed in 1776. The body
of the bead is bright blue with a raised circum-
ferential band around the center, and upon which
twelve 8 pointed stars have been applied in has-
relief. The end of the bead has been capped with

a lZ-pointed star or rosette which also has been
applied in relief. All relief stars are white with
a slightly blue tint probably caused by a bleeding
of the blue body. The bluish tint Of the white,

in combination with a highly polished smooth body
and high relief detail, is characteristic of
Wedgewood prior to 1796 (Mankowitz 1972: 107-108).
Wedgewood produced numerous small, inexpensive
items for sale and export, although mention of bead
production has not been found. This head is
probably part of a strand worn by a high status
individual such as a commandant's wife, rather than
an item produced specifically for trade.

Length 12.0 mm. Diameter 13.1 mm.

Series H Copper/Pewter

These Specimens are composed of copper which at one time â€˜
had been covered by a thin layer Of pewter. Some speci-
mens retain little or none of the original coating, while
others are remarkably well preserved.

118

Type 1 Convex with collars

Figure 11, Row C 1,2

3 specimens

These specimens exhibit an overall convex shape with
outwardly flared collars on each end. The shape Of
these beads is regular and uniform and probably
resulted from casting in a mold.

Length range 15.3-16.0 mm. Width range 14.1-14.9 mm.

Type 2 Round

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row C 3,4

13 specimens

The shape of these beads vary considerably in size
and regularity and no two beads are identical. The
bore diameter also varies a great deal and ranges
from 3.6 to 7.3 mm.

Length range 5.9-10.0 mm. Diameter range 10.3-
15.0 mm.

Type 3 Doughnut

Variety a Undecorated

Figure 11, Row C 5

l specimen

This head is in a good state of preservation and
retains 95 percent of the original pewter coating.
Diameter 14.9 mm. Thickness 4.1 mm.

C-SHAPED BRACELETS

C-shaped bracelets made of brass and iron appear
to have been fairly common trade items during the 18th
century, and are reported from several sites including
Fort Michilimackinac, Lasanen Site, and the Guebert Site.
At Fort St. Joseph, a total of 48 bracelets were
recovered from the surface, and are classified based upon
material of manufacture, number of components, and deco-

rative motifs.

Class I Iron
Series A Single Band Construction
Type 1 Undecorated
Figure 12A
5 specimens
These examples exhibit bands, round in cross-
section, with no evidence of decoration. Length
ranges from 6.7 to 7.0 cm.
Class II Brass
Series A Single Band Construction

Type 1 Undecorated

Variety a Thin round cross-section

Figure 12B

22 specimens

These bracelets were made of round brass wire
approximately 1.7 mm. in diameter. The

119

Figure 12

Figure
Designation

L")

O '11

120

C-Shaped Bracelets

Taxonomic

Designation

CI,

CII,

SA,

SB,

SA,

T1,

T2,

Va
Vb
Vb
Vb
Va
Va
Va
Va

122

possibility exists that these bracelets may

have been placed side to side and then bound
to form a very wide bracelet. Length range

6.1-7.0 cm.

Variety b Thick round cross section

Figure 12C,D,E

9 specimens

These bracelets are similar to Variety 'a'
specimens except that they are comparatively
much thicker in cross-section, ranging from
2.1 to 4.0 mm. in diameter. All specimens are
round in cross-section except for one specimen
which exhibits flattened sides. This variety
of bracelet is reported from Fort Michili-
mackinac (Stone 1974: 134-135) and the Guebert
Site (Good 1972: 131). Overall length range
from 4.0 to 7.5 cm.

Type 2 Decorated

Variety a Round cross-section

Figure 12F,I

7 specimens

These bracelets are similar to the previous
Type 1 variety 6 specimens except that they
have been decorated with parallel and criss-
crossed 1ines which have been cut or filed
into the wire. These specimens are approxi-
mately 4.0 mm. in cross-sectional diameter, and
are 5.1 to 6.9 mm. in overall length. Similar
bracelets have been found at Fort Michili-
mackinac (Stone 1974: 135) and the Guebert
Site (Good 1972: 130).

Variety b Flat cross-section

Figure 12J

2 specimens

These bracelets exhibit flat bands, 6 mm. in
width which are decorated with incised lines.
Overall lengths are 4.2 and 6.3 cm.

Series B Multiple Band Construction
Type 1 Undecorated
Figure 12G,H

These bracelets are composed of two to four wire
strands which have been twisted together. One

123

bracelet was found at the Lasanen Site in northern
Michigan which was composed of numerous C-shaped
twisted bands joined together (Cleland 1971: 24).
Twisted bracelets are also reported from
Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 135).

BUCKLES

In the literature buckles are often divided into
functional categories based on size, shape, etc., and
given names such as shoe, harness, belt, spur, knee,
baldric, and stock (Stone 1974: 25). Even that list can
be greatly expanded when military accoutrements are care-
fully examined. However, at the present time these buckle
categories are difficult to define due to a lack of infor-
mation about the varied types. Therefore, a grouping Of
these buckles is based upon attributes of raw materials,
shape, and decoration, rather than a less accurate group-
ing based upon supposed function. A total Of twenty-nine
buckles and buckle fragments are present in the Fort St.

Joseph collections.

Class I Iron
Series A Square to rectangular frames
Type 1 Undecorated

Specimen #1

Figure 13A

Frame length 4.3 cm.

Frame width 3.1 cm.

Consists of an iron frame with moveable hinge
bar, hook, and tongue. Probable use: harness
or belt.

124

125

Figure 13 Buckles
Figure.
DeSignation

A CI,
B CII,
C CI,
D CII,
E
F CII,
G CII,
H CII,
I
J
K
L
M
N CII,
O CII,
P
Q

Taxonomic
Designation

SA, Tl,
SA, Tl,
SA, T1,

SB, T2,

SA, T2,

SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
5P
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP

#1
#1
#2
#1
#2
#1
#2
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#1
#8
#9
#10

q M -â€”_H_ __-__-â€”__â€”_â€” _._______ __.â€”â€”__ â€” _ â€”__ ___ _ _

126

127

Specimen #2

Figure 13C

Frame length 3.4 cm. (incomplete)

Frame width 3.0 cm.

Consists of an iron frame with one end missing,
a moveable hinge bar, hook, and tongue.
Probable use: harness or belt.

Specimen #3

Not illustrated

Iron frame only: frame length 4.7 cm.

Frame width 2.7 cm.

Hales were drilled for placement Of hinge bar.

Specimen #4

Not illustrated

Frame length 3.1 cm.

Frame width 3.4 cm.

Iron frame with hook attached to one end of
frame. Probable use: harness.

Specimen #5

Not illustrated
Frame fragment (length and width unknown)

Class II Brass
Series A Square to rectangular frames
Type 1 Undecorated

Specimen #1

Figure 133

Frame length 4.0 cm.

Frame width 3.0 cm.

Brass frame with outside edges cut flat,
moveable hinge bar, tongue, and hook. The
tongue has an addition stud of metal added
for the attachment to leather. Probable use:
belt or harness.

Specimen #2

Figure 13G

Frame length 3.8 cm.

Frame width 2.8 cm.

Frame only, probable use: belt.

128

Type 1 discussion: An additional three specimens
fall into this category, however their fragmentary
condition does not permit measurement of frame
size nor suggestion of possible function.

Type 2 Decorated

Specimen #1

Figure 13F

Frame length 3.9 cm.

Frame width 2.7 cm.

This specimen consists of a brass frame and
solid cast hinge bar. Four ripples on both
top and bottom decorate this piece. Probable
use: belt.

Specimen #2

Figure 13H

Frame length 2.8 cm.

Frame width 3.0 cm.

This specimen consists of a frame with a
scalloped face and decoration in the form of
eight circular dots at the four corners and
midpoints. These dots were connected by fine
raised fones running concentrically within the
frame. Probable use: knee or hat

Specimen #3

Figure 131

Frame length 5.1 cm.

Frame width 4.3 cm.

This specimen consists of a frame with scal-

loping on the inside edge as a form of deco-

ration. Two holes have been drilled for the

placement Of a hinge bar. Probable use: shoe

Specimen #4

Figure 13J

Frame fragment, estimated length 8.0 cm.
(assuming that the hinge bar is placed at the
midpoint).

The frame is decorated with a rope-like border
on both the inside and outside edges of the
frame, with five parallel lines between.
Probable use: shoe.

129

Specimen #5

Figure 13K

Frame fragment, estimated length 5.0 cm.

The frame is decorated with a groove cut into
the center of the frame. Probable use: shoe.

Specimens #6,7

Figures 13L,M

Frame fragments, estimated length 5.6 cm.

The frames are identical in decoration and may
have come from a single buckle. The decoration
consists of a series of diagonally incised
lines in sets Of three which are placed at the
four midpoints of the sides. In addition, the
outer edge of the frame has been scalloped, and
the inner one beveled slightly. Probable use:
shoe.

Specimen #8

Figure 130

Frame fragment.

This specimen has an ornate floral decoration
with a flower in the center of one side and
leafy scroll work. Similar rococo style
decorated buckles have been found at Fort
Michilimackinac, but none are exactly iden-
tical to this specimen. Probable use: shoe.

Specimen #9

Figure 13P

Frame fragment.

This specimen has a decoration consisting Of a
number of raised and indented diamonds.
Probable use: belt, shoe.

Specimen #10

Figure 130

Frame fragment, frame length 4.4 cm.

Frame width 3.0 cm.

This specimen has small column-like scrolls
at the pin terminal and both the inner and

outer edges are beveled to produce a cross

section which is trapezoid. Probable use:

belt or shoe.

130

Specimen #ll

Not illustrated

Frame fragment.

Highly decorated rococo frame similar to
specimens found at Michilimackinac. Probable
use: shoe.

Specimen #12

Not illustrated

Frame fragment, frame length 4.4 cm. (estimated)
Frame width 3.0 cm.

Same as Specimen #10, except with two incised
grooves at the corner.

Specimen #13

Not illustrated

Frame fragment.

The poor condition of this specimen presents
difficulty in description of decoration.
However, a floral motif appears to be present.

Series B Oval or rounded frames
Type 1 Undecorated

Specimen #1

Figure 13N -
Complete frame, frame length 2.5 cm.
Frame width 2.2 cm.

Probable use: knee, garter

Type 2 Decorated

Specimen #1

Figure 130

Complete frame with corroded tongue or hook,
frame length 3.2 cm.

Frame width 2.5 cm.

One end of this specimen ends in a round bar
to which a strap would be permanently attached.
The sides and top of this specimen are deco-
rated with a series of incised lines running
the frame length. Probable use: harness?

131

Specimen #2

Figure 13E

Complete frame, tongue, and hook, frame length
2.8 cm.

Frame width 2.5 cm.

Two grooves in the face of the frame provide

a ripple of decoration. Probable use: knee.

Specimen #3

Not illustrated

Frame fragment, frame length 4.6 cm.

Frame width 3.5 cm.

This specimen exhibits flat sides and rounded
ends. The decoration consists of a single deep
groove on each side ending near the ends of

the buckle. The ends are also decorated,
having a series of raised and lowered ridges
within a raised border. Probable use: shoe.

Buckle Discussion.--Two buckle fragments which lack

all diagnostic attributes are also present in the buckle
sample. One frame fragment depicts a floral motif, not
unlike a specimen found at Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 38,
Figure 223). In addition, a complete tongue and hinge bar
are present which resemble in shape a specimen from
Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 32, Figure 205). This tongue
has the block letters 'M,L' within an oval cartouche with
the letters -- -- -- MAN below.

The buckle specimens from Fort St. Joseph are
similar in form to many of those found at Michilimackinac,
however none are exact in detail. In all cases where the
pin terminals are drilled, the raised portion is gently
sloping and solid metal, which may indicate a pre-1760 time

range (Grimm 1970: 48).

BUTTONS

A total of sixty-five buttons are present in the
Fort St. Joseph collections and are identified as of both
military and civilian use. This frequency is quite low
in comparison to the 1,333 specimens recovered from Fort
Michilimackinac perhaps reflecting the lower population at
Fort St. Joseph. The button sample from St. Joseph is
classified into four main classes based upon the number of
elements used in the construction of a particular button
and ranges from one to four elements. Further divisions
into groups, types, and subtypes is dependent upon vari-
ations in material of manufacture, shape of button face,
and articulation Of eye elements. Description of many
specimens is on an individual basis and will include
characteristics such as design elements and cast words

and letters.

Class I One element construction
Series A Cast metal
Group 1 Stemmed cast eye
Type 1 Convex face
Figure 14A,B,C

3 specimens

132

133

Figure 14 Buttons
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CI, SA, G2, T1
T1
C Tl
D 62, T1
E SB, G1, Tl, Va
F Vb
G CII, SA, G1, T1, Va
H Va
I Vb, Sp
J Sp
K T2, Va
L Va
M G2, T1, Sp
N Sp
0 SP
P SP
Q Sp
R Sp
S CIII, SA, G1, Tl
T Tl
U Tl
V G2, Tl
W G3, T1
X Tl
Y CIV, SA, G1, T1

#1
#2

#1
#2
#8
#9
#6
#7

135

These examples exhibit convex faces and flat
backs. A mold seam is present on the eye,
stem, and back sections. Two of the specimens
display no design element while the third
exhibits a series of perpendicular lines
forming a cross motif on the face. All speci-
mens are composed of pewter and are thirteen
mm. in diameter. Similar specimens recovered
from Fort Michilimackinac are suggested to
date from 1740-1780 and were primarily of
civilian use (Stone 1974: 47).

Group 2 Drilled eye
Type 1 Flat face

Figure 14D

1 specimen

This example exhibits a thin eye which was
drilled after casting. It is brass, and is
similar to specimens Of the 1700-1765 period
(Olsen 1963: 552, 553). One similar specimen
is reported from Michilimackinac which is
approximately 1 mm. smaller (Stone 1974: 47).
Diameter 24 mm.

Series B Bone
Group 1 Drilled eye
Type 1 Flat face and back

Variety a Five-hole

Figure 14E
1 specimen
Diameter 16 mm.

Variety b Three-hole

Figure 14F

l specimen

Diameter 12 mm.

Both variety 'a' and 'b' specimens could
have been used separately as buttons or
could have been back pieces for three and
four piece constructed specimens.

136

Class II Two element construction
Series A Metal
Group 1 Soldered wire eye
Type 1 Convex face

Variety_a U-shaped eye

Figure 14G,H

7 specimens

These buttons exhibit convex faces with a
flat outer rim. The backs are concave and
have u-shaped eye elements soldered onto
the brass body sections. Dating from 1730
to 1760, these specimens are French mili-
tary uniform buttons (Stone 1974: 48-49).
Three sizes Of buttons are present:

20 mm. (4 specimens)

19 mm. (2 specimens)

18 mm. (1 specimen)

Variety b Closed circular eye

Figure l4I,J - Niles

Figure 151,J,K - South Bend

These specimens exhibit convex faces and
concave backs and are composed of brass.

Specimen #1

Figure 141

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: "EXTRA RICH W SUPER FINE"
Diameter 19 mm.

Specimen #2

Figure 14J

Obverse: Zig-zag border decoration
Reverse: Plain

Diameter 15 mm.

Specimen #3,4

Figure 151

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: Wreath-like border
Diameter 17 mm.

Figure 15

Figure
Designation

:1: C) "ltd D O on

137

Buttons

Taxonomic
Designation

CII, SA, Gl, T2, Va,

Tl, Vb,

SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
3P
SP
SP
SP

#3
#4
#5
#6
#8
#9
#3
#5
#6

â€”-a.â€”-â€”~ â€”_â€”.A-â€”-.-â€”

138

139

Specimen #5

Figure 15J

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: â€PLATED" and wreath pattern
Diameter 21 mm.

Specimen #6

Figure 15K

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: â€GILT" and wreath pattern
Diameter 19 mm.

Comments: Variety 'b' specimens l,3,4,5,6
most probably date from the nineteenth
century circa 1800-1860 (South 1964: 120-
121). The practice Of stamping words on
the backs Of buttons began around 1800,

and by 1820 was widely accepted (Olsen 1963:
552). Similar buttons have not been
reported from Fort Michilimackinac, which
was abandoned in 1781.

Type 2 Flat face

Variety a Circular closed eye

Figure 14K,L - Niles

Figure 15A-H - South Bend

15 specimens

These specimens exhibit flat faces and
backs. Specimens #1 through #14 are
brass, specimen #15 is pewter.

Specimen #1

Figure 15A

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: Long-necked American eagle
plus "*BESTtâ€œ

Diameter 22 mm.

Specimen #2

Figure 153

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: "BEST QUALITYâ€ with wreath
Diameter 23 mm.

140

Specimen #3

Figure 15C

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: "BEST ** COLOUR**"
Diameter 20 mm.

Specimen #4

Figure 15D

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: "BEST QUALITY ***"
Diameter 16 mm.

Specimen #5

Figure 15E

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: â€TIN GOLD COLOUR"
Diameter 18.5 mm.

Specimens #6,7

Figure 15F

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: "GILT" with wreath
Diameter 21 mm.

Specimen #8

Figure 156

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: "TREBLE GILT RICH ORANG(E)"
Diameter 14 mm.

Specimen #9

Figure 15H

Obverse: Plain
Reverse: â€BESTâ€
Diameter 21 mm.

Specimens #10-13

An additional four specimens, all with
diameters of 19-20 mm. have plain faces
and words or designs on their back.
They, however, are so poorly preserved
that the words are not distinguishable.
As with Type 1, Variety b examples,
Specimens 1 through 13 also date within
an 1800-1860 time span.

141

Specimen #14

Figure 14K

Obverse: Without design elements
Reverse: Without design elements
Diameter 33 mm.

Specimen #15

Figure 14L

Obverse: Frog-legged eagle

Reverse: Plain

Diameter 23 mm.

This button is an early American
Military button of "Waynes Legion" and
was in use from 1792-1798 (Campbell
1965: 2). American forces were sta-
tioned at Fort Mackinac on Mackinac Isl.
during the 1796-1812 and 1815-1890
periods.

Group 2 Eye cast in place
Type 1 Flat face

Specimen #1-5

Figures 14M,N

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: Plain

Diameter 17-18 mm.

These specimens are pewter and may repre-
sent military uniform buttons Of 1760-1785
(Olsen 1963: 552-553). South (1964: 117)
suggests a 1726-1776 time period based on
specimens from Brunswick Town and Fort
Fisher.

Specimens #6,?

Figure 14Q,R

Obverse: Plain

Reverse: Plain

Diameter 16 mm.

These specimens are brass and exhibit
slightly convex faces and concave backs.
In appearance they greatly resemble speci-
mens #1-5, and most probably serve the
same function as well as time period.

142

Specimen #8

Figure 140

Obverse: Incised 60 with border decoration
Reverse: Plain

Diameter 25 mm.

This Specimen is a military button of the
English Sixtieth Regiment which was sta-
tioned at Fort St. Joseph from 1760 to the
mid 17705. It is pewter.

Specimen #9

Figure 14P

Obverse: Crown surrounded by floral wreaths
Reverse: Plain

This specimen is pewter and is most likely
of British origin within a 1760-1780 time
span.

Type 2 Convex face

Not illustrated

1 specimen

This specimen is pewter, 23 mm. in diameter,
and displays an incised K's 8 on the obverse.
The reverse is plain and is concave. This
example is a military button of the British
King's Eighth Regiment, not reportedly sta-
tioned at Fort St. Joseph, although it was at
Fort Michilimackinac between 1774 and 1781
(Stone 1974: 49), where similar specimens have
been found.

Class III Three element construction

Series A Metal
Group 1 Soldered eye
Type 1 Convex face and back

Figures l4S,T,U

13 specimens

These examples are constructed of three ele-
ments--a cast face, back and eye. The back
and face have been brazed together and exhibit
an overall spheroidal shape. Eye elements are
large and strap-like in appearance and are U-
shaped. Silver solder has been applied to the
backs of these specimens, and to the fronts of
several, giving them a silver, pewter-like

143

appearance. One Specimen (not illustrated)
exhibits no solder on front or back, and a
design on the obverse, composed of a large
circle surrounded by two smaller ones each
containing a small flower design. Diameters
range from 15 to 18 mm. and thickness from 6
to 11 mm. These "bell shaped" buttons cover
a large span of time, and are reported from
Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 53) in a 1740 to
1760 context, and from the Lasanen Site
(Cleland 1971: 26-27) dating from 1670-1715.
The uniformity in shape and construction may
indicate military use.

Group 2 Drilled eye, cast in place
Type 1 Convex face and back

Figure 14V

1 specimen

This example is brass, 12 mm. in diameter, and
is constructed of a cast face, back, and eye
element which has been cast in place onto the
back piece and then drilled. The small size
of this specimen may indicate use as a cuff-
link or sleeve button. Specific identifi-
cation however, is not possible.

Group 3 Inserted eye cast in place
Type 1 Convex face, slightly convex back

Figure 14w,x

6 specimens

These specimens consist of an iron eye element
which has been inserted and cast into place
around the back piece. The face and back have
been cast and joined, and two holes for expand-
ing gasses are present on the back. These
specimens are British military buttons of the
1760 to 1780 period (Stone 1974: 53). Two
sizes of buttons are present: 20 mm. (5
specimens) and 15 mm. (1 specimen).

Class IV Four element construction
Series A Composite materials

Group 1 Inserted eye

144

Type 1 Convex face, flat back

Figure 14Y

l specimen

This example exhibits a thin brass face dis-

playing a faceted geometric design, a single

holed bone back piece, an inserted brass eye,

and a filler. It is 21 mm. in diameter.

Discussion.--The button sample from Fort St.

Joseph is very small and suggests the presence of a low
population at the site throughout the eighteenth century.
Military buttons which are French, English, and American
demonstrate the presence of these groups during the 1730-
1796 period, and point out the general lack of heavy
military occupation at the site. The high frequency of
buttons with worded or designed backs, dating after 1800

suggests a post-1781 occupation of the site which was non-

military.

l Ill-II i" l I. I. l .lâ€™.

SLEEVE BUTTONS OR CUFF LINKS

Sleeve buttons are functionally distinguishable
from other buttons due to their Size, articulation Of
shank, and the fact that they are Often found in sets
joined by a metal link. These buttons are usually more
ornate than common ones, and are often found in round,
oval, and octagonal shapes as well as unusual shapes
mounted with glass or crystal settings. Hume (1961: 383)
suggests an evolution in sleeve buttons from circular,
through octagonal shapes, back to round, and then to the
oval; however he cautions that overlap of styles occurred
thus interfering with a simple straight progression. The
collections in the Fort St. Joseph Historical Museum have
yielded eight sleeve buttons, four of which compose two sets

of identical specimens. They may be described as follows:

Specimen #1

Figure 16D

This specimen is a single brass button with an octagonal
face and is of one piece construction. It exhibits an eye
which is flat, U-shaped, and has been drilled. The deco-
rative motif on the face consists of a border of 20 circles
surrounding a smooth undecorated octagonal center. An
identical specimen is pictured by Hume (1961: 381, Figure 3)
which was found at the Rosewell excavations in Gloucester
County, Virginia. Hume places a date of 1750 on that
specimen.

Diameter 1/2 inch or 12.8 cm.

145

146

Figure 16 Sleeve Buttons or Cuff Links
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A Sp #5, 6

B Sp #3, 4

C Sp #7, 8

D Sp #1

E Sp #2

147

C D E

INCHES

148

Specimen #2

Figure 16E

This specimen is a single brass button of one piece con-
struction and an octagonally shaped face. The design
motif consists of a central circle surrounded by six
others, and is nearly identical to a specimen found at
Michilimackinac dating in the 1750-1780 time period (Stone
1974: 76). The eye element is similar to that of specimen
#1, and the overall diameter is 13.6 mm.

Specimen #3,4

Figure 163

These specimens comprise a set of identical buttons joined
together by an S-shaped brass link. The backs of these
buttons are brass, deeply cupped with a small eye, and
accommodate two cushion-shaped glass insets. Similar
examples of buttons with glass insets date within the
1740-1780 time span (Stone 1974: 76). Diameter 9 mm.
Depth 9.9 mm.

Specimens #5,6

Figure 16A

These specimens comprise a set of buttons joined by a C-
chaped link. They are of one piece construction, and
exhibit shanks which are semi-circular, flat, and drilled.
The face is highly decorated and a crown, two roses, and
the letters F--P-R/EADIM to the left and right of the
central design. This specimen is most likely of British
origin within a 1760-1780 time span.

.Specimens #7,8

Figure 16C

These specimens comprise a set of buttons joined by an
oval C-shaped link. They are composed of dome shaped

milk-white glass into which brass eyes have been set.

Diameter 9.7 mm.

(([I'lâ€˜fâ€˜nâ€˜lâ€˜u

Ii â€˜1â€˜! Illa-ll

CALTROPS

Caltrops are four pronged metal objects designed
so that upon placement on a flat surface, three prongs
form the legs of a tripod while the fourth is held in a
vertical position to the ground. At times of battle these
objects were scattered upon the ground in strategic areas
in order to injure horses' hoofs or the feet of the advanc-
ing enemy. Two caltrops are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collection (Figure 17); one is a complete specimen
and one is nearly complete. Both caltrops are barbed on
all four prongs making them even more difficult to dis-
lodge. Each Of the two specimens appears to have been
constructed from two pieces of metal, bent to 90 degrees
and joined together at the angles by repeatedly hammering
and forging. When erect, the specimens vary in height from
35 mm. to 47 mm., with prong lengths of 27 mm. and 32 mm.
respectively. Peterson (1968: 109) notes that caltrops

were used by the British during the revolutionary period.

149

JIâ€˜qulu IIâ€˜.â€™.III I,

Figure 17

150

Caltrops

â€”_â€˜___._

151

INCHES

CERAMICS

A total of one-hundred sixty ceramic Sherds are
present in the Fort St. Joseph collections. This is an
extremely low frequency in comparison to the 14,407 Sherds
recovered from Michilimackinac and reflects both the
social and demographic differences between the sites. In
their analysis of the Michilimackinac ceramic sample,
Miller and Stone (1970: 25) conclude that "The ceramic
artifacts indicate a standard of living, for at least some
of the Fort's occupants, well above the austere conditions
that supposedly prevailed on the frontier prior tothe
American Revolution.â€ They go on to state that "The
ceramic evidence also suggests that the English, after
taking possession in 1761, enjoyed far more of the
amenities of life than did their French predecessors."

Ceramics is an especially important artifact
category in that it reflects a number of socioeconomic
factors about the users such as population density,
nationality, status, and availability of resources. The
wealth of archaeological as well as historical evidence
regarding ceramics also allows for an examination of these

features within a relatively tight chronological framework.

152

153

The ceramic sample from Fort St. Joseph has been
classified using a combination of physical attributes and
historical documentation and is very similar to the
typology devised by Miller and Stone (1970) for use with
the Michilimackinac ceramics, but revised to accommodate
the St. Joseph ceramics. The St. Joseph sample is divided
first into three major classes--Earthenware, Stoneware,
and Porcelain, and then into groups, types, and varieties
based upon variances in form, manufacture, and decorative

elements.

Class I Earthenware
Group A Tin glazed wares

This ceramic group consists of Sherds with an opaque
white glaze made from a combination of lead and tin
oxide in a silica base. These wares were glazed on
both exterior and interior surfaces and were often
decorated. Tin glazed wares were used commonly
throughout the eighteenth century and originated in
England, France, Spain, and Italy. The sample speci-
mens from Fort St. Joseph would be termed either
Faience or Delft, indicating their French and English 8
origins respectively. Group A specimens are often
decorated with geometric and foliate designs, which
appear to be predominantly of French origin. The
color of the earthenware bodies vary from yellow to
dark pink in color, and all Sherds appear to have come
from utilitarian pieces, such as plates and bowls.
Disctssion: The low frequency of ceramics from Fort
St. Joseph coupled with a wide variety of groups and
types suggests an occupation by a relatively low popu-
lation over a wide span of time. The fact that nearly
70 percent of the sherd sample is composed of tin glazed
earthenwares also points towards a relatively low
standard of living at the fort during the French
period. Since however some finer quality wares are
represented in the sample such as creamware, Ellers-
wares, Rheinish Stoneware, and Chinese porcelain, some
individuals at the fort appear to have enjoyed a more

154

"comfortableâ€ life than others. Many of these quality
wares date from the British period of occupation and
suggests the possibility of status differences and a
higher standard of living among at least some of the
British military personnel than with their French
predecessors, as was the case at Fort Michilimackinac.

The presence of pearlware, annular ware, and trans-
fer printed earthenwares, which are later than the
commonly accepted 1781 termination date, provide evi-
dence that occupation of the site continued until the
first quarter of the nineteenth century.

Type 1 White Undecorated

Not illustrated

41 specimens

These specimens exhibit white interiors and
exteriors, some of which are slightly colored
with a light blue or light green tint. These
wares may have been completely undecorated, or
may represent body sherds from specimens with only
rim decoration.

2222.3 Blue decorated

Figure 18A,B,C

45 specimens

These examples exhibit white glazed interiors and
exteriors and are decorated with blue cobalt
designs on either or both surfaces. On forty-two
of the sherds the design has been hand painted onto
the surface prior to glazing, however on two sherds
the design has been incised and cobalt applied to
the scratched surface. One sherd of the latter
type has been reworked into a circular disc for
possible use as a gaming piece (Figure 0). In
addition, one sherd (Figure R) was decorated with
powdered blue cobalt. This specimen is of British
origin and is from the second half of the eighteenth
century. Powdered blue specimens have also been
reported from Michilimackinac (Miller and Stone
1970: 40-42).

Type 3 Polychrome decoration

Variety a Blue and black

Figure 18D,E,F,G

14 specimens

These sherds have blue and black hand painted
decoration which has been applied on either or
both surfaces.

Figure
Designation

as N >< 2 <3 G ra m 21KB m cazz 3:t* x C4 H :n 0 Hats U (3 m

155

Figure 18

Ceramics

Taxonomic

Designation

CI, GA,

GB,

GD,
GA,

GB,

GD,

CII, GC
GA

CIII, GA,

T2
T2
T2,
T3,

T1
T1
T1
T2
T1
T1,

T2
T2
T1
T2

T1
T2

Va
Va
Va
Va
Vb
Vb

156

l (M

157

Variety b Blue and buff

Figure 18H,I

9 specimens

These sherds have blue and red hand painted
decoration on either or both exterior and
interior surfaces. Several of these sherds
are noticeably thinner than other Group A
specimens and may have come from a tea cup or
higher quality bowls.

Group B Rouen-Type brown and white

These wares exhibit a tin-glazed interior and a brown
lead-glazed exterior. Miller and Stone (1970: 38-39)
state that this type of ware may have been manufactured
in France, but was used throughout the eighteenth
century, during French and British occupations at Fort
Michilimackinac 1715-1781.

Type 1 Undecorated white interior, brown exterior

Figure 18J,K,L

15 specimens

One of these sherds has been shaped into a cir-
cular disc for use as a gaming piece. All speci-
mens are quite thick and evidently come from
utilitarian pieces.

Type 2 Blue and black decorated interior, brown
exterior

Figure 18M

1 specimen

This sherd exhibits a geometrically patterned
design on the interior surface.

Group C Pearlware

Pearlware is a white glazed and ceramic which rose to
popularity in the late eighteenth century, lasting until
about 1820 (Hume 1969: 130). These ceramics are most
commonly found in the form of shell edged plates
decorated on the edges with blue or green.

Type 1 Blue decorated

Figure 18N

3 specimens

Two of these sherds are decorated in a feathery
edge design found on wares of the 1780-1795 period
(Hume 1969: 131). NO pearlware sherds have been

158

reported from Michilimackinac probably due to this
late time period. These sherds, as well as others,
suggest a post-1781 occupational period at Fort

St. Joseph. The third pearlware sherd is also
quite late and exhibits a molded design and a
poorly applied band of blue on the rim edge. This
specimen probably dates somewhat later than the
Shell edged sherds.

Group D Creamware

Creamware is a white-bodied, lead-glazed ceramic manu-
factured in England from 1760 until about 1790. Cream-
ware sherds found at Fort Michilimackinac (3,549 speci-
mens) were assigned a 1765-1780 time range, allowing
several years for the ware to be transported to that
frontier post (Miller and Stone 1970: 42).

Type 1 Molded decoration

Variety a Beaded

Figure 180

l specimen

This specimen is a rim sherd from a cup or
small bowl and bears a beaded decoration on
the exterior surface. This rim decoration

is found on bowls and cups recovered from Fort
Michilimackinac dated 1765-1780.

Variety b Foliate pattern

Figure 18P

l specimen

This specimen is a rim sherd from a small cup
or bowl and is decorated with a molded foliate
design on the exterior surface. This design
has also been covered with a green tint before
the lead glaze was applied. The interior sur-
face is cream colored.

Type 2 Banded decoration - Annular wares

Figure 18T

l specimen

Annular wares are a ceramic type consisting of a
creamware body which has been decorated with bands
of cOlor. This specimen exhibits rows of brown
bands which have been applied to the exterior sur-
face, while the cream colored interior remains
undecorated. Annular wares were popular during

159

the period 1795-1815, but were found on creamware
bodies as early as 1785 (Hume 1969: 131).

Group E Slip decorated wares

Originating in England, slip decorated wares consisted
of a red bodied earthenware which was covered overall
with a clay slip and decorated with slip lines or
dots. Small quantities of this group of ware were
found at Fort Michilimackinac in the forms of cups,
dishes, jugs and bowls (Miller and Stone 1970: 59-60).

Type 1 Dot and band pattern

Figure 188

1 specimen

This sherd exhibits a buff colored body decorated
on the exterior surface with brown bands onto which
white slip dots were applied. The surface is
covered evenly by a clear lead glaze.

Group F Brown glazed Redware

Not illustrated

3 specimens

These sherds exhibit brown lead glazed exterior and
interior surfaces covering a buff colored body. Found
also at Michilimackinac, these wares are primarily for
utilitarian use and may be of French, English, or North
American origin (Miller and Stone 1970: 51).

Group G Transfer printed wares

Not illustrated

12 specimens

Transfer printing as a decorative process was developed
in England in the mid 17003, but did not achieve
common use until the final quarter of that century.
From that time to the present, transfer printed wares
have been in wide use in North America. The twelve
specimens from Fort St. Joseph are decorated in blue
(8 specimens), orchid (2 specimens), and brown (2
specimens) colors and probably date in the first
quarter of the nineteenth century. Only eighteen
sherds of transfer printed were were recovered from
Fort Michilimackinac all of which were early black
colored wares.

160

Class II Stoneware
Group A English white saltglazed

Figure 18V

2 specimens

White saltglazed stoneware is of English manufacture
from the 1740-1770 time period. Although English,
this were may have been used by both French and British
inhabitants at Fort Michilimackinac during that period
(Miller and Stone 1970: 68). One specimen found at
St. Joseph was undecorated, while another was molded
with a dot, diaper, and basket pattern. This pattern
has also been found on saltglazed wares from Fort
Michilimackinac (Miller and Stone 1970: 69). A total
of 2,465 specimens of this ware was found at Fort
Michilimackinac (Ibid.).

Group B Brown and white saltglazed

Figure 18W

1 specimen

This example exhibits a white body with a brown rim
band on the exterior surface. The single sherd is
relatively thin compared to the Group A stonewares,
and is covered with a clear saltglaze. The shape of
this specimen suggests that the complete vessel may
have been a drinking cup or tankard. Similar speci-
mens of this ceramic group have not been reported from
Michilimackinac.

Group C Ellersware

Figure 18U

l specimen

Ellersware is a name given to red bodied unglazed
stonewares developed by John and David Ellers (Miller
and Steve 1970: 77). During the late seventeenth and
throughout the eighteenth centuries, this ware was
manufactured in England and gained general acceptance.
The single specimen of Ellersware from Fort St. Joseph
consists of a basal rim sherd from a cup or teapot

and exhibits a stamped square-toothed design on the
exterior surface. Specimens of this were have been
found at Michilimackinac and were assigned a date of
the mid-eighteenth century (Miller and Steve 1970: 77).
One sherd of Ellersware with an identically shaped
decoration was recovered from Fort Ouiatenon, a French
and English post on the Wabash River dating 1718-1781
(Tordoff 1976).

161

Group D Rheinish blue and grey saltglaze

Figure 18X

3 specimens

These examples exhibit incised designs and blue
decoration under the salt glaze. Blue and grey stone-
wares originated in Germany, but were exported to both
France and England during the eighteenth century.
Similar specimens found at Fort Michilimackinac may
have been deposited in either French or English con-
texts (Miller and Stone 1970: 74-76).

Class III Porcelain

Group A Chinese export

Chinese porcelain became an important commodity during
the 1700-1775 period and was imported to many European
countries. Porcelain sherds (2,784 specimens) have
been recovered at Fort Michilimackinac in both French
and English contexts, ranging from 1740-1780 (Miller
and Stone 1970: 31).

Type 1 Green decorated interior, white exterior

Figure 18Y

1 specimen

This example exhibits a white hard paste body and
is decorated under the glaze in a green colored
motif. Green colored sherds have not been
reported from Fort Michilimackinac.

Type 2 Blue decorated interior, brown exterior

Figure 182

l specimen

This sherd exhibits a white hard paste body with
blue floral interior decoration and a brown glazed
exterior.

CRUCIFIXES

Crucifixes were used at the fort and mission for
several purposes including trade and as rewards to those
Indians who became converted to (or at least interested
in) the Christian faith. A total of twenty-five crucifixes
are present in the Fort St. Joseph collections, sixteen
of these from Niles and the remainder from the Northern
Indiana Historical Museum in South Bend. Some of these
crucifixes may have been the personal property of the
European inhabitants at the site. The smaller specimens
may have been used on rosaries, while the larger ones
could have been worn around the neck. The following
classification is based upon diagnostic features such as
method of manufacture, material composition, and style of

decoration.

Series A One piece construction

Type 1 Brass

Specimen #1

Figure 19B

1 specimen

This specimen is made from cast brass and depicts
the front and back view of the corpus on the
obverse and reverse sides respectively. On the
left and right bars of the cross, on the obverse

162

163

Figure 19
Figure.
De81gnation
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Crucifixes

SB,

SA,

SB,

SA,

SB,
SA,

SA,

Taxonomic

Designation

T1,

T2,

T3,

Vb,

SP
SP
SP
SP
5P
5P

T2, Vb, Sp

T2, Va, Sp

#1
#1
#2
#1
#1
#2
#4
#3
#1

164

INCHES â€˜ i i
W

I CM.

165

side are the words IESV MARI (Jesus, Mary).
Several similar specimens have been found at
Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 117-119).
Length 2.7 cm. Width 1.5 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 19C

1 specimen

This crucifix is shaped similar to the Benedictine
cross, and depicts a corpus on the obverse, while
the reverse remains plain. Above the head of the
figure is a small rectangular plaque which may have
at one time been marked, but which is now indis-
tinguishable.

Length 2.5 cm. Width 1.7 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 20N

l specimen

This crucifix consists of numerous round rosettes
placed in a cross arrangement, and has been cast
as a single unit. Sharing a central rosette, the
length of the cross is composed of six discs,
while the cross bar contains only five. A similar
specimen was recovered from Fort Michilimackinac
but was smaller in size (Stone 1974: 118).

Length 2.7 cm. Width 2.3 cm.

Type 2 Trade silver (German silver)

Variety a Single bar

Specimens #1-7

Figure 191, Figure 20E through I and M

These crosses are all quite similar in shape,
and were cut from sheet silver. Some have been
decorated on one or both sides while others
remain plain. One specimen (Figure 20H)

bears a small touchwork in the shape of a
scallop shell which has been identified as
being of French origin (Mainfort 1977). See
also trade silver. Numerous identically
shaped specimens have been recovered from
excavations at the Fletcher Site, a mid-
eighteenth century Indian cemetery in northern
Michigan (Mainfort n.d.). In addition one
similarly shaped specimen, although of brass,

166

was recovered from Michilimackinac (Stone

1974: 117).
Length range 2.0-2.9 cm. Width range 1.3-2.3
cm.

Specimens #8,9

Not illustrated

2 specimens

These specimens have been crudely cut from
sheet silver, and consist of crosses with
rounded ends. One of the two crosses has
four perforations, one at each end lobe, and
was probably used as an earring or was sewn
onto clothing.

Length range 1.7-2.4 cm. Width range 1.3-1.9
cm.

Variety b Double bar

Specimen #1

Figure 19E

1 Specimen

This specimen is a large trade silver cross
made by Charles Arnoldi, a Montreal silver-
smith who worked from 1784 to 1810 (Quimby
1966: 198). Arnoldi's script touchmark is in
the center of the upper bar while the body of
the cross is engraved on both sides with
radiating lines and decorative motif. This
style of cross was quite common and was the
predominant shape of double barred specimens of
the period, and were used purely as items of
trade rather than as religious symbols. This
specimen was joined to the smaller cross
(Figure 19F) by means of a heavy silver ring.
Length 14.2 cm. Width 6.2 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 19F

l specimen

This cross is similar in style and design to
the previous specimens but bears the mark of
Robert Cruickshank, a Montreal Silversmith
working between 1779 and 1809 (Quimby 1966:
198). Both sides of the cross are decorated
with engraved lines Similar to the Arnoldi
piece, however it lacks the finer detail work

167

at the ends of the bars and at the base that
was found on specimen #1.
Length 11.5 cm. Width 4.8 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 19H

1 specimen

This specimen is similar in shape to the two
larger crosses, however it lacks decoration
and maker's mark.

Length 3.2 cm. Width 1.6 cm.

specimen #4

Figure 20J

1 specimen

This specimen has been cut from a thin sheet
of silver and is less regular in shape than
the previously mentioned highly stylized
crosses. It is quite possible that this
example was produced from loose scrap, and
that the rounded indentation between the two
bars may be a negative of the piece produced
from the same sheet. The smooth edges and
carefully drilled ring hole attest to its
European origin.

Length 2.3 cm. Width 1.1 cm.

Type 3 Lead

Specimen'#l

Figure 20K

1 specimen

This cross has been crudely cast of lead and is
undecorated. The one unusual feature of this
Specimen is that the hole and ring are set into
the bottom rather than the top of the central
post. Why the hole was placed in this position
is unknown, but there is the possibility that an
original segment including the hole had broken
off, thus necessitating the redrilling of another
segment. If this cross had been used as a non-
secular ornament, the change in orientation may
not have been important.

Length 3.4 cm. Width 3.5 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 20L
1 specimen

Figure
Designation

Z 3 Lâ€œ N C-I

168

Figure 20 Crucifixes

Taxonomic
DeSIgnation
SB, T3, Sp
SP
SP
SB, T4, Sp
SA, T2, Va, Sp
SP
SP
SP
SP
SA, T2, Vb, Sp
SA, T3, Sp
SP
SA, T2, Va, Sp

SA, Tl,

#1
#2
#3
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#4
#1
#2
#7
#3

169

74' i
1. â€˜
I
,0
f
.d
V
n

\S
K

!
I...

I}.
9' â€œ7.7
.. . _â€œ.â€˜\
f

l M

INCHES i i i
W

I CM,

170

Although fragmentary, this specimen probably was
originally in the form of a cross.
Width 3.3 cm.
Series B Multiple-piece construction
Type 1 Brass/brass composition

Specimen #1

Figure 19A

This specimen consists of two pieces--a plain
brass cross, and a brass corpus--which have been
joined together through three pins, one at each
hand and one at the feet of the figure. The
placement of these pins adds visual symbolism to
the crucifixion scene, and may or may not have
been intentionally placed by the maker.

Length 3.0 cm. Width 1.7 cm.

Type 2 Copper/silver-plated brass composition

Specimen #1

Figure 19D

This crucifix consists of a silver plated plain
brass cross with applied COpper corpus and IRS
lettering. The corpus and letters appear to have
been soldered onto the cross and at one time may
also have been plated with silver. Several multi-
composition crucifixes have been found at Fort
Michilimackinac, however none are identical to
this specimen.

Length 6.4 cm. Width 4.1 cm.

Type 3 Brass/glass composition

Specimen #1

Figure 20A

This specimen consists of a cast brass cross set
with six clear glass jewels. The brass may have
been plated at one time by a silvery metal which
still adheres in several areas.

Length 3.8 cm. Width 2.6 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 20B

Same as Specimen #1 except with small protrusions
at each end. This example does not appear to have
been plated. As with the previous cross, all the

171

jewels are faceted thereby enhancing their reflec-
tive quality.
Length 3.8 cm. Width 2.7 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 20C

This example consists of an ornately cast brass
cross set with green glass jewels. The central
stone is cut squarely and faceted and is sur-
rounded by round faceted stones. The cast element
consists of a beaded edge with floral casting
surrounding the central stone.

Spgcimen #4

Figure 19G

This cross consists of a cast brass cross set with
rhine clear glass faceted stones. A round central
stone is surrounded on the top and sides by
slightly smaller round jewels, while four small
insets are placed at intervals between the larger
ones. The bottom large stone of the cross is
teardrop shaped and faceted, and is suspended
loosely by a ring so that it swings when moved.
Length 3.8 cm. Width 3.0 cm.

Type 4 Pewter/glass composition

Specimen #1

Figure ZOD

This pewter cross fragment has been set with round
blue stones which appear to have been at one time
faceted in a round cut. The cast element is a
beaded rim running around the stones as a border
motif.

CRUCIF IX MOLD

One crucifix mold (Figure 21) has been found at
the site of Fort St. Joseph. This specimen consists of a
piece of limestone 13.5 cm. long and 5.8 cm. wide into
which a cross motif has been cut from the lower portion
of the stone. The cross pictured in Figure 21 is modern,
and was produced by pouring lead into the open faced mold.
None of the crucifixes found at the site had been produced
in this mold; however, the presence of this specimen indi-
cates that such a manufacturing process did occur at the
fort, probably for production of trade goods. Cast lead
crosses and cross molds have also been reported from the

Guebert Site in Illinois (Good 1972: 81).

172

173

Figure 21 Crucifix Mold

174

SSHDNI

DOOR, GATE, OR SHUTTER HOOKS

Hooks of various sizes and shapes were used to
secure doors, gates, or shutters and were designed to
engage a permanent receiving ring. The hooks were sus-
pended by a looped eye which was driven into the wooden
frame of the door, shutter, etc. Three of these eyes
(Figure 22C, D, E) are present in the collections, as
well as two complete hook and eye sets (Figure 22A, B).
The hooks range in length from 12.5 to 8.4 cm., and they
as well as the eyes are of iron. Similar hooks were also

recovered from Fort Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 235).

175

176

Figure 22 Door, Gate, or Shutter Hooks
Figure
Designation Description

A Hook and eye set
B Hook and eye set
C Eyes
D Eyes
E Eyes

177

INCHES

I 2 i)
_,, _,_a __ 1 -

DOOR LATCH CATCHES

A total of five latch bar catches (Figure 23A-E)
are present in the Fort St. Joseph collections. These
Specimens were either straight or U-shaped and were
driven into the door frame to act as a catch for latch
bars. Other door latch hardware such as thumb lifts,
latch bars and bolts, and door handles are not present
in the collections although they were probably in use
at the site. At Michilimackinac, sixteen catches were
recovered, all of which were similar to the specimen from
Fort St. Joseph. Stone (1974: 235) noted that Michili-
mackinac specimens were associated with French structures

but were in use throughout occupation at the site.

178

179

Figure 23 Door Latch Catches (A-E)

180

INCHES

DRAWER HANDLES

Four drawer handles are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collections, all of which are rectangular in shape
with their ends bent outward. The dimensions of the

specimens are as follows:

Figure Length Width
A 12.2 cm. 3.3 cm.
B 10.2 cm. 2.3 cm.
C 9.2 cm. 2.6 cm.
D 10.0 cm. (est.) 3.3 cm.

These handles were used either on furniture or as light
handles on boxes or trunks. All four examples are hand
forged and are composed of iron. The thinned ends on two
specimens (Figures 243 and c) may indicate use with cotter
pin handle attachments, while the others (Figure 24A and
D) may have been used with hollow-headed posts. Several
similar specimens of this style are reported from Fort
Michilimackinac and are illustrated in Plate 120 A,B,H
(Stone 1974: 204). At the Gros Cap Cemetery Site (1670-

1708) in Michigan's Upper Peninsula a small chest was

181

182

Figure 24 Drawer Handles (A-D)

183

_.._._.â€˜

'mcaes I ' i I i

184

recovered which contained cremated human remains (Nern
and Cleland 1974: 4). This small chest had handles similar

to the Fort St. Joseph specimens.~

FISHHOOKS

A total of nineteen fishhooks are present in the
Fort St. Joseph collections. Two major types of fishhooks
are distinguishable--those with flattened shank ends, and
those with unflattened shank ends. The flattening of the
hook ends creates a widened shank and allows lines to be
securely tied. Unbarbed and barbed hooks are also dis-
tinguished and are designated as varieties. The combina-
tions unflattened/unbarbed and flattened/barbed are
functionally related and may be a result of local versus

imported manufacture.

Type 1 Flattened shank end

Variety a Barbed

Figure 25A-H

14 specimens

By use of a length-width scattergram and a dimension-
frequency graph, Stone (1974: 244) distinguished eight
size categories from the Fort Michilimackinac fishhook
sample. These categories do not appear to be applic-
able to the St. Joseph sample since only six of the
fourteen specimens fall into these outlined groups.
The St. Joseph specimens range in length from 3.7-7.2
cm. and in width from 1.8-2.8 cm., and do not group
into definitive categories. In addition, one fragment
of a large barbed hook or gaff is present in the
collection (Figure 25J) which is similarly barbed.

185

186

Figure 25 Fishhooks
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A-H' J Tl ' va

I T2, Va

188

Type 2 Plain shank end

Variety a Unbarbed

Figure 251, 458

4 specimens

These examples exhibit straight shanks with unbarbed
hooks and appear to me more crude than Type 1 speci-
men. Unlike the barbed hooks which exhibit cross-
sections which are round, Type 2 variety specimens are
almost square. These hooks may be of local manufacture.
Length range 6.1-7.6 cm., width range 1.8-2.6 cm. No
Type 2 hooks have been reported from Fort Michili-
mackinac.

Discussion.--A total of 219 fishhooks were

recovered from Fort Michilimackinac and although these
hooks were used throughout French and British periods of
occupation they were more frequently found in features

associated with the 1735-1760 period (Stone 1974: 245).

FORKS

Only four forks are present in the Fort St. Joseph
collections. Three of these specimens are double-tined
while the other is modern in appearance with four tines.
Similar specimens have been found at other sites in
Michigan and the midwest, but are not regarded as good
chronological indicators, nor are they indicative of
national affiliation. Stone (1974: 177) states that dis-
tributional evidence from Michilimackinac points toward
greater use of forks during the British period of control.
He also goes on to state that "Two-tine forks appear to
have little utility for dating purposes Since they have
been found on other sites which date from the seventeenth,

eighteenth, and early nineteenth centuries."

Class I Two-tine

Figure 26B,E

3 specimens

These forks are all constructed from two components--an
iron tine element, and bone handle-plates. The rear
portion of these specimens has been flattened and are held
to the handle plates by means of two iron or steel pins.
One handle section is plain and undecorated, while the
others exhibit grooved or hatched designs. Approximate
length 16 cm.

189

190

Figure 26 Tableware
Figure
Designation Description
A Knife
B Fork, Class I
C Spoon
D Spoon
E Fork, Class I

191

0 .
. .
. . 0.. a 0.. 0. 0. . . ... . 0.0 _ . .
0 a. . 0 .40 ... U. . .o t t o . 4 - ..
.. . 00 0. I. . . . .I '0 .IIOIQOIO. I. . II. .00 H I 0 o . u c 0. I00
0 .0 . n . . . .000 .. .. . . .. .. . . ..0 .00. .. 0... 0 .00 00.. . ..00.00 . 1. . .. . . .
0 0 0 0 0 o 4 .0 o ..0 ..o..00....00.f.OOI-â€˜900â€˜II00000.-< 0 .I 0 ..â€œH..II 00.. O ~o0. 00. 0 o .0 ..
-0. .0 O0 . n 0. . 0 . 0 .0. 0 .0...I04..I000.\.0 (#090. I .000..a. 00 .. |.0.0VIOH.0. . .. .. 0.0 v .9 0. 000 .
u I .. . u . . . 0 o 0.. .II.0I00' .â€˜000'..0â€˜0â€˜ \ . .Io...00'.000.~0;t.0'.0o 0 00.. 0 â€˜ O .. . I.\II .
. . . . . I . n 7â€˜ . 0 . at
o 0 . a 00 I a .0 0.0.0 . . 000 . 0 . 0 0 0. I .9. 00......Il 'aâ€˜-I00'OVJ I \ II â€˜0 0- .0 d. o
. 00 .0 J00 I . ~ 0.. 0 . . . I o 0.000 0. lo. I .. .0.....0..JO"â€˜1â€™0 0 0 .0
.0 0 0.. 0 o I 0 .a u 0 0- .v. I 0 . \0.. 0o
. 0 I 0- 0 0. I .0 0 0.000 c 0 I 000â€˜-
- .- . . ..00. .I-..... 0... ...... -._.0!0
I 0 â€˜ I.- â€™ 0 I. . t K. .â€˜0 UV . V 0 o.
0 I... |I_I0Ia.d 0 0.. â€C... O 4"|0'.. [It .. .
0.- a .. I 0 0 v.... Q... .i .o 0-.d 00......) .
0 I I0. .10 .â€˜Q 0 0 00.040.00 - .â€˜I.Â¢..QO. 0 Â«0.0 0 Q 0
0â€˜- Iu00. 0, I-â€˜0.-. .â€˜I . â€˜0 .II0. h00..l . 0.0. 0.0.0 .â€˜I. 0.
....I0.0.0 0.. I '-. â€0... \oâ€˜ 0 0 .v' 0 I 0..0-|Â¢'. II. 0 O'. I
'oIloâ€˜I.'. 0.0 . u 0.\ .00 . .. .v... . 0. .I' :0 00.... 0
u '
\0 C00. . . .â€˜0..- .\ â€˜00 .. 00 n h C . -00 "IJIIOI I . o
I. u 0. 0 0.000'0000000. 1cd.....I. .IIOIâ€˜Io 0 .0.I ...00â€˜0 .. 0 o . v 00.
. II I. .00 (0.. 0-. I. '. II'UQO...."Q.L.Q." I O I . 4. p n 0 I.\0 .0. I... o .. 0.. 0
..0. . 00... .. 0 (.0- 0Â¢I.O. . . 0 .o.â€˜. ..04 . ..0 .006..00 .
.0 ...l0. .. 00 . a... . . .000... 0 . .. ..0' 0... 0 0.0. . .v......v. . .. a L. 00 ..s.\o..0a...0.< 1.00. .
I .0. . . I u . o I
o 0. 0 0 ....â€˜..00...I .0 .010.ODI 000.. 0..". .0 .O.0 - a ,.04.00\ 1 3000. 0... 0. ...0.0v.l. o... 0.... I... 00.5 70.0". 0.0 0 0
. . (I . . . v 000 0 . 0 0.. I
...0v0 ..0.0.. . . 4.0.lâ€˜n..000000.. q .4... 0.0.0 00.. 0.. , a. . ~..0o...s -....b..m .. . . .0 0
0c 00. 000 0/0.. i00...0 0 . 0 0.40. 0 .0 .0... dIv .CIQJIO .m..io0. .0.. 0V...â€ .. 1...... . 0-... .000 ... ... \ ..
.0003-..â€˜O.Iâ€˜ '...I0 0! I.I'IIOIIâ€˜|.0. -Â§'. . I .II :00 00"Â¢VIIOOO 0 000 C a I .00000! i 0 . -vâ€™ 00
"-â€œ000I . 0IQ0 O..r0 010....- I.0. 0p..ï¬.â€˜rsll iCIO 0'0... . . 0.. . .,O.... .0, .. 000.0 1Â» - H.000I.~ '0 0O
. . I
COCOIOJA80000I0 00 0" 0 0 .0010.... I .s00'00â€(0..- . 20000! â€˜0 . .. 4.00I07â€™-0.I0Â¢010.00.o.0.n0â€œ.. .0.0.. 0 0
..00.0â€˜0â€˜0..Io. 00.0000 I...II 0â€˜00.-. .0 ..I 00000.4.III0, 001.. ...0 .I0004...as.....â€˜00000i 0.0 I s - 0 s0
.0 .04. 0'.00OOI .-000..I0 0....-000000 .00 0040...â€™0..0000'0ITOJ0I0. ...0. .uCOQD-Q-o..0-1000.o 0000.0.0 .H000h10 0000.. 'I. o.
O .â€˜.Iâ€˜4000I. III. .0 00 I .II 0.00.0 Q..0â€˜.-I.Id.00â€˜Â§ .OaOI'OII:0 :0 0 Ion-0 00 70.00 .0.r0. 9.! .0 .0.... n I.â€ u '0. "- .\.
0C "00.0.30... 00.00 p.0..â€œ0.00....0 . 0'0 ....H....5I.I'l\.Â¢l0|lo\0: v 0. 0000:0000...n-..q.0.Â¢.1 0-0-0.. . . 'lroIoo0
' I .-
00. 000.00000 ..lo_.0.l.\0 .. 0.~.004.0.4IJ...00 0-0.0 ....0...-.....000.J.P..0.0.400.... ..\\ ..... o. ..
0.:O.BIOIâ€˜.O'I..0A .â€œIâ€˜IMIUII.8..â€˜.00..I.40Â¢. 6".00'0.'J- 'CY'I9.III.Ir II... . 0. .l .0. 000 (I0
.Oâ€˜..I.0-0Â¥00 â€˜IO... 0". 00900 00.0.0.0"... .. .v..0If0..\l 00. . ..0 . 0000.0
I 0 Oâ€˜O'I.I\l"â€˜nn'..0 othuov. ... 0..0"I0( .. . ...04.a000070â€œ0 vâ€œ! ..I. \ "00040\
.0 0 . .. . I .
"I.Iâ€™. "IO.'I . .0 IIâ€˜-â€˜.0 00! .0010 .. I..l ..00.0.1 I .. a '00 0"
. .0 "â€˜ .. OIII. .00 .0 A 0 â€œ.Â¢' â€œ 1'! 0 I II 1"â€˜V' Â«I, .0. " i
l -00 - .
I..:â€˜.. I '. 'Ioâ€˜v'. Id . 0 .. .l â€˜00 . '0 â€˜OI. 00I
0030I0'.\â€˜(â€˜.A00.#. I..00.II....0. ..-..0.00I . 0. 'O'.
0. 00.0.! 0.0!â€˜000. â€˜0-..l..â€˜0 .000! 00.-.... 0. . .. 00 20..
..I..0'0O0 1 .vâ€˜...0 I 0 . .OOâ€˜I
o '..â€˜..4 â€œ .â€˜O'.â€˜ """.I.. #â€˜Oo.Iâ€™..A . '0. 1.... .Q"
.0. â€˜. .0 \ I â€˜...00'.0.. 0 U _
.O'OICIOIIO. U..â€œ"IIQIâ€˜\0J.-00QOC J. In! â€000.0. . 000.00.000.61 .000..0 0 nyIl 0... 0|
."..0.000 '00 .".. 0 "'.4I\CV'.0 0 .I.0.0."000.' .0.04'ï¬.- .0. n; 0 .1. 0 Q ' I. .v I 00.
3"d'0..(...".."" 0' â€˜Iv.IItIO . 0 . . .0..0â€™ ... . 0 . a"... o.
. OIOâ€˜O'.:I...â€˜I â€œIV-II .v...'00Â¢0 . .110 a . . 00d. 'Kloo 000.0.u00'. I... O 0.00 .\. ..I..I
VIIIâ€œ. .000000IIO'0000 .1 ...0... .\.0 .0... . 00.0!0........-....I.- 0...0I.0..: . . ....I\. .00..
. a. 0 .'.I u.â€˜ . O .. .â€˜V.000.. . O'châ€˜I" I. K. .0.....
'0 v.00. .1u0â€˜00 .' OI. â€˜a..â€˜;' 0000.... 0 l.- . I. .. . . Ir. 0 0.!0â€.- . u'0'.o. â€˜ . Viliâ€˜l .â€˜000.00"000III . .0 0.000
. 0 .f.0.00â€˜.0 OVIIIII'uI. â€˜- 01' O I 0 - IIâ€˜IO'. . . .00.... n â€˜0 â€˜
'0 0 0 â€˜0 '0â€˜0.0,.hâ€˜0.000.3Â¢H4n0HHIN0 . 0. ...0..0\00.-. .: ...V.0.0. ...o0400.00)- 000J040009~OP V. .....0.00.01|0.0Â¢ -. 000.0. a 00... .0.
0000l.000~.Â§.0.0...IO...."'.-HH.0.|IV .0..v 0 .0... u. 00.... a . ..I .0..â€™0Â¢0|.0f0100â€˜aâ€˜0â€˜ â€™00 'f3V. .0 â€˜7'0â€˜ .' a 0f..\d .00 . I
. .. I .0| #0 v. . o. . . I â€™1 .u . .9
0"â€œ...0.Uâ€â€0I"â€™1.000 0.. (00â€œ.. . '00 .II'. .. III .00. 0.0.00..- 0. .H .s u. .010 â€˜lIoOâ€˜III'Iâ€˜IhV0li'0 9"...0'0000â€˜INH0I0H0nn 0â€˜I.E 00.0100.
.I .0. - I .. . O I 0 I
I .uov 00"I'I000.|J .H'o.<. 0"\00'00|'.0I.020H0 .. u.. 0. .A 0. 0. a.0d.00.Â¢.....0.ï¬‚.'ï¬‚00""..0. 0.. 00HM.â€™I.'"".â€˜IOâ€˜III00.0 .0 In H 0.0. .0â€˜.
. v . 0.. . .
.10. .0010â€˜0'ILIHNNâ€˜"â€œ00"'I0.0. O. n - 0....00VH007â€˜00 0. o..00 i0)?-.O"I.XV00" 0 .|' . .I. â€.000 I B I'.! .
Q .0: . .. V I
â€˜IOI.OV"". I . I.0#00 0". .4 0 .o â€˜0 ... 0"
0h â€˜0 00.0-00010.4(00. 0 H60..r00.0..040.0)'Â£ .c... .4..00. .. I! .0.0.....
. 00.0II'II..Iâ€˜ 0 0 9.4.0 00' 0.40 0 0 #â€˜O I. .. I.
.Oâ€˜I.Y ..:0 .Iâ€˜ -00... 0.100 I I ,. - . '\
. 00Â§I000.00.d... .0 â€˜0â€˜0..0.90I. . â€™h400 v. 0.0.
0. 0â€˜10" .Iâ€˜Iâ€˜ ...â€˜|0..7.O.â€˜. I'nIIII1IQO â€˜ â€˜0 h.â€˜ 0'. "â€˜
l 0.0 0 IIOI.6010010â€œ-0MI'N 0000.0.0 . I. 0â€˜000â€˜.00
a. . . .
.- "m"l'â€œ00:00.ll000 04...-..III'0000â€˜0 I. 0040'..000.
Lâ€˜H'IAI0. .0.'.â€˜..â€œ.â€˜ â€˜:7â€˜0.â€˜ '.IQ1.'IO I . '000Iâ€˜OCI I!
â€˜Fâ€˜OO.â€˜I.D.0.â€˜I!0..â€˜.' â€œ 0.0!..0Iâ€˜o.01 .0..Ilâ€˜0.0 C. II00 . . I
0'. (OIIII'O'OIOI'BTI "â€˜00 II! (0.07.. I..00.r 0 v.00 0â€™... 0 h.. V. .0 .09.... .0.
Sâ€˜ â€˜Iâ€˜ n- 0070 . 0 0
0.9.:0'Q0IIIQQIII0II'II0" .vâ€˜. .0900 0â€œâ€œ..0.. 0 .â€œnâ€! :l . . .. a... .. .. .. 0' I0.0Io.l..|. .
.â€˜ï¬‚cOCIIO0I'IIIH..I"0II0 .0 I0 0 0â€˜... - u -.0.r. ,0. . - (Ix. . I v... Â«000,03 . .0 . . .. . . 00â€˜s. \ .
\I . .. . .
.C'IO...â€™ . I0.|'0..I. 00".0â€˜ I... I .1. 00â€˜0-!.. . 0. ,.. .â€˜Y .007 0.0.40.-IS'II". Q â€˜ â€˜9 .â€˜III â€˜ . . 0.0 .L . . .l
.I00I.GP'IOO' .;l|"'-00" 0.." .0! 00010-0. ..0'l 0- . s I 00. I I ...V..0.0.0 00â€˜0"Iâ€™ O 7 . 0.0000 .0 .C..QI.
o..'.â€˜001I0IOâ€˜C 00.â€˜ Q..." 0 l.0â€0 I0 0000 l....l.0.. 0 .7'IAFC0. .u.â€˜... ..0.IIU0I'J d.0 0 .o I 0 I ..0.
OI"... .01....(0'.'0hIâ€œl"|06".0-0..#.0 00.00.. 00.0.0 . ...| .1. .. \v: . .p00 .0 0â€˜...I .. 0
., .".0' I .'\â€˜ . ï¬‚ â€˜0â€˜, .0..0.0'0 . . I .. Q I 0 ..
.â€˜I'. . COIi'HUIII 03"."â€˜700 .0H00W Lt. I.10... 0.06 I..- (â€Mo'00ootï¬dâ€œ I. -If'.b. *(fxâ€˜a 100.9 a. \ .0. a. H H00
. . . .
000III'01 00.00-â€˜o\0"..0.' .l...0.l'...'0..,....O-.O.A VI 0 0.; . . I, 0.0. 1x.â€™010â€˜.30O0I 0â€œ. O '-Â§â€™OII900II| . . . 0. ..
IIICIIIIIQ" IIBâ€˜IIâ€˜PIV 0I.0-0!0....000..0|.q.0 #â€˜i.â€™ .. .. .â€˜I 16.4..ICOOO. . I...:..pcï¬‚l.0o.vo . .o. \Q!Â»C.0 . .
107.-.!0 .Oâ€˜I'.a 4.. â€˜0 0. r... _ . . . .. â€˜SIJ'I 0.00.0.-..b . .. 0 .. . ..
. I 0 . .. . . .. . .
â€˜00". '0 I 0 .â€˜ 00 I )0 .IP..) 00 + u a . . w . . If! 0 :IIID'ndl 5. ..â€˜ C 'vI â€˜oâ€˜HI.l
. . .l00I 0 . . ...:..., . . v... ..
.10. . . 0.... 0 33.1.. â‚¬10.00. .\...|.. 0 00..
. ï¬‚ . .. . I000 . . V- I .0 \
In! . . . y . . . . . 1â€˜0 . .01
1.0... _. . . . .00â€˜. 0. s'Io..1
â€˜1000 . ~ 0 0"'.II.\'IIII
I. .'.Iâ€˜
C.â€˜ â€™. . 'I 0
III). â€œI! . 00.700.00 .00 .0
.UO'I0â€˜I.0!-'. 00.. . 00â€˜ 00â€˜... 000.
0 .n. -0-0"0.' 0! 7â€˜0...Ilâ€˜0.00
"0I'Pv\.. (OI O
.'.r'. 0" .Iâ€˜ .â€˜. 0...dt0.-.0 'Iâ€˜lI
'0 000,...000I0000|'l.00. . 0.0..0Ia I. .c.
0.0..â€˜Ivooovdo0. o0-..n.u-no . . 0.10000.w.... . .
. I10. 0 .I . I o, . .. . .. 0.101 .
00 00.0 .\ . ..I'.00 . 0 . 0 .
0000-0...00.â€˜ 00 .â€˜ .OIIIOII' an. I.â€œ 5.. I}'0..0"0000 .- . "0C '9 .". .
0.4 1.700 0. . 70.- i . .. ...r.0f..0!â€˜0. . A .\. at 0.-0!.
0 0 IIâ€˜0I0I'-'I \ I..:.I. -IO 00' .,00 ' - . .
0. 00-0-00..00I0 0.0.0 I '7 c â€˜00 I. y 0 0.....0... 0..0r.0 0"..I0. .0.. r..0 I0.0 .0 .
. 0I'-J.-..V.. .O,.0.'..I..\0 0 .90!. u. o 0 00 0 I .- â€˜.. â€˜IFvâ€˜ ' '
. 000...... .0-I.l000000.. 0.l . 0 . .0. . . .0. ..0.0'0. )0... . u . ..... 0
.0 .Ivâ€˜:"\lâ€˜ . .'00".'II.'0 -\- 00 n 000. . .â€˜ '0.00000. â€˜1 0. â€â€™00. 0 " . I.. II I. VI. 4 . |â€˜\'O'IO
. . I \0O'Il. Iâ€˜li' 0%... (0.0. 0"..l l.â€˜0'.0.0. \. ..0. 0 .. -0. .0..V.0- .Iâ€˜..â€™I'.' 'O. f .0 .0 500...
.03ID0HHIII00 O 0'0 0|0.". OIIOr'oâ€˜IO 0'0.-'I. . 00. â€˜h, l t- .IIA . 0 ..0 00.... .I . I 00.0..I..II'Vâ€˜0.' â€™T'D:0\\I0|'" I. I
I I . -\. 00 I .0 ~ 0'0 I0 .. v . II. I . . I II- . . . ..u 0' I
I I.a'.. 0.".0II'O' I...â€˜00..0. 0â€˜70 00 . 0....00 ..00\H. . .00. 0. VI 00000 00 IC<004000U'I'OIII '0'! 'I.. 0. I. 0 \ 0.!â€œ3'0.
'0. I.00o....Â¢ .0. 0.0"...â€˜C0 0 Q.0..1.IIâ€˜.II0-00.10..'0.0 0 00.000. 4 I0.. I A..000"..IIâ€™.."~ 0.00.01 '0â€˜ 'Doâ€˜! 00. . 000â€œ 00 II. â€œa
. . 0 . - . I 0.7. .
0 0 .0.. .0. .0r.0..0..0000. . ..0.0.00-00.0 .00 .. 00... \0..!. \ .0.. 0000.0 . n.0'0v010'lvo0.r_..00._~00.00 a 00'60003 0 0
0 I... v . I... -IY'..I.0-â€˜I'0.0â€000â€˜0. .JQ I. â€˜000. . Ik:I.u,\...n.'v 0 . 0â€™.II0I000 I.0..IOâ€˜C.IQD "
..Ilsr0!\. .0000. I. 0

'0 ..
00.0.0000! v..l0|0...a0 I.
07'. 0.0"...00'.. 00 0f.

. 00200030
I U.0\'O'll.

0. . n... .0...
r....00'0'000.0.0 . .0I

0.00'.0.0 00.001

192

Class II Fourâ€”tine

Not illustrated

l specimen

This specimen is constructed from a single piece of iron
and consists of a long handle ending with four tines.
Stone (1974: 177) pictures a very similar specimen
(Figure 96A) which is quite modern in appearance, having
a wide rounded handle end. Estimated length 17 cm.

GLASS

The Fort St. Joseph collections contain approxi-
mately 500 sherds of bottle glass, and one small complete
bottle. No other forms of glass such as that used in
windows or as tableware are present in the collection.
Bottles of both French and British origin are represented
in the glass sample, with the latter comprising the,
majority of the total. A very large portion of the glass
from Fort St. Joseph consists of body sherds which yield
very little information as to national origin. Those
portions of the bottle such as the neck, shoulder, lower
base, and kick-up, which are the most important segments
in terms of identification are found in low frequency
representing only about 10 percent of the total number of
sherds. The following classification is based upon the
attribute of color, cross sectional shape, and the vari-
ations in rim application, shape of sides, and shape of

Class I Blue-green

These specimens exhibit a light blue color which is
usually attributed Specifically to bottles of French
origin (Brown 1971: 105). The single complete bottle
recovered from Fort St. Joseph is a very small bottle
which once contained perfume or medicine. This bottle

193

194

Figure 27 Glass
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A Class I neck
B-G Class II neck
H CII, T1

I CII base

195

INCHES

196

was formed in a two piece mold and has hand finished
shoulders and neck. The height of this bottle is 3.4 cm.
with a shoulder width of 2.13 cm. and a capacity of
approximately one ounce of liquid. In addition to this
specimen is a neck fragment which exhibits no rim and
which has straight sides. Necks similar to this are found
on some blue-green case bottles as well as bottles known
to have contained oil. In addition, a total of twenty-one
fragments of this color are present from the site, six of
which are unidentifiabl- due to the fact that they have
been heavily burned and melted. The remaining identifiable
sherds can be assigned into one of two types based upon
the cross-sectional form of the bottle.

Type 1- Square bodied

8 specimens

These sherds came from square bottles with either
straight or expanding sides. The square form allOwed
bottles to be placed and shipped in packing cases
thereby avoiding loss due to breakage. This style

of bottle was the predominant type found at Fort
Michilimackinac and was probably used to contain liquor
(Brown 1971:108). These bottles had square sides and
base and a long straight neck, that was either plain

or with a string applied rim.

Type 2 Round bodied

6 specimens

Round sectioned bottles of blue-green color were used
to contain a wide variety of liquids including liquor,
medicine, and oil. The six specimens from Fort St.
Joseph are too fragmentary to provide any useful
information regarding bottle size or function.

Several complete bottles, as well as numerous fragâ€”
ments were found at Fort Michilimackinac during the
1959-1969 excavations (Brown 1971: 189).

Class II Olive green

A wide variation in color occurs in this class which

ranges from a light colored yellow-green to an almost black
appearing dark olive color. Functional or national inter-
pretation based on color are not possible, and those bottle
fragments grouped into the general category of "olive
green" are of both French and British origin.

197

Type 1 Square bodied

11 specimens

These case bottles vary in color from a yellow-green
to an olive green and probably contained some sort of
liquor. All square olive green cast bottles, with
the exception of very small bottles, have string
applied rims (Brown 1971: 100). Of the eleven speci-
mens from Fort St. Joseph, all are body sherds.

Type 2 Round bodied

413 specimens

Of this sherd sample, 390 specimens are body sherds
lacking in diagnostic attributes other than thickness
and color. Those twenty-three sherds which are valuable
in dating and identification process are portions of

the rim (12), lower sides (4), and kick-up (7). French
rims are round in cross section and are applied approxi-
mately .3 and .4 mm. below the lip of the bottle. On
the other hand, British bottle rims are V-shaped in
cross section and are often collared with the rim and
lip section joined together (Brown 1971: 105). Based
upon these rim qualities both French and British bottles
can be identified from the collections. Three rim
segments with round cross sections, and six fragments
with either V-shaped or collared rims are present, and
are tentatively identified as French and British
respectively. In addition, one long neck fragment
without a rim and two specimens with thick collar are
also represented and may also be of French and British
origin. Those specimens with flared lips and collars
are from British occupations in the last quarter of the
eighteenth century, and are found at Fort Michili-
mackinac in association with later British features
(Brown 1971: 154).

Another diagnostically important section of a
bottle is its lower portion including the sides, base,
and kick-up. While French bottles exhibit a "flower
pot" shape with a base smaller than the sides, British
specimens are straight sided and often exhibit a sag
near the base. In addition, the French kick-up is
generally conical in shape while the British is rounded
or dome shaped. One complete kick-up and six basal
fragments are present in the collection, all of which
are dome shaped. All but one of these fragments has
a pontil scar showing the remains of a glass gathered
pontil, while the single anomalous scar is that of a
sand pontil-~a characteristic of British production.

Four base fragments and one side sherd are
also noteworthy in that they demonstrate of both
French and English CII, Type 2 bottles. Three basal

198

sherds show the characteristic sag common on British
bottles, while the side fragment shows the expanding
shoulders of the French flowerpot shape.

In summary, the glass sample from Fort St. Joseph
is important in that it demonstrates both French and British
occupation at the site. The proportion of French to
British bottle fragments which are identifiable is about
two to three, however the large number of unidentifiable
olive green body sherds accounts for about 90 percent of
the total sample. Therefore, the given proportion should
be viewed cautiously due to the extremely small sample
size.

In comparison of the Fort St. Joseph sample to
that of Fort Michilimackinac, certain differences are
apparent; the most important of which stems from the
functional considerations of the bottle types present at
the two sites. While the Fort Michilimackinac specimens
exhibit a wide range of types including liquor, oil, snuff
and medicine bottles, the Fort St. Joseph fragments are
predominantly from liquor bottles. The exception is the
single complete specimen which could have contained medicine
or perfume. The fact that a wide variety of glass such as
tableware and window glass was recovered from Michili-
mackinac and not from St. Joseph also points towards basic
differences between the two sites. Unlike Michilimackinac
where goods were more easily obtainable and where the

inhabitants enjoyed a relatively high standard of living,

199

Fort St. Joseph was a more isolated post where personal
goods were scarce and had to be transported over long dis-
tances. Fine tableware would not be expected to be found
in great quantities at St. Joseph, and indeed they are
not. It is, however, unusual that window glass was not
found at St. Joseph, and this may be due to bias during
the collections process, where "common glass" could have
been intentionally overlooked. At other French sites of
similar isolation such as Ouiatenon on the Wabash River,

window glass is abundant (Tordoff 1976).

GUNFLINTS

In 1650 a method of manufacture for gunflints was
developed in the Netherlands which resulted in wedge-
shaped flints in great quantities. By this method, spalls
were struck-off a prepared core and then retouched to the
desired size and shape. Dutch flint knappers utilized
native grey flint deposits in production of these "gun-
spalls" and until 1770 maintained a booming industry.

This technique of gunflint manufacture was soon afterwards
replaced by a productively superior method originated in
France (Witthoft 1966).

French manufacture of gunflints began around 1740
with a reâ€”invention of a "blade" technique of manufacture.
This consisted of punching long slivers, or blades, of
flint from a prepared prismatic core. These blades were
then broken to a desired length and retouched. By this
method, gunflints could be rapidly produced and were of a
finer quality than ever before. Blade manufacture revo-
lutionized the flint-knapping industry, and by the time of
the American Revolution this form of manufacture had com-

pletely usurped the old Dutch industry.

200

201

This classification will use the following descrip-
tive terms to designate the various areas of a gunflint:
edge, the side of the flint which strikes the steel;
shoulder, the area where the back edge of the flint meets
the face; face, the top of the gunflint; back, the side of
the gunflint which is clamped in the cock of the gun; and
bed, the bottom of the gunflint. The gunflint sample from
Fort St. Joseph contains 433 total specimens which have
been classified and ordered by their method of manufacture

and physical attributes.

Class I Spall gunflints
Series A Unifacially flaked (smooth bed)

These specimens exhibit smooth beds which are normally
concoidally rounded due to their removal from a core.
Only the face of these specimens exhibit flake scars.
Scars on the bed due to obvious breakage or retouching
on the edge do not disqualify specimens from placement
into the Series A category.

Group A Angular shoulder

Group 'A' specimens exhibit sharp angles at the
shoulder due to the removal of one or perhaps two
large flakes on the shoulder section. These
specimens has been termed by Stone (1974: 255)

to be blade-spalls. The usage of this term is
internally contradictory and will not be used in
this classification. Rather, these specimens were
removed from a core as spalls, and have had a
large flake removed from the face at the shoulder
section. This flake detachment often removes the
bulb of percussion and creates a spall gunflint
which is roughly triangular in cross section.

Type 1 Rounded back edge

Figure 28A,B,C

These specimens exhibit a rounded back edge and
sides which impart an inverted U-shape to the
flint.

202

Figure 28 Gunflints (Spall)

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A CI, SA, GA, T1
T1
T1
T2
GB, T1
T1

2!: Q "11!?! U 0 on

SB, GA, T1
T1

GB, T1

#3 U) x D "U 0 Z 3 L" 7: C4

203

INCHES

I q

204

Variety a Grey to brown

15 specimens

Length range 1.75-2.84 cm.
Width range 2.19-3.34 cm.
Thickness range .59-l.00 cm.

Variety b Dark grey to black

4 specimens

Length range 1.71-2.78 cm.
Width range 2.25-3.00 cm.
Thickness range .45-l.03 cm.

Variety c Off white to light grey

1 specimen
Length 2.10 cm.
Width 2.68 cm.
Thickness .50 cm.

Type 2 Flat back edge

Figure 28D

These specimens exhibit flat back edges and
sharp angles at corners between sides and
back. The overall shape is rectangular.

Variety a Grey

3 specimens

Length range 2.21-2.58 cm.
Width range 2.73-3.49 cm.
Thickness range .90-l.l9 cm.

Group B Rounded shoulders

Extensive chipping of the shoulder area and the
removal of numerous flakes produces an angle between
the back and the face which is somewhat rounded

and less tapered than Series A specimens.

Type 1 Rounded back edge
Figure 28E through L
Variety a Grey to brown
161 specimens
Length range 1.88-3.75 cm.

Width range 2.10-4.05 cm.
Thickness range .44-l.00 cm.

205

Variety b Dark grey to black

41 specimens

Length range 1.87-2.81 cm.
Width range 2.21-3.45 cm.
Thickness range .56-l.09 cm.

Variety c Light tan

8 specimens

Length range 2.30-2.99 cm.
Width range 2.60-3.35 cm.
Thickness range .33-.95 cm.

Variety d White

l specimen
Length 2.23 cm.
Width 2.82 cm.
Thickness .84 cm.

Variety e Grey to red

4 specimens

Length range 1.90-2.49 cm.
Width range 2.12-2.97 cm.
Thickness range .50-.86 cm.

Type 2 Flat back edge

Figure 28M,N
25 specimens

Variety a Grey to brown

21 specimens

Length range 2.00-2.93 cm.
Width range 2.58-3.13 cm.
Thickness range .59-.99 cm.

Variety_b Dark grey to black

3 specimens

Length range 2.00-2.09 cm.
Width range 2.00-3.08 cm.
Thickness range .59-1.00 cm.

Variety c Grey to red

l specimen
Length 2.01 cm.

206

Width 2.42 cm.
Thickness .61 cm.

Series B Bifacially flaked

These specimens have beds which are extensively flaked
and exhibit numerous flake scars. On the average,
Series B specimens are less regular in shape and thick-
ness and less refined in overall appearance than

Series A gunflints.

Group A Angular shoulder
Type 1 Rounded back edge
Figure 280,P
These specimens exhibit back edges which are
rounded at the corners giving the flint an
overall U to oval shape.

Variety a Grey to brown

16 specimens

Length range 2.00-2.79 cm.
Width range 2.60-3.40 cm.
Thickness range .65-l.02 cm.

Type 2 Flat back edge

Not illustrated

These specimens are rectangular in shape due
to a flat back edge.

Variety a Grey

6 specimens
Length range 2.20-2.90 cm.
Width range 3.00-3.35 cm.
Thickness range .75-l.25 cm.
Group B Rounded shoulder
Type 1 Rounded back edge
Figure 280,R,S

Variety a Grey to brown

80 specimens

Length range 1.39-3.28 cm.
Width range 1.69-3.63 cm.
Thickness range .52-l.09 cm.

207

Variety b Dark grey to black

10 specimens

Length range 1.79-2.50 cm.
Width range 2.21-3.45 cm.
Thickness range .70-.94 cm.

Variety c Red

1 specimen
Length 2.03 cm.
Width 2.62 cm.
Thickness .69 cm.

Type 1 Discussion:

Two specimens are unusual enough to
require additional comment. One Type 1 speci-
men has been chipped from olive green bottle
glass. The chipping is quite crude, however
this piece appears to be functional. Length
2.50 cm., width 2.50 cm., thickness 1.00 cm.
The second specimen is a well formed gunflint
of brown to honey-colored flint. This flint
is normal in appearance except for a finely
chipped stem protruding from the left side.
This European flint was evidently in the pro-
cess of being reworked into another form but
was not completed. Length 2,41 cm., width
3.40 cm., thickness .83 cm.

Type 2 Flat back edge
Figure 28T

Variety a Grey to brown

l specimen
Length 2.39 cm.
Width 2.94 cm.
Thickness .81 cm.

Series B Discussion:

These specimens appear to be less carefully
produced; this giving an irregular overall appearance.
In 90 percent of the cases the gunflints are produced
from good quality flint which is most probably of
European origin. However, the reason for the poorness
of flaking is not known. There may be the possibility
that these flints were regarded as low grade flints
while Series A specimens are of finer grades. The
flints may also have been reworked by aboriginal

208

populations to such an extent that the appearance has
been greatly altered.

Class II Blade gunflints

Blade gunflints, because they were manufactured by a difâ€”
ferent technological method than spall gunflints, cannot
be grouped under the same classificatory format. Rather,
as replacement for the Angular/Rounded Group distinction

a grouping based upon the type of face flaking has been
made.

Series A Unifacially flaked
Group A Single flake scar

These specimens exhibit a single large flake scar
over the entire face of the flints.

Type 1 Rounded back edge
Figure 29A,B
Variety a Honey-colored

3 specimens

Length range l.80-l.99 cm.
Width range 2.60-2.68 cm.
Thickness range .56-.60 cm.

Group B Two flake scars--dual striking edge

These specimens exhibit two flake scars on the face
which extend from the midpoint and bevel towards
the edges. These gunflints have two striking

edges and are therefore rectangular in shape.

The classification designation "type" has been
eliminated in regards to these specimens since

they are double edged and have no true "back edge."

Variety a Honey-colored

Figure 29C

7 specimens

Length range 1.80-3.10 cm.
Width range 2.13-.299 cm.
Thickness range .48-.86 cm.

Variety b Brown to honey-colored

Figure 29D
1 specimen

Figure 29

Figure.
De51gnat1on
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P

209

Gunflints (Blade)

Taxonomic
Designation

CII, SA, GA,

GB,

GC,

GD,

T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1

210

INCHES I 2

211

Length 1.99 cm.
Width 2.89 cm.
Thickness .62 cm.

Group C Two flake scars and single striking edge

These flints exhibit two flake scars on the face.
One flake is parallel to the bed and covers the
distance from the back edge to approximately the
middle of the gunflint. The second flake has
been removed to form a bevel to the striking edge.
Therefore, the first scar would be a result of
the creation of the blade, and the second used to
form a beveled striking edge.

Type 1 Rounded back edge

Figure 29E through H

These specimens have a back edge which is
somewhat rounded, although not as completely
as Class I specimens.

Variety a Honey-colored

34 specimens

Length range 1.85-2.95 cm.
Width range 2.09-3.43 cm.
Thickness range .4l-.98 cm.

Varietypb Grey to honey-colored (mottled)

l specimen
Length 2.50 cm.
Width 3.00 cm.
Thickness .68 cm.

Type 2 Flat back edge
Not illustrated
Variety a Honey-colored
3 specimens
Length range 2.23-2.39 cm.
Width range 2.13-2.73 cm.
Thickness range .50-.75 cm.
Group D Three flake scars
These gunflints exhibit three flake scars; one in

the middle of the flint which is parallel to the
bed, and two which extends from this central flake

212

to each edge. In many of the specimens it is
impossible to ascertain whether or not the gun-
flints had one or two striking edges, this due to
the heavy use which many specimens obviously
received. However, it is quite evident in the
majority of the examples that they were inten-
tionally worked to form a back edge.

Type 1 Rounded back edge

Figure 291 through M

These specimens have a single striking edge
with the back edge founded and formed through
the removal of numerous vertical flakes.

Variety a Honey-colored

20 specimens

Length range 1.72-2.72 cm.
Width range 2.29-3.14 cm.
Thickness range .58-.89 cm.

Variety b Grey to honey-colored
l specimen

Length 2.50 cm.

Width 2.88 cm.

Thickness .62 cm.

Variety c Brown

l specimen
Length 2.06 cm.
Width 2.57 cm.
Thickness .63 cm.

Type 2 Flat back edge

Not illustrated

These specimens have both edges which are flat
giving the gunflint an overall rectangular
shape. There is a possibility that these
flints have two striking edges.

Variety a Honey-colored

5 specimens

Length range 1.69-2.56 cm.
Width range 2.40-3.10 cm.
Thickness range .50-1.04 cm.

213

Series B Bifacial

Group A Two flake scars--single striking edge
Only two Series B specimens are present in the
sample which conforms to the pattern of flaking
found in Series A, Groups A, B, C, D categories.
These specimens are composed of brown or honey
colored flint and have a rounded back edge.

Type 1 Rounded back edge

Figure 29N

Variety a Honey

2 specimens

Length range 2.03-2.55 cm.
Width range 2.50-3.55 cm.
Thickness range .83-1.04 cm.

Series B Discussion:

Eight Series B specimens are also present in
the Fort St. Joseph gunflint sample. All specimens
are quite irregular in shape and have extensively
flaked faces and beds. Their flat appearance and the
fact that they are composed of honey colored flint
leads them to placement in Class II. The condition of
these specimens is probably due to extensive use
against strike-a-lites (Figure 290, P).

GUNPARTS

The Fort St. Joseph collections in Niles and at
South Bend contain large amounts of gunparts and gun
hardware. It is beyond the scope of this section to
acquaint the reader with the working mechanisms of the
flintlock musket as well as the gun furnitures used on
such weapons. Therefore, the reader is referred to
Hamilton (1968: ii; 1960: 13; 1976: 3, 5) for excellent
drawings and descriptions on the flintlock musket. In
addition, Darling (1970), Blackmore (1961), and Hanson
(1955) illuminate aspects of weaponry of the eighteen and
nineteenth centuries that are particularly relevant to the
description and identification of various guns.

The categories of parts and hardware are presented
in alphabetical order, and will be described in both formally
and nonformally structured classifications. Due to the
poor preservation of many specimens, and the fact that com-
parative data, especially regarding French weapons is scant
or nonexistent, each artifact cannot always be assigned a
specific date or affiliation. However, every effort will

be made to provide such information if available.

214

215

Buttplates and Buttplate Tangs

Class I Iron
Figure 30A, 31A

Specimen #1

This complete buttplate is composed of heavy iron, and
was attached to the butt of the stock by means of two
screws--one at lower portion of the buttplate and one
at the apex of the plate/tang juncture. An identically
shaped buttplate, except in brass, was used on the
French Musketoon Model 1733-1734. However, there also
is a possibility that this specimen is from a French
cavalry musketoon of the mid-eighteenth century
(Hamilton 1968: 13-14).

Length of tang to joint 10.8 cm., length of joint to
rounded plate end 13.3 cm.

Class II Brass
Figure BOB, 3lB, 32E

Specimen #1

This nearly complete buttplate is composed of heavy
cast brass, and was attached to the butt of the stock
by two screws and two tabs. The upper portion of the
plate does not end in a tang, but is a solid cap with
five beveled sides. The face of the buttplate is
concave--a characteristic of early rifles rather than
muskets. In addition, the overall size of the butt-
plate is quite small and is probably part of a small
hunting piece or rifle. The repair shown is modern.

Specimen #2

Figure 32A

This specimen is a portion of a buttplate tang minus

the finial. Although fragmentary, the plate displays
a portion of a cast chevron design which is found on

trade guns of Hamilton Type C French 1685-1730

Specimen #3

Figure 323

This buttplate fragment has been decorated with four
parallel grooves running the length of the tang which
are placed in sets of two. A single nail hole is
present at the end of the tang which was used for
attachment to the stock. Also possible Type C.

216

Figure 30 Gunparts (Buttplates)
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A Class I, Sp #1

B CII, Sp #1

217

I!â€
L)â€œ .3, Â«J r: ' .f s '

218

Figure 31 Gunparts (Buttplates)
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A CI, Sp #1

B CII, Sp #2

219

rlNCHES

-1.

220

Figure 32 Gunparts (Buttplates and Buttplate Tangs)

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A CII, Sp #2
CII, Sp #3
CII, Sp #4
CII, Sp #5
CII, Sp #1

"It'll DOG!

CII, Sp #6

221

IN MLS 1 2

222

Specimen #4

Figure 32C

This specimen is a tang from a British Military Brown
Bess musket, possibly of a Short or Long Land Pattern
used as a standard arm through the majority of the
eighteenth century until its replacement by the Indian
Pattern in 1797 (Darling 1970: 40). On the inside of
this cast brass tang a crown proof mark is present.

Specimen #5

Figure 32D

This tang fragment is ornately engraved and is char-
acteristic of Hamilton's Type D trade gun of French
1730-1760 origin (Hamilton 1968: ll).

Specimen #6

Figure 32F

This tang and buttplate fragment is from an early
northwest gun, and was secured to the butt of the
stock by means of seven nails. Hamilton (1976: 10;
1968: 15) dates similar specimens within a 1725-1770
time range, and characterizes them as Type G English.
This buttplate plus the serpentine sideplates are the
only evidence of English trade guns at the site.

Specimen #7

Figure 42E

This brass finial was secured to the stock by a nail
placed in the tip, and is very similar to specimens

of Hamilton's Type I gun of French 1680-1700 origin

(Hamilton 1968: 18).

Specimen #8

Not illustrated

This tang fragment is spoon shaped and ornately
engraved, and is composed of thin brass. Hamilton
(1960: 140) pictures a similar specimen which he
assigns a 1730-1775 date based upon context.

223

Cocks
Series A Narrow, solid comb
Type 1 Rounded face

Figure 33A,F, 421

3 specimens

These cocks exhibit narrow combs which, when complete,
have slight inwards hooks on the upper portion. This
type also has a "step" on the front face of the comb
which, according to Hamilton (1960: 165) is typical of
the early eighteenth century. One cock (Figure A) is
complete with top jaw and screw, however this may be
due to later (modern) cleaning and assembly.

Series B Wide grooved comb
Type 1 Rounded face

Figure 33C
1 specimen

Type 2 Flat face with beveled edges

Figure 33B,D, 42H

3 specimens

These cocks exhibit comb with a deep groove in the
front face. Two specimens have combs which are only
modestly wide, while the other (Figure D) has an
extremely wide grooved comb. In general, cocks with
the grooved comb (i.e., all Series B specimens) had
their greatest popularity in the mid-eighteenth
century (Hamilton 1960: 166).

Series C Wide ungrooved comb
Type 1 Flat face with beveled edges

Figure 33E

1 specimen

This cock displays a comb which is very wide and
elliptically shaped, and no groove is evident in the
face of the comb. The overall form of this specimen,
as well as Series A and B cocks, in indicative of the
eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.

Discussion: Four additional cock fragments are present in
the collections. These consist of two lower jaw frag-
ments, and two bases both of which are flat with beveled
edges.

224

Figure 33 Gunparts (Cocks)
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A SA, T1
B SB, T2
C SB, T1
D SB, T2

SC, T1

'11 [:11

SA, T1

225

226

Locks

Specimen #1

Figure 34A

This lock has a curved base and pronounced nipple on the
rear, both of which are characteristic of the second and
third quarters of the eighteenth century. This specimen
has a pan which extends 1.8 cm. out from the lockplate
which is rounded on both the inside groove and the pan end.
Overall length 14.4 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 34B

This lock has a rounded base and nose which is slightly
longer than Specimen #1. The pan extends outward 2.1 cm.
from the lockplate and ends squarely rather than rounded,
although the groove itself is round. The general shape is
characteristic of the middle to late eighteenth century.
Overall length 14.3 cm.

Pistol Barrel

This specimen is 14.5 cm. in length and has an inside bore
diameter of 10.00 mm. The breech section is octagonal
while the muzzle end is rounded ending in a ribbed band.
The preservation of this iron barrel is very poor, however
the overall shape is similar to "night pistolsâ€ of the
eighteenth century.

Ramrod Guides

Class I Iron
Series A Intermediate rampipe

Specimen #1-5

Not illustrated

All five specimens are composed of either iron or
tin and were held to the stock by means of a single
pin through a crimped hook. The method of con-
struction of these rampipes is similar to that used
on Northwest guns. Three of the specimens have
smooth bodies, while two exhibits three ribs.
Length range 2.5-3.5 cm.

Figure 34

Figure
Designation

227

Gunparts (Locks and Steels)

Taxonomic
Designation

Locks Sp #1
Sp #2

Steels

4 .* _..__. .â€”â€”

228

INQHc>

229

Series B Terminal rampipe

Specimen #1

Figure 35J

This specimen is cast steel or iron and exhibits
two rounded ring tabs on the top for attachment

to the stock. The body of the guide is octagonally
faceted and exhibits a rib at the mouth of the pipe
as well as at the base of the tail.

Length 6.0 cm. (estimated)_

Specimen #2

Not illustrated

This guide is similar in construction to Series A
specimens except that a long tapering tail is
present.

Overall length 9.0 cm.

Class II Brass
Series A Intermediate rampipe

Specimen #1,2

Figure 35A,C

These guides are probably from the British military
Brown Bess Short of Long Land Pattern. On these
muskets three intermediate guides of equal size
were used, each having a cast ridge at the rim

of each end. The ring tabs are rectangular on
both specimens and on one of the guides, the top
of the tab is marked XII. That same specimen also
bears an "I" stamped on the tab side. The other
guides tab is unmarked, but bears the marks III
and VI on each side of the tab. These Roman
numerals were probably assembly numbers used in
the production process.

Length 4.0-4.05 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 353

This specimen was finely cast as a sheet and then
rolled and crimped together. It is heavy brass and
exhibits seven triangular facets on the body, and
two ribs at each end.

Length 3.3 cm.

Figure 35

Figure
Designation

:1â€œ: O '11 til 00 (I!

C.)

230

Gunparts (Ramrod Guides

Taxonomic

)

Designation

CII, SA, Sp
SP

SB, Sp

CI, SB, Sp

CII, SB, Sp

#1
#3
#2
#4
#5
#1
#2
#5
#6
#1
#7

232

Specimen #4,5

Figure 35D,E

These guides are ribbed sheet brass and are char-
acteristic of the rampipes found on Northwest trade
guns (Hanson 1955: 41). Either three or four pairs
of ribs run the diameter of the guide. The Sheet
brass was cut and rolled and the hood or tab was
formed by crimping the two ends. A single pin
through the hood held the guide to the understock.

Specimen #1-6

Not illustrated

These Specimens are sheet brass and were formed in
the same manner as Specimens #4 and #5. These
guides however are plain and do not exhibit ribs.
These rampipes may have come from low quality trade
guns, and are certainly nonmilitary.

Series B Terminal rampipes

Specimen #1

Figure 35F

This guide is composed of very heavy brass, cast in
a single piece, and exhibits a short tail and two
rounded ring tabs. The part of the body which
would be seen after attachment to the stock is
faceted in three sides with double ribbing at the
mouth and the base of the tail. The area between
the two tabs has been deeply incised with a British
"broad arrows" found on many English (and often
military) goods. This guide may be military issue,
but is not found on Brown Bess muskets which have
much longer tails.

Overall length 6.4 cm.

Specimen #2-4

Figure 35G

The specimen shown, as well as several others,
are about identical in shape and Size and exhibit
a smooth body with Single ribs around mouth and
tail base. The tail tapers fairly evenly from
the base to the tip and is approximately equal

in length to the body.

Length range 6.4-6.9 cm.

233

Specimen #5

Figure 351

This Specimen is the same aS the previous three
Specimens except that it exhibits a shorter body
and longer tail.

Length 6.0 cm.

Specimen #6

Figure 35H

This guide like the previous four specimens exhibits
a thumbnail shaped convexity at the base of the
tail, and is composed of cast brass bent into a
cylindrical form. Unlike the others, the body
faceted into five sides, while the tail is extremely
long and exhibits an extra concavity before the
taper begins.

Length 7.3 cm.

Specimen #7

Figure 35K

This specimen is composed to two pieces soldered,
together--a plain bodied Sheet brass intermediate
rampipe, and the cast tail section bears an incised
"VII" used probably as an assembly number. In
addition, the flare of the tail section exhibits

an exceedingly long "thumbnail,â€ with four incised
lines radiating from it to the tip of the tail.

Sideplates

Class I Iron

Specimen #1

Figure 36A

This specimen is iron, 14.5 cm. in length, and is
characteristic of one Sideplate style illustrated by
Hamilton (1962: 10) in his description of Type D guns.
Although this specimen is iron it is still clearly
nonmilitary and was used on a trade gun of the sug-
gested 1730-1760 time period perhaps as part of a
lower grade model. Hamilton (1976: 15) identified
similar specimens from Michilimackinac as being of
French origin.

Figure 36

Figure
Designation

M COW

234

Gunparts (Sideplates)

Taxonomic

Designation

C1, Sp
CII, Sp
SP
SP

#1
#2
#3
#4
#5

235

INCHts

236

Class II Brass

Specimen #2

Figure 368

This specimen was pictured by Hamilton (1968: 10,
Figure B) as characteristic of the French Type D gun
Sideplate, and having a 1730-1760 date. The Sideplate
depicts a chase scene with two hounds after a fleeing
deer. A crowned-R touchmark is present on the left
side of the plate which may be a French armory mark of
St. Etienne (Hamilton 1968: 13). The Type D gun with
all brass furniture is regarded by Hamilton as a high
quality trade gun which â€enjoyed wide acceptance among
customers of the French" (Hamilton 1968: 13).

Specimens #3-5

Figure 36C,D,E

These examples are also Type D Sideplate fragments of
the 1735-1760 time period. Specimen #3, Figure D, has
been reworked and sharpened for reutilization as a
scraper or chisel.

Specimens #6,7

Figure 37A,B

These specimens are fragments of early serpent Side-
plates. The crudely engraved body is characteristic

of trade guns of the 1750 time period, and were probably
evolutionary prototypes for later cast sideplates
(Hamilton 1960: 135).

Specimens #8-13

Figure 37C,D,E,F,G Figure B (South Bend Museum)

These serpent Sideplate fragments are finely cast of
heavy brass and are characteristic of Northwest trade
guns of circulation 1810-1820 (Hanson 1955: 69).
Hamilton (1960: 135) confirms this date and states that
"only under exceptional circumstances can they (cast
serpent Sideplate) be assumed to antidate 1800."

Specimen #14

Figure 37C

This Sideplate is held in the South Bend Museum col-
lection and consists of a fragmentary specimen with a
foliated body characteristic of Hamilton's Type B and

C guns of French origin, with a time range of 1680-1730
(Hamilton 1968: 3-6).

Fig
Desig

OWN U0 U"

237

Figure 37 Gunparts (Sideplates)

ure Taxonomic
nation Designation

CII, Sp #6
Sp #7
Sp #8
Sp #9
Sp #10
Sp #11
Sp #12

238

G
fmcuas â€˜ i i
L -1- .-.__.
._
â€” â€” _

1 6 CMJ

239

Springs

A total of twelve springs and Spring fragments are
present in the Fort St. Joseph collections. These consist
of four complete mainsprings (Figure 38A-D), five main-
spring fragments (Figure G), and three frizzen springs
(Figure 38E,F,H). No sear Springs are present from the
Site. The mainspring vary in length from 7.9-8.7 cm. and
are of two styles. Style A (Figure 38A,C,D) comprises all
mainsprings except one and is distinguished by the stepped
articulation of the screw hole. On the other hand, the
single style B specimen (Figure 383) has a flattening of
the upper spring segment well below the screw hole.

Frizzen springs can also be typed into one of two
styles based upon the type of screw hole--open or capped.
The two open holed Specimens (Figure 38E,H) are approxi-
mately 5.2 cm. in length, while the capped Specimen
(Figure 38F) is 4.7 cm. long.

Steel or Batteries

Five steels are represented in the Fort St. Joseph,
collections. Four of these (Figure 34C,D,F,G) are small
in size in comparison to military frizzens, with a height
and width range of the striking face from 4.0 to 4.8 cm.
and 2.3 to 2.4 cm. respectively. These steels were probably
from trade guns and small fowling pieces used at the site
during the eighteenth century. In contrast however, the
fifth specimen is much larger having a striking face 4.7 cm.
in height and 2.8 cm. in width (Figure 34E). Every
division except height exceeds the others, and the overall
shape is similar to batteries found on Brown Bess Muskets.
In addition, this specimen appears to have been undrilled,
and may represent a spare part intended for use as a
replacement. Similar blanks have been reported from
Michilimackinac (Hamilton 1976: 29), and are thought to be
evidence of gunsmithing activity at the site. â€˜

Triggers

A total of twelve triggers are present in the Fort
St. Joseph collections. Due to wide range in variation of
trigger shapes and the individuality of each specimen based
upon the whim of the gunsmith, triggers are not good
chronological indicators. Trigger bodies (the flat top of
the trigger parallel to the barrel when in place) vary
considerably in size and shape and range from a duckbill,
Figure 39A, to a rectangular, Figure 396, silhouette. The
trigger blade is the part of the trigger which protrudes

240

Figure 38 Gunparts (Springs)

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A Mainspring, Style A

:30 '11!!! U 0U!

Style A
Style B
Style A
Frizzen Spring, Open style
Capped style
Mainspring, Style A fragment

Frizzen spring, Open style

241

INCHES

C M

242

Figure 39 Gunparts (Triggers)

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A Type 1
TYPe
Type
TYPe
Type
Type
TYPe
Type
TYPe
Type
Type
Type

3163"! [*1 00 ED

H
NUï¬MNMbeNM

tâ€˜NC-a

243

244

outward from the stock and is normally at a ninety degree
angle, perpendicular to the body. These blades also vary
in size and shape, and four general types have been desig-
nated based upon the degree of the blade curvature. The
front faces of the blades in all instances are rounded,
but vary slightly in degree.

Type 1 Straight to slightly concave blade

Figure 39A,E

2 specimens

These Specimens exhibit nearly straight blades which are
continuous of the front edge of the trigger body. The
faces of the blades are elliptical in shape, extending from
the lower corner of the body straight downward.

Type 2 Concave blade

Figure 39B,C,G,H,L

5 specimens

These triggers exhibit blades which are concavely curved,
the faces of which are elliptical and extend across the
lower portion of the trigger body and angle outwards.

Type 3 Convex blade

Figure 39I,K

2 specimens

These specimens exhibit trigger blades which are convexly
rounded and which angle towards the rear of the gun. The
blades are elliptical (Figure I) or spatulate (Figure K)
in shape, and extend from the lower corner of the trigger
body.

Type 4 Rearward-curled blade

Figure 39D,J

2 specimens

These triggers exhibit blades which have been curled to the
rear, and which are spatulate in shape. In both cases theâ€˜
blade extends straight downwards from the lower corner of
the trigger body and then curls. This curl is character-
istically found on Northwest trade guns of the late
eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, but is also
found on weapons dating as early as the seventeenth century.

245

Trigger Guard Bows, Tangs, and Finials

Class I Bows
Series A Iron

Specimen #1

Figure 40A

Complete bow with both front and rear tangs. The
gently curving tang ends may have had finials, but
they are not present. The fact that the guard

was set into the stock by two tabs points towards
an 1800 date.

Bow width 21 mm., approximate length 22.5 cm.

Series B Brass

Specimen #2

Figure 40B

Plain bow, 26 mm. in width, of heavy brass. This
bow resembles the guard on a British Military Brown
Bess, however it is not complete enough to be
positively identified. In addition, Hamilton
(1960: 143; 1968: 19-20) illustrates several
similar guards found on trade guns of English
origin with a 1730-1815 time range.

Specimen #3,4

Figure 40C,E

These guards exhibit a cast chevrolet design which
is characteristic of Hamilton's Type C gun of
French 1685-1730 origin. The Figure C and E
specimens are 20 and 24 mm. wide respectively,

and were found on either trade or French Bourgeois
guns (Hamilton 1968: 7).

Specimen #5-7

Figure 40D Figure 42A,D

These guards exhibit engraved bows of chevrolet

or scroll designs which are found on Hamilton's
Type D trade gun. The Type D gun is of French
affiliation and was used as a quality trade item
during the 1730-1760 period (Hamilton 1968: 12-13).

Specimen #8

Figure 40D
Narrow (8 mm.) ring which may have served as a bow
guard.

Figure 40

Figure
Designation

"1111 COD!

246

Gunparts (Trigger Guard Bows)

Taxonomic
Designation

CI, SA, Sp #1
SB, Sp #2

Sp #3

Sp #5

Sp #4

Sp #8

247

:â€œw'HtS

Class II

Seri

248

Tangs and Finials
es A Iron

Specimen #1

Not illustrated

Rear tang with rounded ends and with an overall
length of 14.4 cm.

es B Brass

Specimens #2,3

Figure 41A,C

Front tangs with "stylized torch" finials char-
acteristic of Hamilton's Type D trade gun. French
affiliation 1730-1760.

Specimens #4,5

Figure 4lB,D

Front tangs with ornately cast "potted plant"
finials characteristic of Hamilton's Type.C trade
gun. These specimens exhibit a cast face at the
base of the finial which exhibits fine relief
detail. French affiliation 1685-1730.

Overall length 9.1 cm.

Specimen #6

Figure 41E
Front tang with finial broken off. Probably
Hamilton's Type C or D.

Specimen #7

Figure 41F
Heavy cast real tang with short finial. Possibly
late trade gun, but as yet unidentified.

Specimen #8

Figure 41G

Rear tang with a gently curving point, character-
istic of Hamilton's Type C and D trade gun. French
1685-1760.

249

_â€”..â€”-â€”

Figure 41 Gunparts (Trigger Guard Tangs and Finials)
Figure Taxonomic

Designation Designation
A CII, SB, Sp #2
B Sp #4
C Sp #3
D Sp #5
E Sp #6
F Sp #7
G Sp #8
H Sp #9
I Sp #10

J Sp #11

251

Specimens #9,10

Figure 41H,I
Front tangS and finials of Hamilton's Type C trade
gun. French 1685-1730.

Specimen #11

Figure 41J

Complete rear guard tang with missing finial.
Overall shape suggests French 1730-1760 (Hamilton
Type D) affiliation.

Wrist Escutcheons

Class I Brass

Specimen #1

Figure 42F

This escutcheon is from a British Military Brown Bess
musket, and is found on numerous models from the 1720
to 1797 period. This plate has the characters A/ 8/
87 deeply impressed into the face. These letters and
numbers may represent regimental inscriptions, and
have been found in numerous archaeological sites,
including Fort Stanwix (Hanson and Hsu 1975: 66-67).
In addition, this Specimen has "XII" scratched into
the backside of the escutcheon. Length 6.35 cm.,
width 2.23 cm.

Specimen #2

Not illustrated

This specimen has an unusual Shape with a roughly tri-
angular shaped body, round base, and two deep corner-
notches in each Side. The face is engraved in a
floral pattern, leaving an oval central plaque plain.
The bottom side exhibits a centralized round post for
attachment to the wrist of the gun. In style, ornate-
ness, and thickness of brass; this Specimen resembles
other gun hardware present on French trade guns of

the mid-eighteenth century.

Discussion.--In addition to the gun parts and

hardware previously mentioned, the following are also

present in the Fort St. Joseph collections:

252

Figure 42
Figure Subsection
Designation Description
A Trigger Guard Bow
B Sideplate
C Sideplate
D Trigger Guard Bow
E Buttplate Tang
F Wrist Escutcheon
G Breech Plug-
H ,Cock
I Cock

Gunparts (Assorted Hardware)

Taxonomic

Des1gnat1on

CI, SB, Sp
CII, Sp
CII, Sp
CI, SB, Sp
CII, Sp
CI, Sp

SB, T2

#6
#13
#14
#7
#7
#1

253

.000060'
0... 0â€˜ 0

It... 0
5.5.3":
.â€˜CII.Â¢.I. Q.

mm.
mm...
m"

.004.

2.â€™

3.0
o...

- ' - '0'â€.... c...
*"CCOOCCOO

.0.
no. a...
... . 7...â€

254

4 sears
4 breech plugs (Figure G) measuring 16.2-16.7 mm. in
inner thread diameter
2 identifiable gun barrel fragments measuring 14.5 and
15.2 mm. in bore diameter. Many other gunbarrel
fragments are present, but have been reutilized to
such extent as to make measurements of their bore
diameters impossible.
4 gun worms
In summary, the gunparts from Fort St. Joseph
can be grouped into Six separate types based upon form and
function. These types, their dates of use, and national
origin are presented in Table 2.
Table 2.--List of Gun Types.
â€3:132? â€œwagiezznizgts
French Trade Gun Type C 1685-1730 10
French Trade Gun Type D 1730-1760 11
French Trade Gun Type I 1680-1700 1
French Military Musketoon 1733-1734 1
British Military Brown Bess 1717-1797 5
British "Northwest" Trade Gun 1775-1875 12
British Trade Gun Type G 1725-1770 3

HAIR PIN

One double Shanked hair pin is present in the Fort
St. Joseph collections in Niles. This Specimen is brass,
8.9 cm. in length, and has fine circular knobs soldered
onto the bend. These knobs are concave and may have at
one time contained glass or jeweled insets. This hair
ornament may have been either an item of trade, or a

personal possession of one of the fort's inhabitants.

255

HAIR PIPES

Hair pipes are cylindrically Shaped tubes of metal
designed to be worn in the hair as ornamentation. A tuft
of hair is inserted through the tube and then tied with an
overhand knot large enough to block passage back through
the pipe. These ornaments are known to have been used by
Potawatomi groups in 1600 AD, many years prior to contact
with Europeans (Quimby 1966: 29). At that time, hair
pipes were made from hammered copper, while in historic
times they were produced from scraps of metal trade goods
such as copper kettles. Square or rectangular pieces of
sheet copper or brass were cut and rolled to the desired
Size and shape.

At Fort St. Joseph, eleven hair pipes are present
in the collections, all of which are made of brass or
copper. These tubes range in length from 49.0 to 93.2 mm.
with a mean of 70.7 mm. (Figure A-I). One specimen
(Figure B) has been wrapped around a flat piece of wood,
perhaps to shape the pipe. All of the examples exhibit
relatively smooth surfaces, except for one Specimen
(Figure F) which is angularly bent and ridged in order to

further decorate the piece.

256

257

Figure 43 Hairpipes (A-I)

259

These tubes were most probably aboriginally manu-
factured and worn, and were a reflection of those cultures
in southern Michigan. At Michilimackinac, to the north,
no hair pipes have reportedly been found, perhaps indi-
cating the difference in Indian cultures existing between
the northern and southern areas and between the Michili-

mackinac and Fort St. Joseph areas.

HAMMER

Only one hammer, Figure 44, is present in the
collections of Fort St. Joseph. This Specimen exhibits
an iron head and Shaft which appear to have been forged in
one piece. The head has two striking ends, with one being
much narrower than the other. The head is 9.3 cm. in
length and varies between 1.0 and 2.9 cm. in width. The
Shaft itself is 21.2 cm. in length and is roughly circular
in cross section with a diameter of 1.7 cm. The end of the
shaft which would be held in the hand has been flattened
to produce a chisel-like end. This, combined with a slight
bend in the Shaft, indicated possible use of the Shaft as
a pry bar. This hammer may be a Specialized craftsman
tool, or may perhaps Simply be a multi-purpose hammer and

pry bar. Overall weight iS approximately one pound.

260

261

Hammer

Figure 44

262

HARPOONS

Two harpoons, one iron (Figure 45A) and one bone
(Figure 45B) are present in the Fort St. Joseph collections.
The iron specimen is 38.2 cm. (15 1/4 inches) in length
and has two barbs located on opposite Sides of the spear
Shaft. The foremost barb begins at the rounded point and
extends approximately 5 cm. to the rear, at which point
the second barb begins to flare outward. The end of the
shaft is bent at a ninety degree angle to the shaft and
probably served for an aid in attachment to a long wooden
handle. Iron harpoons of this nature were reportedly used
to kill large fish, muskrat, and beaver. Seven specimens
very similar to this harpoon were recovered from the
Basswood River in Minnesota during an underwater archaeo-
logical survey (Wheeler 1975: 72-73).

The bone harpoon in the collection is 17.2 cm. in
length and exhibits two barbs on the same side of the
Shaft. This specimen has a very Sharp point and ends in
a squared base which may have at one time contained a
drilled hole. Six bone harpoons are reported from Fort
Michilimackinac which are roughly Similar to the St.

Joseph Specimen (Stone 1974: 278).

263

264

Figure 45 Harpoons and Fishhooks
Figure
Designation Description
A Iron harpoon
B Fishhooks - Types 1 and 2

C Bone harpoon

265

. o .
00.0.... .

Q. -.0

....~-
.ut.â€˜

.0..-

I. ...
0.0-0... 9
â€˜SIOICOOIO .IQ .
o

no
.. v.91...

.COOCO'
.p.â€”O.â€˜

â€-

â€œtut

u 0-.
,â€˜l...l .â€˜O
.Oâ€˜

0â€˜."
00'}

.- 0 - '-;._

con qr_Â¢: >-

O.
â€˜0 .l"' '
â€œ0â€˜.
I...â€˜oâ€˜.dlâ€˜

0". â€˜
OOV~fO

..-.
,.....Q.â€˜ 4â€˜

mm
0- on In a... .

23â€™
if 'l U..."....'..' â€â€˜.O'.â€ t '
33-
$.33

.u- a ...
'.â€˜Ou.
â€™0.
.0." O.
I.

want:-

â€'90.â€...

.OoO-n. :... ....
'-.000 0..
Nu L...L..
m
â€I no-..â€
0;â€œ
{m

. C
a... .uw- .m mange-n.6,
.. .. .
I. . .
u. . .33Â» .
ï¬‚ 0". Qâ€.
.o .n. ma 0â€˜â€
. a.â€ a. : mm
Sana H .m S.
8 . . . . . 3 anâ€œ... n m1
H V. N":.. .. . or. n .O..
o. . .3 :1 Â«Jana a u H
. v . . Q 0 N â€˜0 .0
"N . . v 0....- ..
n. . .o :0 a.â€ 3.9.:
.. o .â€˜a. 0.. c-ucn on. o o .
. .o .. .r 9.0.. .o
. SM. n m .04: w.
00... . . Jo...- Â«
. câ€˜ ca, 0, .
.n v... i .L - o. p... . n .0.

HAWK BELLS

Commonly termed hawk bells, these artifacts are

constructed of brass and consist of four pieces--the
crown, back, eye, and clanker. A wide strap-like eye is
inserted and brazed into the backpiece. Then an iron or
lead clanker is placed loosely into the shell and the crown
and back brazed together at the middle. Of the 48 speci-
mens (19 complete and 29 fragmentary) represented in the
Fort St. Joseph collection, four tentative Size categories
may be suggested; however, the fragmentary nature of many
of the specimens hampers precise measurement. The Sizes
are 30 mm., 20 mm., 15-17 mm., and 12 mm. Four of the
largest specimens (Figure 46A-D) are nearly identical,
having a pronounced lip around the circumference where
crown and back are joined. Only two of these Specimens
have complete crowns and these are marked with a "D."
The other categories are not as uniform in appearance,
varying Slightly in size, Shape, and decoration (Figure
46G-N). Three Specimens are also marked; two with an
"N" and one with a crown.

Stone (1974: 135) presents five Size categories

of bells found at Fort Michilimackinac. These categories

266

267

Hawk Bells (A-N)

Figure 46

268

A-D E-I J-N
INCHES

269

do not appear to correlate with those suggested by the
Fort St. Joseph sample, although some overlap does occur.
AS common items of trade during the eighteenth century,
hawk bells were worn as ornamentation for the body or
clothing. At Michilimackinac, 117 bells were recovered
from contexts, which indicated a 1730-1770 date, placing
their use primarily during the French period (Stone 1974:
135). Seventeen of the Specimens from Michilimackinac
were marked with crown symbols "D" or the number "4."
Hawk bells are reported also from the Guebert Site in
Illinois (Good 1972: 130), the Gilbert Site in Texas
(Jelks 1967: 87), the Fletcher Site in Michigan (Mainfort
1976), the Gros Cap Cemetery Site (Nern and Cleland 1974)
and the Lasanen Site (Cleland 1971) in Michigan's Upper

Peninsula.

HINGES AND PINTLES

The hinges from Fort St. Joseph can be divided into
two major classes: those hinges which are self-contined
and which form a permanent joint between door (Shutter,
etc.) and frame, and those which are composed of two
separate elements (pintle, pintle strap) which depend on
the force of gravity and are therefore semi-permanent.
The function which the hinges served cannot be positively
identified, however some general comments on function may

be forwarded based upon Size and shape.

Class I .Self contained hinges (permanent)
Series A Staple or pin hinges

2 Specimens

This style of hinge consists of two iron elements
joined at the loops. These elements may consist of
staple-like tapered pins or they may be solid. Each
pin is driven into the wood of the door and frame,
therefore producing a permanent hinge joint. At Fort
St. Joseph both specimens have Split shafts. Length
of the elements ranges from 4.3 to 5.4 cm. Probable
use: furniture hinges (Stone 1974: 193).

Series B Strap-like hinges

These Specimens consist of three elements: two usually
matching straps which are looped and intertwined, and
a central pivot pin. Each strap is nailed into the
door and frame therefore securing the two pieces in a
permanent hinge.

270

271

Type 1 Taper strap

2 specimens

These Specimens taper gradually from the pin to
the strap end. One specimen is 2.5 cm. wide and
4.7 cm. (estimated) long, while the other is 4.6
cm. wide and 3.0 cm. long--length referring to

the distance of the pin to one strap end. These
examples may have been used on Shutters, doors, or
gates. However, the narrower hinge in particular
could have been used on smaller objects such as
furniture and trunks.

Class II Pintle hinges (semi-permanent)

These hinges consist of two elements--the pintle and the
pintle strap or loop. Pintle hinges were commonly used

on doors and some furniture and were dependent upon the
force of gravity to hold the two pieces together. The
pintle element is usually L-shaped and is secured tightly
to the door frame with a small, rounded piece pointed
upwards. The door with a matching pintle strap or loop

is then set over the upward projecting piece, and the door
is allowed to freely pivot on the strap/pintle joint. This
type of hinge is not permanent, and the door can be lifted
upwards from the pintles and taken off at anytime.

Series A Pintles

Type 1 Tapered

10 specimens

These specimens are secured into the door frame by
driving the tapered end into the wood with the
rounded projection pointing upwards. The larger
pintles ranging in shaft length from 6.7 to 11.5
cm. would most probably have been used with gates
or doors, while the smaller ones (5.3, 3.8 cm.)
could have been used in furniture or Shutter
hinges.

Type 2 Flared, strap-like

2 specimens

These examples are secured to the door frame with
nails, and a flat and rather triangular in shape.
Strap length 5.7, 6.2 cm. Strap width 5.0, 5.5 cm.
(estimated)

272

Series B Pintle straps or loops
Type 1 Rectangular to square

6 specimens (3 in Niles Museum, 3 in South Bend)
These straps are flat and secure onto a door or
gate by means of two or sometimes three nails.
They range in length (measured loop to end) from
2.8 to 4.4 cm. and width from 2.8 to 5.4 cm. At
Fort Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 223-224) this
strap shape correlates with Series ATl tapered
pintles and the two may have been regularly used
together. The variance in overall size of these
strap elements may point toward a variety of uses
including doors and furniture.

Type 2 Flared strap-end

1 specimen

This Specimen exhibits a small loop and a strap

which flares outward towards the end, giving it

an overall triangular appearance. Two nail holes

are present, and were used to secure the strap

to the door. Length 5.9 cm., width 5.5 cm.

CommentS.--Two additional specimens in the Northern
Historical Society Museum in South Bend may be hinge
straps, however they are fragmentary and do not contain
looped ends. These specimens are 19 to 23 cm. long and
are about 2.0 cm. wide. One example ends in a circular
point, while the other ends in a T-shape, being joined to
another strap of metal. Both specimens may represent

fragments of decorative hinges, however positive identi-

fication is not possible.

HOES

Four iron hoes are present in the Fort St. Joseph
collections. They exhibit flat blades with rounded or
straight edges and round strap-like polls. Quimby (1966:
71) states that these hoes are characteristic of the
Middle Historic Period, i.e., 1670-1760. If this is the
case, the Fort St. Joseph specimens would be of French
origin and most probably of local manufacture. The

dimensions of the specimens are:

Length Width
#1 Figure 47A 20.2 cm. 10.2 cm.
#2 Figure 47B 19.5 cm. 9.8 cm.
#3 Figure 47C 13.6 cm. 8.9 cm.
#4 Not illustrated 16.8 cm. 8.5 cm.

All four specimens are unmarked. At Fort Michili-
mackinac no hoes were recovered. This suggests perhaps
that agriculture was less important at Michilimackinac
than at St. Joseph--possibly due to the superior soils

and the longer growing season.

273

274

Figure 47 Hoes
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A Sp #1
B Sp #2

C Sp #3

275

HORSESHOES AND OXSHOES

One horseshoe and two oxshoes are present in the
Fort St. Joseph collections in South Bend, while two
additional oxshoes are represented in Niles. The single
horseshoe (Figure 48A) is U-shaped with relatively straight
margins, and is 11.55 cm. in length and 10.5 cm. in width.
Each branch of the shoe exhibits three nail holes with
nails still in place. There is no grooving or fullering
present. The heels of each branch have been turned down
to produce calkins, however there is no toe ship at the
forend. The horseshoe in question exhibits characteristics
from the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries,
and a reliable date cannot be concluded from its overall
form.

Although a general chronology exists for horse-
shoes, no such dating system exists for the shoes of oxen.
Unlike the horseshoe, the oxshoe consists of two separate
branches designed to accommodate the split hoofs. The
four oxshoes in the Fort St. Joseph collections (Figure
48B,C) are quite similar in shape and exhibit five nail
holes per branch set within a fullered groove. All

specimens have toe slips and calkins, and overall Size

276

Figure 48

Figure
Designation

277

Horseshoes and Oxshoes

Description
Horseshoe
Oxshoe

Oxshoe

278

279

ranges from 9.4 to 10.3 cm. in length and 3.7 to 4.1 cm.
in width. Thickness also differs, and ranges from 5.0 to

7.1 mm.

KETTLES, KETTLE PARTS

During the seventeenth, eighteenth, and early
portions of the nineteenth centuries, the c0pper kettle
formed a staple good for trade. The collections from Fort
St. Joseph have yielded three complete kettles and numerous
kettle parts which are now housed in both the Niles and
South Bend Museums. The complete kettles may have been
found in association with several burials uncovered in the
bluff area overlooking the St. Joseph River (Quimby 1966:
144-146). This explains the occurrence of these specimens
in the collections which are otherwise primarily surface-
collection material. Kettles, kettle lugs, copper scrap,

and rivets are described.

Kettles

Specimen #1

Figure 49A and C

This complete kettle (top) with lid (lower right) has
an overall height of 14.1 cm. and a basal diameter of
14.3 cm. A slightly rounded bottom and straight sides
lead to an indented mouth and rim. Both the kettle
rim and the lid rim have been rolled around an iron
loop. The side lugs are iron and are generally
rectangular in shape although with a rounded top.

The loops of the lugs are circular, and hold curved
iron bail. A strap-like iron lug is present on the
lid tip and encloses a circular iron ring.

280

281

Figure 49 Kettles

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A Sp #1 (base)
B Sp #2

C Sp #1 (lid)

I...

1.1T... ..

283

Specimen #2

Figure 498

This kettle was never designed to engage a lid, but
rather was meant to be left open. The base diameter

is 13.6 cm. and the height is 5.7 cm. Two Type 1 rim
lugs are present with the typical dog-eared rectangular
Shape, and each are attached by means of two solid
copper rivets. Those lugs are attached over a rolled
rim and hold an iron bail. This kettle type was
probably used through both French and British periods
of occupation (Stone 1974: 175).

Specimen #3

This kettle and lug is 14.4 cm. in height and has a
basal diameter of 17.4 cm. Unlike specimen #1, this
kettle was designed so that the lid sets into the
kettle rim, rather than over it. The rounded bottom
and tapering sides lead to a rolled rim which is
slightly smaller than the base. Like specimen #1 the
side lugs are of iron and Similarly shaped, but unlike
it the lid lug and ring are made of copper.

Kettle Lugs

Type 1 Kettle rim lugs (copper)

Figure SOA-D

8 specimens

These lugs are similar to those found on Specimen #2
and are generally rectangular to square in shape. As
their name implies, they are folded over the rolled
kettle rim and are secured by two copper rivets. A
hole is punched through the ears of the lugs from the
inside, and the square corners are folded over towards
the outside of the kettle. The rivets used to secure
the lugs may either be solid (Figure 50C,D copper, or
rolled (Figure B) copper, with the latter category
represented at Fort St. Joseph by a single specimen.
Length range 4.9-6.8 cm., width range 3.9-6.5 cm.

Type 2 Kettle Side lugs (iron)
These specimens were riveted onto the sides of kettles,

and were probably used only on kettles which were
designed with lids.

284

Figure 50 Kettle Lugs
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A T1
B Tl
C Tl
D T1
E T2, Va
F T2, Vb

285

â€˜

INCHES I i !
CM.

286

Variety a U-Shaped

Figure 50E

4 Specimens

These lugs exhibit a circular loop with flattened
ends which were attached to the kettle side by
means of two copper solid rivets.

Length range 4.5-6.8 cm., width range 3.8-6.8 cm.

Variety b Closed "winged" lug

Figure 50F

l Specimen

This specimen exhibits a small circular loop which
is attached to a flared, flattened body. This
flattened area was attached to the kettle side

by means of two or perhaps three rolled copper
rivets.

Length 8.2 cm., width 8.5 cm. (estimated)

Variety c Looped rectangular lug

These lugs are present on kettle specimens #1 and
#3, but have not been found separately at the Site.
Comment: During the 1959-1966 excavations at Fort
Michilimackinac a total of seventy-four c0pper
kettle lugs were recovered (Stone 1974: 171). Of
this total, sixty-five were of the St. Joseph Type
1 lugs, while the remainder were varieties of

Type 2 specimens. At Michilimackinac Type 1 lugs
were recovered from occupation contexts which were
both French and English, but Type 2 lugs could

not be assigned a Specific period of use (Stone
1974: 175).

Kettle Scrap

A total of 170 sheet copper fragments have been found at
the fort, many of these obviously coming from broken
kettles. Numerous rim fragments are present, as well as
several scraps which Show evidence of repair or reutili-
zation.

Rivets
Four solid rivets similar to those found on some kettles

are present in the collection, as well as twelve diamond-
shaped copper rivet blanks. See Stone (1974: 192-193).

KEYS

A total of twelve keys are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collections. Stone (1974: 225) presents three
terms used in the description of key attributes. He
states that "Key shank refers to a handle-like loop at the
proximal end of the key shank. Key blade refers to a
projection (usually rectangular) near the distal end of
the key Shank." Due to the oxidized condition of many
Specimens a detailed description of the key blade and
shank is often not possible. However, when such descrip-
tions are possible, they will be provided. The classifi-
cation of keys is based upon variations in the key Shaft
and its proximity to the blade. All twelve specimens are

manufactured of iron.

Series A Hollow Shank

These specimens exhibit Shank ends which are hollow in
order to accommodate the keyhole shaft projecting from
the inside of door locks, hasp locks, and padlocks. One
Specimen (Figure A) lacks the blade and cannot be further
described.

Type 1 Key shank terminates at the distal end of the
key blade

Figure 51B
1 specimen
This example exhibits an oval shaped bow, round hollow
shank, and blade with two notches. The key blade when

287

Figure
Designation

:n G) '11 till U 0 (I!

288

Figure 51

Keys

Taxonomic
Designation

SB, T2, Sp #1
SA, T1

SB, Tl, Sp #1

Sp #2

Sp #3

Sp #4

Sp #5

Sp #6

T2, Sp #2

T2, Sp #3

289

1.... I-

I CM.,

290

viewed from the front is an inverted T-shape with one
notch directly under the shank on the distal end.

The second notch is placed in the proximal end of the
blade halfway between the shank and the flared blade
base. Overall length 6.9 cm., bow width 3.2 cm.

While nine Series A specimens have been recovered from
Fort Michilimackinac, none of the examples are iden-
tical to this specimen from Fort St. Joseph.

Series B Solid Shank

Type 1 Key shank terminates at the distal end of the
key blade

Specimen #1

Figure 51C

This key exhibits a small square blade at the
distal end of the cross sectional round shank.
It has an oval shaped bow 2.0 cm. in width, and
an overall length of 4.5 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 51D

This key exhibits a round bow, round solid shank,
and flat key blade with a single notch in the
distal end tangent to the shank. Overall length
8.2 cm., bow width 2.8 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 51E

This key fragment exhibits a round solid Shank and
an unnotched blade flared at the base to form an
inverted T-shape.

Specimen #4

Figure 51F

This Specimen exhibits an oval bow, square Shank,
and flat unnotched blade. This key is poorly
manufactured and may be of local manufacture.
Overall length 8.2 cm., bow width 3.3 cm.

Specimen #5

Figure 51G

This key exhibits a round bow, round solid shank,
and a key blade with a Single notch in the distal
end tangent to the shank. Unlike specimen #2,

291

this key is 5.5 cm. in length and has a blade
which flares outward at the base.
Bow width 1.9 cm.

Specimen #6

Figure 51H

This key exhibits an oval bow, round shank, and
flat unnotched blade. Length 4.9 cm., bow width
1.9 cm.

Specimen #7

Figure 52D

This key exhibits an oval bow, round shank, and
flat unnotched blade Similar to the previous
specimen although 7.4 cm. in length, bow width
3.4 cm.

Type 2 Key shank extends beyond distal end of key
blade

Specimen #1

Figure 52B

This key exhibits a heart-shaped solid bow with a
Single perforation in the center. The shank is
round in cross section and extends beyond the
flat unnotched blade. Overall length 7.1 cm.,
bow width 3.3 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 511

This key exhibits an oval to heart-shaped bow,
round shaft, and an inverted T-shaped blade with

a single notch in the proximal end halfway between
the Shank and the blade base. Overall length 7.1
cm., bow width 2.3 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 51J

This large key exhibits an oval to round bow made
of round heavy gauge wire which has been inserted
through a drilled hole in the round shank. The
blade is flat and is extensively notched in the
basal portion, and has been pinned into a groove
in the shaft at two points. Overall length 14.5
cm., bow width 1.6 cm.

292

Discussion.--Both Series A and Series B keys (42

specimens) have been recovered from Fort Michilimackinac
and are generally quite similar to the St. Joseph samples,
though not identical. Stone (1974: 229) points out that
keys most commonly found at Michilimackinac were in con-
texts dating after 1755, but were also used prior to that
date. The difference in frequencies between the sites
illustrates the larger population at Fort Michilimackinac
and suggests a more affluent way of life than at Fort St.

Joseph.

KEYHOLE ESCUTCHEONS

Five keyhole escutcheons are present in the Fort
St. Joseph collections. Three of the specimens (Figure 52
A,C,E) are in the NIHS museum in South Bend, while the
remaining two are in the Niles collections. Four of the
escutcheons are made of iron, while one smaller specimen
is brass. The sizes and shapes of the specimens vary con-
siderably and range from a large, probably rectangular
escutcheon with a T-shaped keyhole, to a small ornate
example with a hooked shaped keyhole, Two of the five are
very similar to specimens illustrated from Fort Michili-
mackinac (Stone 1974: 220 Plate 117 E,H,J), which were
concluded to be from furniture of the 18th century. The
single brass escutcheon is quite small (length 3.5 cm.,
width 1.6 cm.) and is oval in shape with two fan-shaped
ends. The size of this specimen, as well as its brass

composition points towards use on a small box or chest.

293

294

Figure 52 Keys, Keyhole Escutcheons
Figure
Designation Description
A Possible lockplate

Key SB, T2, Sp #1
Escutcheon plate

Key SB, T1, Sp #7

L1! 00 w

Escutcheon plate

::: 0:: 0:. 0-9,

'm'Jâ€™SI' . "t m s I:
93313:: "' L:- ;:.2g:i5 1'
33314.31 ~33 n g
'0'!" 523.38 3: 3" f
a

â€˜23?
u

'Câ€˜

I!
â€˜0
"

-
f
â€˜a'

â€˜W'u â€˜
.. WÂ»

?:.Â°:: 3": :3. -
5â€™3 :5: :â€˜ â€˜ ï¬f'
smug; ; {5
.:'..;a:x::Â§: ~
:::::a:: v 2

.0 O ."

Â°â€œ:;I:::: '

n'lw.
p00:
â€˜0 â€˜0â€™."
0
Or"

'1. cl â€â€™0

3123â€˜ â€™I :â€˜.' .5'1 82:

033-33322?â€œ
37:5. *3
35:? f; 8 'l:;; '
::::;3 h:-': J:
'.;.;Â¢I: â€™35:?
â€™Â§:Â§;;;Â§Â§Â§zÂ§:5. â€˜=
Ettzâ€˜xizf":

Court

:3?! Egtâ€˜

c...Â» -Â« ï¬-Â«vci 0'.

.mâ€˜m-'~ â€œ~..

u-co our OODIO' 00"â€-
u N in. OIC'...'..W

.0:

KNIVES (IRON)

This description of iron knives is based upon a
sample of 225 blades, blade fragments, and blade handles
present in the Fort St. Joseph collection. The form of the
knife blades is the primary criteria for division in
classes, groups, types and varieties, and is dependent
upon diagnostic characteristics such as: hinge presence or
absence, hinge shape and size, blade shape and size, and
handle shape, size, and decoration.

Stone's typology (1974: 263-273) is used as a
model for this description, however, it has been modified
in order to better accommodate the St. Joseph material.

Of the sample, thirty fragments of blades lacked
all diagnostic characteristics, and therefore could not

be assigned to either of the two following classes.

Class I Clasp Knives (presence of hinge element)
Group I Blades
Type 1 Knob or flanged hinge element

Variety a Angular back blade shape

Figure 53A through E

70 specimens

Length range 11.5 cm.-l4.5 cm., width range
1.8 cm.-2.5 cm. Of these specimens, thirty
show evidence of maker's marks. The following

296

297

Figure 53 Knives (Iron)
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A-E CI, 61, T1, Va

F-G Vb

-. ' 1% 1.13.3? Mâ€˜mâ€˜

.3_â€˜-"~l'~.'.s'
'l'XOtï¬â€™plxâ€˜ , â€œ .

299

marks are distinguishable on twenty-one
specimens.

Maker's Mark #1 (flower motif) IEAN
Figure 53A ARCONE
1 specimen

This specimen is similar to one found at
Michilimackinac and reported by Stone
(1974: 275) and is pictured in Figure

1661.

Maker's Mark #2 (flower motif) HVGVE
1 specimen PALL -E
Maker's Mark #3 IVET-CH

Figure 53B APELO__

2 specimens

These marks can be identified as those of
Ivet Chapelon. Similarly marked specimens
are represented at the Guebert Site (Good
1972: 157) and at Michilimackinac (Maxwell
and Binford 1959: 106). Stone presents
three specimens which, although frag-
mentary, may represent the marks of
Chapelon. These marks are:

IV(ST).CH -VST.CH _V(ST).(CH)
APELON AP(E)LON _ION

Variety b Rounded tip blade shape

Figure 53F,G

6 specimens

Length range

Four of these specimens exhibit maker's marks.
They are:

Maker's Mark #1 IVS(E) oCH

1 specimen APELON

This mark appears on Variety 'a' blade
types from Fort Michilimackinac, the
Guebert Site, and Fort St. Joseph.

Maker's Mark #2 PIERRE-PER

Figure 53F (R)IN-IEFIL-S

2 specimens

This mark may be represented at Fort
Michilimackinac by the fragmentary marks
shown below.

300

IERRE-B(E)-
(I)--(LEI)ILS

Maker's Mark #3
l specimen

Maker's Mark #4
Figure 53C
3 specimens

Maker's Mark #5
Figure 53D
2 specimens

Maker's Mark #6
Figure 53E
4 specimens

Maker's Mark #7
l specimen

Maker's Mark #8
l specimen

PIERRE'B_(R)

(Stone 1974: 265)

ANDRE
(A)VNON

IEAN
FERRIDL

FE_EOM
SB IE

A.FELIS
__lEVNS

AT.OM
ILOM

IEAN.B
IVE

This mark is probably that of lean B.

Tivet.

A similar marked example is present

at the Guebert Site (Good 1972: 159), and

Maker's Mark #9
4 specimens

V
IB
5

Similar specimens have been found at Fort
Michilimackinac and reported by Stone

(1974: 265-75).

This mark appears in

Figure 166A of Stone's work.

Maker's Mark #10
l specimen

Maker's Mark #11
1 specimen

Variety c

Figure 54A
2 specimens

IEAPEIS
ER_RIS

AVDE
OEDE

Convex blade shape

Length 12.5 cm., width 2.0 cm.
These specimens exhibit convex blades and edges

which taper evenly to the point.

Neither

example shows evidence of maker's marks.

Figure
Designation

'11 t5 U 0 w

301

Figure 54

Knives

Taxonomic
Designation

Ci, 61, T1, Vc
Vd, sbt
sbt
sbt
sbt

sbt

302

INCHES

303

Variety d Hawk-bill blade shape

The hawk-bill shape exhibits a blade back which
tapers downwards at the blade tip. The other
section of the blade back may or may not remain
parallel to the blade edge.

Subtype i Sharply tapered

Figures 54B,C,F

5 specimens

Length range 12.0 cm.-l4.2 cm., width
range 2.0 cm.-2.4 cm.

These examples, none of which are marked,
exhibit a blade back which tapers sharply
at the blade tip.

Subtype ii Long tapered

Figures 54D,E

10 specimens

Length range 11.1 cm.-12.6 cm., width
range 1.9 cm.-2.4 cm.

These examples exhibit a hawkâ€”bill shape
where the blade back gradually tapers to
the tip. One specimen is marked with
_OIN JAVM

Comments: An additional twenty-nine fragments can
be assigned to CIGlTl, however further division
into Varieties is not possible.

Type 2 Ring and knob hinge element

Varietypa Angular back blade shape

Figure 55A

1 specimen

Length 13.2 cm., width 2.1 cm.

This example exhibits no evidence of maker's
marks.

Type 3 Extended back hinge element

These specimens exhibit a knob which extends past
the rear of the blade, and which is a horizontal
extension of the blade back.

Variety a Angular back blade shape

Figure 55B
5 specimens

Figure
Designation

"11

:2 G)

304

Figure 55

Knives

Taxonomic

Designation

CI, G1,

GZ,

T2,
T3,
T4,
T5,
T1,

T2,

Va
Va
Va
Va
Va
Va
Vb

306

Length range 11.0 cm.-14.0 cm. (estimated),
width range 2.0 cm.-2.6 cm.

None of the specimens exhibit evidence of
maker's marks.

Type 4 Indented hinge element

Variety a Convex blade shape

Figure 55C

1 specimen

Length 10.3 cm., width 1.8 cm. _

This example exhibits a lowered blade back
which serves as the hinge stop. This specimen
exhibits no evidence of maker's marks. The
form of this knife is similar to those illus-
trated by Neumann (1973: 242-250) of American
or British origin.

Type 5 Hooked hinge element

Variety a Convex blade shape

Figure 55D

1 specimen

Length 10.2 cm., width 1.1 cm.

This example exhibits a long, thin convexly-
shaped blade. The hinge element is formed by
a hook which serves to secure the blade in a
locked position when open. This type of hinge
mechanism resembles those found on British or
American knife specimens.

Group 2 Handles
Type 1 Spring and handle plate construction

Variety a Angular handle shape

Figure 55E

1 specimen

Length 5.5 cm., width 1.0 cm.

This example consists of a cast brass handle
with ornate floral decoration. The back of
the handle (spring side) is angular, with the
apex of the angle formed at the meeting of two
convex indentations.

307

Type 2 Spring, handle and bolster lining con-
struction

Variety a Curved handle

Figure 55F

2 specimens

Length range 10.0 cm., width range 1.5 cm.
Variety 'a' consists of two bolster linings with
springs. The handles do not remain but most
probably consisted of wood or bone. The end
opposite the hinge curves downward at the but
end of the handle in order to facilitate blade
opening. This handle shape has been found at
Fort Ligonier, a British military post in
Pennsylvania. See Grimm (1970: 146).

Variety b Slight-curved handle

Figure 556

l specimen

Length 8.0 cm., width 1.6 cm.

Variety 'b' consists of one bolster lining
which has a straight spring back and a rounded
handle butt and a curved blade groove.

Variety c Spatulate-shaped handle

Figure 55H

1 specimen

Length 11.4 cm., width 2.6 cm.

Variety 'c' consists of one specimen with a
bone handle and spatulate shape.

Class II Case Knives
Group 1 Blades
Type 1 Pointed handle shaft

Variety a "Butter Knife" blade shape

Figure 56A,B

3 specimens

Length 15.5 cm., width 2.5 cm.

These specimens exhibit wide blades and a
rounded blade tip. The blade back is slightly
convex. No maker's marks are present. A
bolster is present between blade and handle
shaft.

308

Figure 56 Knives
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CII, G1, T1, Va
B Va
C Vb
D Vc

E Vd

309

INCHES â€˜ i 3

310

Variety b Snub-nose blade shape

Figure 56C

1 specimen

Length 12.1 cm., width 2.0 cm.

This example exhibits a straight blade back and
a sharply upturned blade edge which forms the
tip. A slight bolster is present between the
blade and the handle shaft. No maker's marks
are present.

Variety c Tapered blade shape

Figure 56D

1 specimen

Length 22.0 cm. (estimated), width 2.4 cm.

This example exhibits a straight blade back
and slightly convex blade edge which tapers
(presumably) to a point. A bolster is present.
This specimen is also unmarked.

Variety d Convex rear blade shape

Figure 56E

1 specimen

This example consists of the rear half of a
blade with the handle shaft. The rear portion
of the blade back and the edge convexly taper
to the handle shaft. Unlike the variety

a,b,c specimens, no bolster is present between
the blade and handle shaft. This specimen is
unmarked.

Type 2 Flat handle shaft

Variety a Wide flat handle with no pin holes

Figure 57A

1 specimen

This example consists of the rear portion of a
blade with a complete handle section. The
blade is extremely wide as is the handle area,
and no pin holes on the latter are present.

No marks are present.

Variety b Straight blade back with tapered
point

Figure 57B,C,D

35 specimens

Length range 17.6 cm.-24.0 cm. (estimated),
width range 1.9 cm.-2.8 cm.

Figure
Designation

"11 I?! U 0 w

311

Figure 57

Knives

Taxonomic
Designation

CII, G1, T2,

T3,

G2, T1

Va
Vb
Vb
Vb
Va

313

These examples exhibit a straight, slightly
tapering blade back and a blade edge which
tapers at the tip. The handle shaft is a pro-
jection of the blade back and has two or three
pin holes for attachment to the handle.
Thirteen specimens exhibit maker's marks.

They are:

Maker's Mark #1 (crown)
2 specimens L + C
DORON

A similar example was found at Michili-
mackinac (See Figure 166BB).

Maker's Mark #2 A
1 specimen -----
-WER
Maker's Mark #3 (crown)
2 specimens I
ROYEI
Maker's Mark #4 (crown)
l specimen (goblet)
-- (N)
Maker's Mark #5 (crown)

3 specimens

(inverted goblet)
DORON

This mark has also been reported by Stone
from Michilimackinac (see Figure 166Z)
although the crown was not described. This
mark and the previous one may also be of
the same maker, with the variance in goblet

orientation a mistake.

Maker's Mark #6
l specimen

Maker's Mark #7
1 specimen

CLAUDE

-IRODTE

(feather like B-(N)IR
motif) (O)DISR

A similarly marked Specimen has been
reported from Michilimackinac (see Stone

1974: 275, Figure 166CC).

Maker's Mark #8 AN(W)DE
l specimen -WER
Maker's Mark #9 -__-
l specimen -EAD

314

Type 3 Flat handle shaft with bolsters added

Variety a "Table Knife" shape

Figure 57E

3 specimens

Length 22.0 cm., width 1.7 cm.

These examples exhibit rounded points, bol-
sters, and slightly convex blade backs and
edges. These specimens appear quite similar
to modern day table knives. One complete
specimen has remnants of a bone handle still
attached to the handle area. None exhibit
maker's marks.

Variety b Tapered blade shape

Figure 57F

2 specimens

Length

These examples exhibit long, tapering points
and bolster pads between the blade and the
handle. One specimen is marked with a
rectangular indentation.

Comments: An additional fourteen fragments can be
assigned to Class II Group 1, but lack diagnostic
characteristics for assignment beyond the group level.

Group 2 Handles
Type 1 Cylindrical-reutilized

Figures 576, 26A

2 specimens

Handle lengths 9.0-11.2 cm.

Only two specimens exhibit any form of unattached
handles. These examples consist of iron tubes
filled with wood into which CII G1 T2 Va blades
have been implanted. The iron tubes could possibly
be portions of a musket barrel broken and reused
for this purpose.

Type 2 Rectangular bone

Not illustrated

l specimen

Handle length 8.1 cm.

This single specimen is rectangular in shape with
rounded edges. Inserted in it is a CII Gl Tl Va
blade.

LOCKS

A total of sixteen complete locks, and seven lock
fragments are present in the Fort St. Joseph collections.
These locks consist of both hasp and door lock mechanisms
in various degrees of preservation. Hasp locks were used
primarily on objects with movable lids such as trunks and
chests, although they could also have been used on door
and gates (Stone 1974: 195). These locks contained two
separate functional pieces-~the strap-like hasp, and the
actual lock mechanism. Only one hasp is in the collection
while fifteen hasp lock mechanisms are present. The one
hasp is similar to a Specimen found at Michilimackinac
(Stone 1974: 201, Figure 116D) and is composed of a hinge
and teardrop strap from which the ring protrudes. The
hasp locks from St. Joseph are remarkably similar to
specimens found at Michilimackinac which were found most
commonly in contexts dating 1755 to 1780 (Stone 1974: 199).

One door lock is also present in the collection.
It is a rim lock with a single keyhole and would have been
operated from only one direction. The classification of

locks is based upon function and overall shape.

315

316

Class I Hasp locks
Type A Rectangular shaped

Figure 58A,B,D

13 specimens

These examples exhibit a flat rectangular shaped main
plate. Three specimens have serrated sides. All the
locks have split bolts and are spring operated.
Length range 5.5-7.3 cm., width range 4.0-6.0 cm.

Type B Shield shaped

Figure 58E,F

2 specimens

These examples exhibit a flat escutcheon shaped main
plate. Both specimens have complete cover plates which
fully enclose the lock mechanism. Stone (1974: 197-198)
presents further description of an identical lock.

The specimens at Michilimackinac and at Fort St. Joseph
so greatly resemble one another in size and pattern
that there is a good possibility that all specimens
were part of one original shipment of locks.

Length 7.0 cm., width 8.0 cm.

Class II Door locks
Type A Rectangular shaped rim lock
Figure 58C
1 specimen
Only one specimen of a stock lock is present in the
collection at Niles. This example exhibits a rec-
tangular shaped main plate and a smaller iron cover
plate.
Length 7.0 cm., width 6.5 cm.

An additional seven lock fragments are present,
but cannot be placed into the classification due to their
fragmentary condition. These specimens consist of cover
plate, spring, and ward fragments.

The similarity of many of these hasp locks to

those found at Michilimackinac suggests supply from the

same source. The frequencies of hasp locks from both

317

Figure 58 Locks
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CI, TA
B TA
C CII, TA
D CI, TA
E CI, TB

318

319

sites in comparison to door locks may also point towards
the use of trunks or chests for storage or shipping of
supplies. One hasp lock is reported from the Gros Cap

Cemetery Site (Nern and Cleland 1974: 4) in St. Ignace,

Michigan.

MOUTH HARPS

Mouth harps are small musical instruments held
against the teeth and played with a rhymthic motion.
These harps are composed of two metal elements--a brass or
iron frame, and an iron vibrator which is attached to the
frame at the head section. Of the eleven harp frames found
at Fort St. Joseph, only two are composed of iron. Based
upon contextual data, Stone (1974: 145) suggests that
brass harps found at Michilimackinac may occur earlier than
do the iron specimens, although he notes that both were in
use during the 1760-1780 occupational period. Stone also
notes that the extremely large number of harps (122 pieces)
recovered from Michilimackinac was unusual in that only a
few specimens are noted from a total of 14 comparative
sites. The eleven specimens found at Fort St. Joseph are
therefore small in comparison to Michilimackinac, but
large when generally compared to historic sites in North
America.

The harp sample from St. Joseph is classified
based upon head shape and material of manufacture. Those

specimens which are composed of brass have been cast in a

320

321

mold and smoothed by filing. On the other hand, the two

iron specimens appear to have been hand forged.

Class I Triangular shaped head

Type 1 Iron
Figure 59A

1 specimen

This example exhibits a triangular shaped head and
parallel shanks.

Length 5.5 cm., width 4.0 cm.

Type 2 Brass
Figure 59B

1 specimen

This example exhibits a triangular shaped head. One
shank has been broken-off and the other shank distorted
from its original position through outward bending.
Stone (1974: 142) pictures an identical example of a
distorted harp in his discussion of jews harps.
Although this deformation may be coincidental, there
may be a chance that these jews harps were intentionally
modified to form some other function. File marks are
present.

Length 5.2 cm. (estimated), width 2.8 cm.

Class II Rounded head

Type 1 Iron
Figure 59C

1 specimen

This example exhibits a rounded head and parallel
shanks, with oval and square cross sections respec-
tively.

Length 6.5 cm., width 3.4 cm.

Type 2 Brass

Figure 59D,E,F,G,H,I

8 specimens 7

These examples, as with CI, T1 and T2 specimens, are
square in cross section. The shanks taper downward
from the head and are not parallel. File marks are
present. Two size categories are clearly distinguish-
able, and are listed below as (l) and (2) respectively.
(1) Length 5.7-4.7 cm., width 2.3-2.5 cm. 6 specimens
(2) Length 2.8 cm., width 1.4 cm. 2 specimens

Figure 59

Figure
Designation

322

Mouth Harps

Taxonomic
Designation

CI, Tl
CII, T1

CII, T2

323

MUSKET BALLS AND SHOT

A total of 238 musket balls and approximately
1400 pieces of buck shot are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collection in Niles. The musket balls and shot
range from .1135-.6965 in caliber, with those balls between
.30 and .38 caliber being either large buck shot or small
rifle balls. The following list provides an inventory of

the 192 specimens over .30 caliber which were measurable.

Caliber Size # Caliber Size # Caliber Size #
.30 5 .44 2 .58 8
.31 1 .45 0 .59 2
.32 2 .46 O .60 8
.33 2 .47 0 .61 5
.34 3 .48 1 .62 0
.35 8 .49 0 .63 l
.36 4 .50 8 .64 0
.37 4 .51 10 .65 0
.38 2 .52 12 .66 1
.39 l .53 7 .67 0
.40 1 .54 20 .68 0
.41 0 .55 23 .69 2
.42 0 .56 26 .70 0
.43 3 .57 10

It can be seen from this list that the great majority,

74 percent, of balls fall into the .50 to .60 range, with
the highest frequencies at .54, .55, .56. The .53 to .59
caliber range encompasses 55 percent of the total, and
this can be compared to Fort Michilimackinac and the

324

325

Guebert Site where this same span yielded 68 percent and 60
percent of the population respectively (Good 1972: 148;
Hamilton 1976: 33). Since French military weapons were

.69 caliber and larger, and British ones ranged from .75

to .80, a military component cannot account for the large
number of specimens in the middle .505 range. Rather,
these .53 to .59 balls were probably used in trade muskets
throughout the eighteenth and early portions of the nineâ€”
teenth centuries (Good 1972: 150). Hamilton (1976: 6)
further qualifies this and states that .57 and .59 calibers
were standard for French trade guns. He also mentions

that barrels in British contexts have been found to range
from .53 to .59.

An estimation of the patch size is essential in
determining which caliber of ball could be used from
specific weapons. Hamilton (1960: 53) suggests that a
patch .02 in size would have been used, while regular
military personnel may have used paper cartridges with
balls .05 to .10 smaller than bore size (Neumann 1967: 53).
Local civilian and aboriginal populations in and around
Fort St. Joseph would have probably used a plain cloth or
leather patch, so those musket balls of the middle range
would have been fired from .55 to .60 caliber weapons. In
addition, the sizes of balls above .59 (17 specimens)
could have come from military weapons in the .69 to .75

caliber range and could have been either French or British.

326

This is assuming that cartridges would have been with
those specimens under about .65 caliber.

Those specimens which are under .50 caliber are
unusual in that they probably did not come from muskets,
but rather were made for smaller fusils, pistols or perâ€”
haps rifles. The possibility also exists that many balls
in the smaller ranges were designed for use as buckshot.

As previously mentioned, the .38 caliber and less would
have fallen into this category.

The fact that shot and balls were being cast at the
site is evident with the presence of sprue scraps. Ten
sprue ribbons are present in the collections and represent
both small buckshot and larger balls. Several other pheâ€”
nomena should be mentioned in relation to shot, one of
which is the presence of balls which have been "chewed."

A total of thirty-three chewed specimens are present, twelve
of which were measured and found to be primarily of the .53
to .59 caliber range. The balls were chewed in order to
create a tearing wound on the unfortunate victim.

Reutilized musket balls have also been found at
the site in the form of whizzers and weights. Two speci-
mens which had been flattened were perforated with two
holes, and probably had been used as whizzers, similar to
the still popular button and string toy still in use
today. Fifteen other specimens had been similarly

flattened, but were perforated with a single hole. These

327

specimens could have been employed as weights for fishing

nets and lines, or possibly as beads.

NAILS

A total of 1,505 iron nails are present in the
Fort St. Joseph collections, 109 of which are point frag-
ments and therefore unidentified. The classification of
the remaining 1400 specimens is based upon variations in

nail head shape and shaft shape.

Type 1 Rose head

The rose head nail is the classic nail type found on
eighteenth century sites. The name is derived from the
presence of numerous (usually 4 to 8) facets radiating
outward from the center which are caused by hammer blows
during the production process. The stylized rose head
nail is convexly rounded or even pointed at the apex, and
is round when viewed from the top. At Fort St. Joseph,
the rose head type comprises 94 percent of the total number
of nails. This type, however, varies considerably in the
degree to which the ideal form is approximated. Only about
10 percent of the Type 1 specimens actually have "perfect"
multiâ€”faceted heads. The majority of the specimens, on
the other hand, are crudely flattened by numerous hammer
blows and are often misshapened and off center. This
phenomena may be due to production by inexperienced local
craftsmen, by rapid production, or by reuse over a period
of time. High corrosion and oxidation may also be a factor
by disguising such features as faceting or head shape.
Since a blacksmith is known to have worked at the fort,
the majority of nails were probably locally made. In
addition, approximately 15 percent of the nail sample show
discoloration due to burning. These nails could have been
burned at the time of the fort's destruction, or as a
method of nail reclamation from unwanted timber.

Two varieties of rose head nails can be distinâ€”
guished due to differences in shank taper and point.

328

329

Variety a Pointed shank end

Figure 60A-H, J-O

1,317 specimens

All but one rose head nail falls into this variety.
This variety consists of specimens which exhibit shanks
which are square to rectangular in cross section and
which taper on all four sides to a sharp point. Within
this group are ten nails which exhibit exceptionally
large heads for shank size (Figure 60J-O). In general,
these specimens have shank to head ratios of 2.5 to

1.0 or less. These heads are also more flattened than
the average rose head, which may point towards a
different functional use. The length of these nails
vary from 1.6 to 4.5 cm., while the entire Variety 'a'
sample ranges from 1.6 to 18.2 cm. The majority of

the sample is within 6 to 11 cm. in length.

Variety b Flattened shank end

Figure 601

l specimen

This specimen is square in cross section near the
nail's head, but rectangular nearer the point. This
change in shape is due to the fact that two parallel
sides taper sharply to the point while the other two
sides taper very little. The point therefore ends in
a wide chisel-like point unlike the sharply tapered
point of Variety 'a' specimens. Length 7.4 cm.

Type 2 L-shaped head

Figure 60P-S

9 specimens

The nails exhibit a rectangularly shaped head which is
bent or offset to form a ninety degree angle with the
shank. With this head shape, three sides are held even
with the shank size while one side is elongated or
extended. All points taper to a sharp square point.
Length range 4.9 to 13.6 cm.

Type 3 T-shaped head

Figure 61A-D

8 specimens

As the name implies, the head of the nail forms a T with

the nail shaft. Type 3 specimens exhibit heads which are
rectangular from a top view, and which vary in thickness
proportionately to the shaft size. All specimens are square
to rectangular in cross section and taper to a sharp point.
Length range 5.0 to 12.2 cm.

330

Figure 60

Figure
Designation

A-H

Nails

Taxonomic
Designation

Type 1, Va
Vb
Type 1, Va (large-headed)

Type 2

331

. .QIâ€˜- .Lï¬ï¬m. ul-l..ï¬a-ll1lw4â‚¬. .

332

Figure 61 Nails
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A-D Type 3
E-G Type 4
H-K Type 6
L-N Type 5, Va

O-P Vb

334

Type 4 Square-shaped head

Figure 61E-G

4 specimens

These nails exhibit heads which are extremely large and
thick, and which are square when viewed from the top. The
shanks of these specimens are also quite thick, and
although broken may have been quite long. One specimen
is, however, only 7 cm. in length and although fragmentary.
appears to end in a chisel-shaped flat point.

Type 5 Rectangular-shaped head

These specimens exhibit a head which is thick, rectangular
in shape, and flat on the top surface. The shank to head
ratio is also quite large and the shank cross sections are
markedly rectangular. Similar to the case head nails,
these specimens may be classified into two varieties based
upon shank taper and point.

Variety a Pointed shank end

Figure 61L-M

7 Specimens

These nails taper on all four sides into a sharp
pointed end.

Length range 9.5-11.0 cm.

Variety b Flattened shank end

Figure 61 O,P

10 specimens

These specimens taper greater on two of the four sides,
and the shank end is flat and with either a slightly
rounded or diesel-shaped tip.

Length range 3.2-11.2 cm.

Type 6 Headless

Figure 6lH-K

18 specimens

These nails exhibit no heads and consist only of a tapered
nail shaft. The head end of these specimens appear flat
and smooth and are slightly compressed through use. All
nails are square and rectangular in cross section and taper
towards a pointed end. Length range 3.7-13.5 cm.

The nail types found in the Fort St. Joseph sample

are very similar to those reported from Michilimackinac.

335

Although frequencies of nail types were not reported from
Fort Michilimackinac, Stone (1974: 231) states that rose
head nails with pointed, tapering ends comprised "between
90 and 95 percent of the nail collection." This can be
compared to the 94 percent from Fort St. Joseph. In
addition, the L-shaped and T-shaped nails were present
from both sites, as were rose head nails with large heads
and short shanks. The only difference between the samples
at the sites were the presence of square and rectangular
types at St. Joseph, and the fact that the Michilimackinac

sample was a great deal larger.

NEEDLES

Eight iron needles are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collections. These needles were probably items
used in leather working, fishing net construction, and
other repair activities. Needles found at Michilimackinac
were recovered in French contexts and were suggested to
date from the latter part of the eighteenth century
(Stone 1974: 161). The fact that French inhabitants at
Michilimackinac were more dependent upon fishing as a food
resource than were their British successors (Cleland 1970:
17) suggests that net-making activities would have been
predominant during the French period. If, indeed, these
needles were used in fishing activities at Michilimackinac,
they probably would have served a similar function at St.
Joseph.

The needles from Fort St. Joseph are classified
upon point and eye-hole shape. While brass and bone
needles were also recovered from Michilimackinac, no such

needles have been found at St. Joseph.

336

337

Class I Triangular point
Type 1 Rectangular eye hole

Figure 62B,C,D,E

5 specimens

Lengths 18 cm., 15.5 cm., 13.2 cm., 11.2 cm., 12.0 cm.
These specimens are constructed of iron. Near the eye
the shaft is round, however approximately halfway to
the point the shaft becomes three sided. The thickest
part of these needles is the middle area where the
change from round to triangular takes place. From
that area the shaft tapers to a sharp point. The eye
holes of these examples are rectangular slits varying
in length from 1.8 cm. to 1.2 cm.

Type 2 Round eye hole

Figure 62A

1 specimen

Length 9 cm.

This specimen is identical to T1 examples except that
it exhibits an eye hole which is round to oval in
shape. It is the shortest needle in the collection.

Class II Diamond shape point
Type 1 Rectangular eye hole

Figure 62F

1 specimen

Length 15.3 cm.

This specimen is round from the eyehole to the mid-
point. It then changes into a flattened four sided
point which is diamond shape in cross section. The
point is broadest at the midsection and tapers to a
fine point. The eyehole is a rectangular slit.

Class III Flattened point

Type 1 Round eye hole

Figure 62G

l specimen

Length 16.2 cm.

This specimen has a round shaft from the eyehole four
fifths the distance to the point. It then flattens
and broadens to a width of 1.5 cm. The broadest point
is reached at the midpoint of the flattened area.

From that area the tip tapers to a blunt point.

338

Figure 62 Needles
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CI, T2
B-E T1
F CII, T1

G CIII, T1

PINS

Straight pins were a common item of trade and have
been found in large quantities at such sites as Fort
Michilimackinac and Fort Ouiatenon. The pins are usually
composed of brass and exhibit ball-like heads which have
been produced by coiling. At Fort St. Joseph, 37 pins were
collected which range in size from 24 to 42 mm. with a
mean of about 31 mm. All the pins are brass and about
half show some trace of silver or pewter plating. Although
pins are not good chronological indicators, they represent
another category of trade goods which flowed into the area
during the time of occupation. Remembering that Fort St.
Joseph artifacts are all specimens which were primarily
surface collected, the fact that small items such as pins
were not overlooked attests to the thoroughness of the

search.

340

PIPES (KAOLIN)

A total of thirty-four Kaolin pipe fragments are
present in the collections of the Fort St. Joseph Museum.
This is an extremely small number in relation to other
sites, and may indicate a lack of use at the site, or bias
during the collection process. Of this total, sixteen are
pipe stems, only one of which is marked or decorated.

This specimen, although broken along the mark displays the
block letters HENDER--- (Henderson) on one side, and
NTREAL (Montreal) on the reverse side (Figure 63K).
Although numerous formulaes for the dating of pipe stems
based on bore diameter have been proposed in recent years
(Binford 1962; Heighton and Deagam 1971; Harrington 1954),
all methods are dependent upon large sample sizes and are
not applicable to the sample from Fort St. Joseph.

The remaining eighteen fragments consist of five
stem/bowl elbow fragments and thirteen bowls and bowl
fragments. Elbow fragments are those specimens which
contain a portion of the pipe stem as well as the rear
portion of the bowl. Since these fragments often lack in

diagnostic attributes conducive to grouping, they will

341

Figure 63

Figure
Designation

m G) "1 I?! U 0 a:

342

Pipes (Kaolin)

Taxonomic
Designation

CII, GA, T1, Vb
CI, GA, T1
GB, T2
CIII, GA, T1
T3
CII, GA, T2
CI, GA, reworked
CIII, GA, T2
CII, GA, T1, Vc
Va

Stem fragment

343

mcnes "

345

examples. Numerous other specimens from Michilimackinac
have been observed but never commented upon in the
literature.

All five of the elbow fragments from Fort St.
Joseph have spurs which are round to oval in cross
section, one of which is marked with a W and G on the left
and right sides respectively. This specimen is also one
of those reworked examples previously discussed. In
addition, one elbow fragment contains a portion of bowl
which has been decorated with a series of raised vertical
lines, a type of decorative motif common in the late
eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.

The thirteen bowls and bowl fragments can be

classified as follows:

Class I Plain (undecorated, unmarked) bowls
Group A Presence of spurs on bowl
Type 1 Footed spur

Figure 63B

1 specimen

This specimen has a large plain complete bowl
measuring 3.93 cm. in height and 2.95 cm. in diam-
eter. The spur is round to oval in cross section
and consists of a straight shaft with a flared
foot on the distal end.

Group B Spurs not present
Type 1
Not illustrated

l specimen
Height 3.51 cm., diameter 2.53 cm.

346

Type 2

Figure 63C

1 specimen

This bowl fragment is composed of a fine red clay.
In general form it is short and rounded and sug-
gests a date in the early nineteenth century.
Height 3.15 cm., diameter 3.10 cm. (estimated)

Class II Marked bowls
Group A Presence of Spurs

Type 1 "TD" mark

Variety a Variant #1

Figure 63J

2 specimens

These specimens exhibit an incised TD stamp

in a round cartouche. Similarly marked speci-
mens found at Fort Michilimackinac were assigned
a post 1750 date, and were interpreted as being
of English manufacture with both French and
English use (Stone 1974: 149). Both spurs

are round to oval with one specimen having a
raised T and D on the left and right sides
respectively. That same specimen is also
interesting in that it has been reworked at

the stem area of the bowl to permit a stem to
be inserted into it. This was accomplished
through the expansion of the stem hole to 6 mm.
in diameter.

Variety b Variant #2

Figure 63A

1 specimen

This specimen exhibits a raised T D on the back
of the bowl with the letters on opposite sides
of the mold seam. The spur is round and
unmarked.

Height 4.08 cm., diameter 2.51 cm.

Variety c Variant #3

Figure 631

1 specimen

This specimen exhibits a raised TD mark on the
back of the bowl which is surrounded by thir-
teen stars. The front mold seam has a leaf

347

pattern running from it which extends from
the lip to the round unmarked spur. This
pattern of TD design is common of marks used
during the early to middle nineteenth century.
Bowl height 3.85 cm., bowl diameter 2.38 cm.

Variety d Variant #4

Not illustrated

2 specimens

These specimens exhibit an incised TD and the
bowl back. Both have round unmarked spurs.
Bowl height 4.38 cm., bowl diameter 2.70 cm.

Type 2 "WG" mark

Figure 63F

l specimen

This bowl fragment exhibits a partial "WG" mark
which is incised and enclosed within a round
cartouche. Similar examples found at Michili-
mackinac exhibit oval spurs usually marked with WG
on the sides. As previously mentioned, one elbow
fragment with such a marked spur is also put in
the sample.

Class III Decorated bowls

Group A Presence of spurs
Type 1 American eagle motif

Figure 63D

1 specimen

This specimen is highly decorated having a raised
pattern consisting of an American eagle on both
right and left sides which is surrounded by thir-
teen stars. Half of the stars are arranged in a
semi-circular pattern above the eagle, while the
remainder are clustered in a group below. Both
front and back seams are decorated with a leaf
pattern. The eagle is long necked and has its
wings semi-spread and its head facing left, while
a striped shield composes its breast. In the
eagle's claws is held an olive branch in the left
and the arrows in the right. The spur is extremely
small and unmarked. The general form of the motif
points towards an early nineteenth century date
extending perhaps to midâ€”19th century.

Bowl height 3.10 cm., bowl diameter 2.03 cm.

348

Type 2 Wagon motif

Figure 63H

1 specimen

This specimen is unfortunately fragmentary and con-
sists of the rear and side sections of the bowl.
The left side is decorated with a box-like wagon
with a stick figure person to its right. The

right bowl side appears to depict a house, however
very little remains. The rear seam is beaded and
most probably extends from the lip to the stem.

The spur is oval and unmarked.

Type 3 Hatched motif

Figure 63E

1 specimen

This specimen exhibits a hatched pattern of raised

lines over the upper half of the bowl, while the

lower half consists of a series of vertical lines

extending from the midline to the plain unmarked

Spur.

Bowl height 3.20 cm., bowl diameter 2.00 cm.

The low frequency of clay pipes from Fort St.
Joseph, in comparison to the number of stone pipes found
at the site, suggests a preference for stone over clay.
Since reworking was found in the sample, clay pipes appear
to have been limited in supply thereby necessitating the
use of more durable and easily obtainable stone pipes.
The fact that some clay pipes are similar to those used

during the early nineteenth century suggests occupation

of the site during the post 1781 period.

PIPE (PEWTER)

This specimen (Figure 64B) was found on the west
side of the St. Joseph River in a grave containing other
trade items such as a pewter porringer, glass ball or
marble, and a porcelain doll (see page 445). This pipe
is pewter and is T-shaped with the bowl protruding from
the center of the platform. The end of the pipe is tapered
and beveled while the mouthpiece end is square and set with
a ring on the upper face. The bowl is conical and sits
3.0 cm. above the base. Although this specimen is poorly
preserved, no evidence of either cast or incised decoration
is indicated. Overall length: 11.5 cm.

Metallic pipes and pipe fragments are reported
from the Lasanen Site (Cleland 1971: 86) and Jamestown

(Cotter 1958: 192), and are quite rare.

349

350

Figure 64 Pewter Porringer (A) and Pewter Pipe (B)

351

PIPES (STONE)

A total of one hundred and nineteen stone pipes
and pipe fragments are present in the Fort St. Joseph
collections in Niles, Michigan and South Bend, Indiana,
only four of which are complete specimens. The subject of
stone pipes from historically documented sites has been
generally neglected in the literature, and as a result we
know little of their origins or chronology. Although
commonly thought to be exclusively of aboriginal manu-
facture, studies of the incompleted pipes recovered from
Fort Michilimackinac indicate deposition in predominantly
European areas of the Fort, indicating possible production
of these objects by white as well as aboriginal populations
(Armour 1966: 4).

At Fort St. Joseph numerous specimens were found
which were either broken or discarded during the manu-
facture process. Due to the lack of controlled provienience
of the Fort St. Joseph artifacts it is impossible to deter-
mine whether these pipes were being manufactured by Indians
or Europeans using stone tools. Putting that matter aside,
it is however possible to infer the stages of pipe pro-

duction which can be drawn from the incompleted specimens.

352

353

These five stages are: (l) the general form of the pipe
was roughed out of stone through cutting and chipping,
(2) the shape was refined by some grinding but not to the
polished state, (3) the pipe bowl was drilled and reamed
out, (4) the stem hole was drilled, and (5) the pipe was
polished and decorative embellishments added. The third
and fourth stages were undoubtedly the most difficult to
execute and at that stage the largest percentage of
breakage occurred.

Various kinds of stone were used as the raw
material for pipe manufacture. Although limestone was the
predominant type accounting for eighty-nine of the one
hundred and nineteen total specimens, other materials such
as catlinite (21 specimens), sandstone (5 specimens),
serpentine (1 specimen), and soapstone (3 specimens) were
utilized to a lesser extent. On a comparative basis, those
pipes of various overall forms which were carved from
catlinite were more highly embellished with drilled or
incised decoration than were their counterparts. This
was probably due to the softness of catlinite and the ease
of workability of that material. Approximately 10 percent
of the limestone fragments also exhibit some form of
embellishment while the serpentine, sandstone, and soap-
stone specimens are for the most part void of decoration.

The pipes and pipe fragments from Fort St. Joseph

are found in both familiar and unusual forms, the latter

354

of which are difficult to classify and will be grouped
under the heading "Miscellaneous Form." Those pipes which
are common to the literature are designated as "Micmac"

or "Vaseâ€”shaped" and fall under the classification of

reed stem pipes.

Class I. Reed Stem pipes

These pipes require the addition of a hollow stem in order
to be smoked. They therefore consist only of a stone bowl
or base.

Group A Micmac style

Figure 65A,B,C,D,E,K,M

71 specimens

These pipes are characterized by the presence of an
inverted acorn-shaped bowl attached to a base by a
narrow neck (West 1937: 227). These specimens may have
a variety of basal shapes either cylindrical, round,
square, or keel-shaped, and often display a drilled
hole through which a thong, cord, or ornamental
decoration can be attached.

Only one complete Group A pipe is present in
the collections (Figure A) and exhibits a keel~shaped
base. It is composed of finely grained sandstone.

In addition to this specimen, seventy bowl and base
fragments are also present in the sample. Of these
fragments, sixty-five are limestone, three are
Catlinite, and two are sandstone. Two bowl fragments
are octagonal in cross section and are decorated heavily
with incised goemetric patterns (Figure D) while nine
other specimens exhibit some form of embellishment.
All the fragments which exhibit decoration are made
from limestone. Micmac style pipes have also been
reported from Fort Michilimackinac, Fort Ouiatenon,
the Fletcher Site, and the Guebert Site.

Group B Short elbow (L-shaped) style

Figures 656,H,I,L

7 specimens

These pipes are characterized by straight sided or
flared bowls which are set to the end of a rectangular-
shaped base. Similar to Micmac pipes, these specimens
exhibit a basal ridge on the bottom of the pipe into
which a hole has been drilled. The hole for a hollow

355

Figure 65 Stone Pipes
Figure Taxonomic
Designation_ Designation

A-F CI, GA
G-I GB

J GD

K GA

L GB

M GA

356

INCHES l 2 i
I 7 3 J 5 6

357

stem is drilled lengthwise through the base until its
juncture with the bowl shaft. A total of seven bowl
fragments are present in the Fort St. Joseph collec-
tions, all of which are made from limestone. Similar
pipes have been reported from Fort Ouiatenon near
Lafayette, Indiana (Tordoff 1977).

Group C Vase shape style

Figure 66I,J,L

3 specimens

These complete pipes exhibit an overall shape which
is conical or vase shaped. They are quite simple in
form_and have a drilled central bowl intersected from
the side by a stem hole. Two of the pipes (Figures

I, G) are sandstone, while the third is composed of
chalky limestone. No fragments of this type are present
in the collection, and the general style is probably
much less subject to breakage than are the Group A
and B pipes. Vase shaped pipes are found on late
woodland sites of the Great Lakes and Midwest regions,
. as well as at historic sites. The two sandstone
specimens of this style are decorated with incised
lines running the length or circumference of the bowl
while the third specimen is undecorated. Vase shaped
pipes are reported also from the Guebert Site in
southern Illinois (Good 1972: 73-77).

Group D Long elbow (L-shaped) style

Figure 66C,H

3 specimens

Only fragments comprise this group of pipes. This
style consists of a long cylindrical base onto which
a tall conical bowl is set. Two fragments from St.
Joseph are carved from catlinite and one (Figure H)
is deeply channeled probably for the addition of a
lead inlay. This pipe style has been recovered from
the Fletcher Site in northern Michigan. One limestone
Specimen (Figure J) may represent a fragment of the
cylindrical base.

Class 11 Miscellaneous Form Carved Stem Pipes

These pipes, unlike Class I specimens, do not require the
addition of a reed stem since the stem has been incor-
porated into the carved design.

Group A Long elbow style

Figure 66D,E
2 specimens

358

Figure 66 Stone Pipes
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CI, GA
B GA
C GD
D CII, GA
E GA
F Miscellaneous
G Miscellaneous
H CI, GD
I GC
J GC
K Miscellaneous
L CI, GC

359

INCHES I 2 a

360

These pipes consist of a long cylindrical base and a
short round bowl which is located at the far end of the
pipe. Only two specimens from Fort St. Joseph char-
acterized this pipe style, and both are composed of
catlinite. These specimens are highly embellished
with drilled holes and incised geometric patterns.

The end of the long cylindrical body serves as a pipe
stem so that no additional stem is required.

Stone Pipe Discussion.--An additional three pipe

fragments are present in the collections. These speci-
mens cannot be placed into the existing types due to their
fragmentary nature. Of this total, sixteen are catlinite--
many of which are highly carved such as Figures F and G,
but which are not classifiable. The remaining specimens

are limestone (15) and soapstone (2) (Figure 66K).

P I PE TOMAHAWK

Introduced to North America shortly after 1700,
the pipe tomahawk gained widespread acceptance by 1750
(Neumann 1973: 257). The combined need for a durable
pipe as well as a functional tool and weapon made the
pipe tomahawk indispensable to Indian, frontiersman, and
soldier alike. The blade of most tomahawks were shaped
in the typical trade axe style common on belt axes of the
period. These specimens exhibited round polls, straight
tops, and curving bottom edges. An inverted acorn-shaped
bowl similar to the stylized micmac was added to the rear
of the poll. Handles were split and grooved or drilled
to form long pipe stems, and were often fitted with a
metal mouthpiece. At the NIHS museum in South Bend, one
pipe tomahawk is present in the Fort St. Joseph collec-
tions. This example (Figure 67) is quite long, extending
22.5 cm. (8â€) from bowl to blade, and with a blade width
of 6.4 cm. The entire head is iron and has no inset steel
blade tip as was common on many specimens. In addition,
the poll is built up on the bowl end of the poll, slightly
squaring it off. A ridged bowl and neck add slight

decorative qualities to the specimen.

361

362

Figure 67 Pipe Tomahawk

363

_ZnImm

364

The pipe tomahawk from Fort St. Joseph is very
typical of the 1740-1800 time period and was an item of
trade or personal use. Neumann (1973: 251) states that
most pipe tomahawks "appear to have been supplied by the
English and Americans." Remembering that the British did
not arrive at the St. Joseph post until 1761, the time
period of this specimen may be further refined to a 1760-

1800 date.

PIPE ACCESSORIES

"Smokers Companion" or fire tongs
1 specimen

The "smokers companion" was an ingenious little
device designed to pick up and hold burning embers while
lighting a pipe. Although these tongs varied somewhat,
all were quite similar in design having two tong-like
ends, two handles (both disc shaped, one being upturned
for use as a tamper) with a spring in between, and a pivot
point at the center. The upper arm of the companion is
normally much thicker and heavier than the lower one, and
when viewed separately often resembles a miniature ice
skate (Hume 1969: 309), this appearance being partially
derived from the flat disc at the handle end. Stone
(1974: 204, Plate 119B) illustrates a complete specimen
found at Michilimackinac. The single specimen from Fort
St. Joseph is quite similar, except that the tongs are
curved upwards to a greater extent and terminate in in-
turned pincer-like ends. The specimen is 10.5 cm. in

length.

365

366

Similar specimens are also reported from the Lasanen
(Cleland 1971: 20) and the Fletcher Sites (Mainfort n.d.)

in Michigan.

PORRINGER

A porringer is a small one or two handled cup or
bowl which was used for holding hot beverages or soups.
While this object had many other assorted household uses,
its function was not strictly limited to domestic domains,
and was used also as a "bleeding cup" in medical contexts
(Kerfort 1924: 27). The Fort St. Joseph collections conâ€”
tain one pewter porringer of a lead-tin alloy which was
recovered from a burial on the west sideof the St. Joseph
River across from the fort. This grave was probably that
of a Miami Indian and contained other goods such as
pewter pipe (Figure 64B), small porcelain doll, glass ball
or marble, and several bear claws.

The porringer at St. Joseph is 3.3 cm. deep and
measures 11.3 cm. in diameter (Figure 64A). The sides of
the porringer are rounded and curve inward at the tOp,
while the lip itself has an outward flare. A flat foot
approximately 2 cm. wide is present on the bottom with the
center pushed in slightly, and the inside of the porringer
bowl exhibiting a corresponding bulge and concentric
groove. The handle is quite ornate and consists of a

filigree surrounding a central shield, the entire length

367

368

of which is 1.6 cm. On the underside of the handle's
shield is the remnant of a maker's mark; however, due to
the pitted condition of the porringer, the content of that
mark is not discernible. Stylistic changes in handle

size and shape are not well documented in the literature,
and handles similar to that on the St. Joseph specimen are
found on porringers of British and American origin dating
through the eighteenth.and early portion of the nineteenth

centuries.

PROJECTILE POINTS (METAL)

A total of 110 iron and brass projectile points
are present in the Fort St. Joseph collections. This
number is quite large in comparison to other sites such
as Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 277), Lasanen Site
(Cleland 1971: 22), and the Guebert Site (Good 1972: 67-69)
where considerably smaller samples were recovered. At
Michilimackinac, a total of 48 points were found and were
interpreted by Stone (1974: 277) as being more commonly
used during the French 1715-1760 period of occupation.

The high frequency of points found at Fort St.
Joseph may have been due to intensive hunting activity due
to an isolated geographic location, or to temporal differ-
ences in the occupation periods of settlement. The speci-
mens from St. Joseph have been classified based upon

material of manufacture and overall form.

Class I Iron
Type A Stemmed

Variety l

Figure 68A
1 specimen
This example exhibits a triangular head with a
stem. The stem has parallel sides and forms a

369

370

Figure 68

Figure
Designation

'11 [â€˜11 U 0 CU

Projectile Points (Metal)

Taxonomic

Designation

CI, TA,

TB,

CII, TA,

TB
TC

TD,

V1
V2
V3
V1

V1
V2

372

ninety degree angle with the head. Overall length
is 3.2 cm., width 1.6 cm.

Variety 2

Figure 68B

1 specimen

This example exhibits a triangular head with long
stem and two barbs protruding from the base of the
point. The overall length is 9.7 cm. with the
stem accounting for 3.0 cm. The width is 2.9 cm.

Variety 3

Figure 68C

1 specimen

This example exhibits a triangular head with a
long tapering stem. The stem forms a point on

the end and appears to be constructed so that the
point may be driven into a wooden shaft. The
overall length is 4.2 cm. with the stem accounting
for 2.6 cm. of that length. The width is 1.6 cm.

Type B Corner-notched

Varietyil

Figure 68D

1 specimen

This example exhibits a long tapering triangular
head with a short stem formed through corner
notching. The overall length is 8.0 cm., and the
width is 2.0 cm.

Variety 2

Figure 68E

1 specimen

This example exhibits a triangular head with a
short stem formed through corner notching. Length
measure 2.8 cm., width 1.6 cm.

Type C Tanged

Figure 68F
l specimen
This example exhibits an elliptic shaped head with a

long tapered rear tang. The length is 8.3 cm., width
1.9 cm.

373

Class II Brass
Type A Stemmed

Variety 1

Figure 68G,H,I,J

4 specimens

These examples exhibit a triangular head with a
straight sided stem. Three of the four examples
have a single hole in the center of the head.

The length range is 2.4-2.7 cm., width range 1.4-
1.6 cm.

Variety 2

Figure 68K

1 specimen

This example exhibits a triangular head with
blunted point, and a long stem which tapers outward
from the body. Overall length is 2.8 cm., width
1.7 cm.

Type B Corner-notched

Figures 68L,M

4 specimens

These examples exhibit a triangular head with a stem
formed through corner notching. Two examples are
deeply corner-notched, two are not. The length range
is 2.5-2.7 cm., width range 1.6â€”2.0 cm.

Type C Heart shaped

Figure 68N

1 specimen

This example exhibits a shape resembling an inverted
heart. The base is bifurcated and the sides are
rounded. A single hole is present in the center of
the head. The length is 1.7 cm., width 1.3 cm.

Type D Triangular

Variety 1

Figure 680

43 specimens

These examples exhibit triangular shaped heads with
a single round hole in the center.

374

Variety 2

Figure 68P

45 specimens

These examples exhibit solid triangular shaped
heads.

Variety 3

Figure 680,R

4 Specimens

These examples exhibit a triangular shaped head
with the two lower edges rounded. A single hole
is present in the center of the head.

Comments: There is a possibility that Type C and D
points may serve other functions other than projectile
points. Only approximately 10 percent of these points
have been sharpened and varying thicknesses of raw
material are present. The Specimens constructed of
very thin material may have alternate uses such as
pendants, earrings, or other forms of ornamentation.

Type E Pentagonal

Figure 688

l specimen

This example exhibits five sides, one of which forms
the flat base of the head. The apex of two sides
form the point. A single round hole is present in
the center of the head.

Type F Elliptical

Figure 68T

l specimen

This example exhibits an elliptical shaped head and a
concave base. A single hole is present in the center
of the head.

RELIGIOUS MEDALLIONS

A total of fifteen religious medallions are present
in the Fort St. Joseph collections. These medals are made
of brass or bronze and are found in round, oval and
octagonal shapes. The medals were worn by both the
European inhabitants at the site, as well as by those
Indians who had converted to the Christian faith. Tra-
ditionally medals are given as rewards to those who
learned their prayers and catechism.

Religious medallions have been reported from
numerous historic sites of the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries including Fort Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 117-
122), the Lasanen Site (Cleland 1971: 30), the Guebert
Site (Good 1972: 80-81), and the Marquette Mission Site
(Stone 1972: 17). Found at these sites of the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries, religious medallions are notice-
ably absent from contexts dating after about 1750. In
addition, no medals were found at the Fletcher Site, a
mid-eighteenth century Indian Burial Site in Northern
Michigan (Mainfort 1976).

At Fort St. Joseph, the known period of missionary

activity lasted from 1687 to 1731. The quantity of medals

375

376

found at the site are large in comparison to the above
mentioned sites which reported only a few specimens from
each. The reason for this high frequency of medallions
may be due to the extended time period of mission
activity, especially in the years prior to 1700. This
contention is supported by the large numbers of early
Jesuit Rings found at the site which are thought to pre-
date the eighteenth century.

The following description and classification of
religious medallions is based upon overall shape, articuâ€”

1ation of the ring hole element, and the decorative motif.

Class I Round

Series A Flattened ring element

These specimens exhibit a ring element which appear

as a rounded protrusion at the top of the medal through
which the hole has been drilled. This top knob is
merely a rounded extension of the medal's body. Series
A specimens in all classes are made of thin metal into
which the design element has been stamped or embossed.

Specimen #1

Figure 69A, 70A

This medal is 24.6 mm. in diameter and is finely
detailed on both sides. On one side the Virgin
and Child are pictured in a frame surrounded by
two angelical figures. At the bottom of that side
appear the letters S. M. B. CONS ROMA. This
medal was probably produced as a commemorative of
the consecration of St. Mary's Basilica in Rome.
Built in the fourth century A.D., the Basilica was
rebuilt numerous times and served as a place of
pilgrimage. This medal commemorates some event,
possibly a rebuilding, which took place at the
Basilica. On the other side of the medal the
Sacred Hearts of Jesus and Mary are pictured with
a crown overhead and the words, FILI PRAEBE COR
TVUM, which may be translated as "Show us the

377

Figure 69 Religious Medallions I (Obverse)
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CI, SA, Sp #1
B SB, Sp #1
C Sp #2
D CIII, SA, Sp #1
E Sp #2
F CII, SA, Sp #1
G,H Sp #2,3

I SC, Sp #1

378

INCHES I i i
s â€” _ -

379

Figure 70 Religious Medallions I (Reverse)

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A CI, SA, Sp #1
SB, Sp #1

Sp #2

CIII, SA, Sp #1

Sp #2

"I! I?! D O tn

CII, SA, Sp #1

C)
:1:

Sp #2,3

I ' SC, Sp #1

380

381

heart of your Son.â€ The letters IHS and MAR are
on the left and right hearts respectively.
Diameter 2.4 cm.

Series B Twisted ring element

These medals exhibit ring elements which are set per-
pendicular to the horizontal plane of the body. Unlike
the Series A specimens which required a link in order
to be worn, these elements do not. The ring element
of Series B medals is also much longer in proportion
to body size than are the flattened elements, and
appear as a cast appendage rather than as a rounded
extension. Series B specimens also appear to be cast
rather than stamped/embossed and detail work is
generally not as fine. These medals are often found
at historic sites while Series A specimens are not.

Specimen #l

Figure 69B, 70B

This specimen is unusual in that it bears an IHS
and three nails on one side which is a Jesuit
characteristic while a Benedictine cross is found
on the reverse Side. Surrounding the IHS are the
letters SMQLIVB VRSNSMV which are abbreviations of
religious phrases. On the back side is a cross in
which two rows of letters are presented in crossed
form sharing the central letter "S." These letters
are CSSML and NDSMD again believed to be abbrevi-
ated phrases or prayers. Outside of the cross,

one letter is found in each of the four quadrants
which when read clockwise beginning in the upper
left section is CSPB. These letters are commonly
found on Benedictine medals and represent the words
Crux Sancti Patre Benedicti meaning "cross of our
holy father St. Benedict."

Diameter 2.0 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 69C, 70C

This medal exhibits a flat border and convex center
which are circular in shape. One side of the medal
bears a monogram of a superimposed M and A or
perhaps M and M. This monogram is found on one
style of Jesuit ring and has been suggested as
representing the words Ave Maria (Hail Mary) or
Mater Misericordia (Mother of Mercy) (Cleland

1971: 205; Wood 1974: 84). Another explanation

is that the letters A and M may be superimposed to
represent the single word Maris. On the left and

382

right sides of the monogram are the letters A and
V respectively, while a crown hovers overhead.

The reverse side of the medal bears in IHS
with a cross rising from the bar of the H, and with
three nails below. The IHS which is a common
Jesuit motif, representing the words Isus Hominis
Salvator or "Jesus Savior of Mankind{"

Diameter 1.5 cm.

Class II Oval
Series A Flattened ring element

Specimen #1

Figure 69F, 70F

This is a Benedictine medal which bears a picture
of St. Benedict on the front accompanied by the
letters CRUX S.P. BENEDICTI, meaning "Cross of our
Holy Father St. Benedict." The figure of St.
Benedict is holding a cross upwards in his right
hand while a bird rests at his feet. The reverse
side bears a cross with the same arrangement of
letters found on the Class I, Series B, Specimen
#1 medal.

Length 2.15 cm. (including ring element), width
1.50 cm.

Specimens #2,3

Figure 69G,H, 70G,H

These medals are identical in size and shape, and
like the previous medal are Benedictine. Although
the resemblance to the larger medal is very great,
subtle differences do exist. For example, the
figure of St. Benedict has been somewhat modified
and a halo replaces outwardly radiating lines.

The position of the bird at his feet has also
changed, shifting from the right side of the medal
to the left. The reverse is also modified to some
extent, replacing the solid lines of the Benedictine
cross with beaded ones.

Length 1.8 cm., width 1.2 cm.

Specimen #4

Figure 71E, 72E

This large medal is very worn and much of the finer
detail is not discernible. The front side depicts
the crucifixion and is bordered by the words PAR
VOTRE MORTET ET VOTRE SEPULTURE DELIVEREZ NOVS
JESUS which translated from French means "By your

383

Figure 71 Religious Medallions II (Obverse)
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A CII, SB, Sp #1
B Sp #2
C Sp #3
D CIII, SA, Sp #3
E CII, SA, Sp #4
F CII, SB, Sp #4

384

INCHES

385

Figure 72 Religious Medallions II (Reverse)
Figure. Taxonomic

DeSIgnation De519nation

A CII, SB, Sp #1

B Sp #2

C Sp #3

D CIII, SA, Sp #3

E CII, SA, Sp #4

F SB, Sp #4

386

D ' ' â€œF
INCHES

387

death and your burial deliver us JeSus." The
reverse of the medal shows the resurrection scene
with the words PAR VOTRE RESIV___ION DEFIVERE __
JESUS which probably means "By your death and 7
resurrection deliver us Jesus." Unlike the
majority of the medals from this site, this speci-
men is worded in French rather than Latin.

Length 3.3 cm., width 2.3 cm.

Series B Twisted ring element

Specimen #1

Figure 71A, 72A

This medal depicts St. Anna, mother of the Virgin
Mary, on one side--while the reverse shows a scene
with two angels kneeling before an altar. Similar
scenes are present on the reverse side of medals
also found at Michilimackinac (Stone 1974: 118)
and at the Guebert Site in Illinois (Good 1974:
80-81).

Length 2.28 cm., width 1.52 cm.

Specimen #2

Figure 71B, 72B

This medal depicts a figure (Virgin) and Child on
the front with the letters S M TSIRAT. From
these fragmentary letters it is not possible to
determine which Saint is represented. The reverse
is similar to the previous specimen with two kneel-
ing angels. A medal which may be the same as this
specimen is reported from the Guebert Site, although
a verbal description of the piece was not provided
(Good 1972: 71).

Length 2.50 cm., width 1.53 cm.

Specimen #3

Figure 71C, 72C

This medal depicts Jesus on one side accompanied

by the words IESV FILI DEI VIVI or "Jesus Son of
the Living God." On the reverse is pictured the
Virgin Mary along with MATER DEI PRO; an abbrevi-
ated form of the phrase "Mother of God pray for

us" or MATER DEI ORA PRO NOBIS. An identical medal
was found at the Marquette Mission Site in Michigan's
Upper Peninsula which dates from 1671-1705 (Stone
1972: 8). Medals with a similar Christ/Mary motif
of this type have also been reported from the
Lasanen Site in Michigan dating 1670-1715 (Cleland
1971: 30-31). Length 2.55 cm., width 1.71 cm.

388

Specimen #4

Figure 71F, 72F

This specimen bears a holy figure on one side and
the letters 8 MATTHIA ORA P which probably stands
for â€St. Matthew pray for usâ€ with the PRO NOBIS
understood. The reverse of the medal shows another
holy figure and the three letters I F R, an abbrevi-
ation for John Francis Regis, a Saint canonized

in 1737. An identical specimen, although in much
better preservation, is reported from Fort Michili-
mackinac, 1715-1781 (Stone 1974: 121).

Length 2.2 cm., width 1.86 cm.

Series C Punched eye element

This series is represented by a single specimen which
does not exhibit a protrusion for the ring element,
but rather has a single hole punched through the upper
body of the medal.

Specimen #1

Figure 691, 701

This medal has been made from very thin brass and
the design applied by a stamp or die. The obverse
side pictures the crucifixion scene with the words
MIRACVL: CRVCIFIXI or miracle of crucifixion. The
reverse pictures four holy figures which may
represent the four Evangelists--Mathew, Mark, Luke,
and John.

Length 2.10 cm., width 1.73 cm.

Class III Octagonal

Series A Twisted ring element

Specimen #1

Figure 69D, 70D

This medal is finely cast and on one side shows St.
Francis Xavior and the letters S . XAV- SOC - IESV
. I- AP . translated as "St. Francis Xavior,
Society of Jesus, Apostle." On the other side is
another figure and S- IGNATIVS-SOC-IESV-F or "St.
Ignatius, Society of Jesus, Founder.â€

Length 3.0 cm., width 1.85 cm.

389

Specimen #2

Figure 69E, 70E

One side of this medal shows a woman looking upon
the crucifixion and surrounded by S.M.MAGDALE or
"St. Mary Magdale." The reverse side depicts the
Virgin and Child handing down rosaries to two holy
figures. The letters N-DoDV-ROSA are present, and
represent the words â€Our Lady of the Rosary,"

with "N" "D" standing for Notre Dame.

Length 3.0 cm., width 2.0 cm. '

Specimen #3

Figure 71D, 72D

This specimen is extremely worn, making letters
difficult to distinguish. The front bears a
picture of the Virgin and Child and the letters
DECO C__JME. The reverse is not discernible
beyond vague floral-like images.

Length 2.08 cm., width 1.80 cm.

RINGS (MISCELLANEOUS )

In addition to the Jesuit rings previously mentioned,
eighteen finger rings of various shape and decoration are
present in the collections. These rings can be divided
into two major classes based upon composition--(l) those
rings which are composed entirely of metal (always brass),
and (2) those rings with metal bands which are set with
glass stones. Since no chronological information is avail-
able on the Class I specimens they cannot be assigned a
date except within the range of occupation at the site.
This is not the case in regards to the rings with glass
insets, which can be assigned a date no earlier than 1750
based upon information from several sites (Wood 1974: 83-
103; Stone 1974: 131). At Fort St. Joseph this would indi-
cate use during the last ten years of French occupation,
as well as the length of the British dominance of the
area. Rings of all types were common items of trade
throughout the eighteenth century, and have been found in
large quantities at numerous sites including Fort Michili-

mackinac.

390

391

Class I All metal composition
Series A Plain nondecorated bands

Figure 73A,B

4 specimens

All four rings are made of brass. Two are well made
and exhibit bands which have been carefully joined and
sized. These specimens are 18.1 and 21.8 mm. in out-
side diameter with band widths of 3.9 and 4.1 mm.
respectively. In contrast, the remaining two rings
have been poorly shaped and are open, never having
been soldered to close the band. These specimens are
most likely of local manufacture, from bands of broken
trade rings or scraps of metal. Their diameters are
roughly 15 and 21 mm. with band widths of 2.0 and 2.5
mm. respectively.

Series B Rings with decorations or plaques
Type 1 Rectangular plaque

Figure 73L

1 specimen

This specimen is brass, and exhibits a rectangular
plaque formed by hammering and thinning of the
band in one section. The bezel is 6.4 by 11.4 mm.
in size, with a band diameter of 16.9 mm.

Type 2 Knot decoration

Figure 73C

1 specimen

This example is composed of brass wire twisted
into a "French Knot" or "Love Knot" design similar
to modern rings. The band is 20 mm. in diameter,
and is composed of a double line of wire leading
to the knot. The knot itself is 10.5 mm. in
diameter, and rises above the band by 5.3 mm.

Class II Composite composition--metal bands with glass
insets

Type 1 One glass inset

Variety a Circular inset with flower motif

Figure 73D

2 specimens

These specimens exhibit plain bands 20 mm. in
diameter with a single clear circular glass inset.
The inset is 8.3 mm. in diameter, and overlays a

Figure 73

Figure
Designation

B
C
D

#1::me

II" N C4

392

Miscellaneous Rings

Taxonomic

Designation

CI,

SA
SA
SB ,

SA,

T1,

T2,

T3,
T4,

Vc
Va
Va
Vb
Va

393

: INCHES

394

flower motif which has been stamped into the well
of the mounting.

Variety b Oval faceted inset

Figure 73E

1 specimen

This specimen exhibits a plain brass band set with
a solitaire inset 9.0 mm. long and 9.9 mm. wide.
This clear inset has twenty-four triangular-shaped
facets which have been ground onto the surface.
Ring diameter 18.5 mm.

Variety c Ornate band with inset

Figure 73F

l specimen

This specimen has a very ornate band of cast brass,
and a mounting for a single small inset. The
inset does not remain, but is estimated to have
been only 2 mm. in diameter. The overall ring
diameter is 20.8 mm.

Type 2 Three glass insets

Variety a Square center mounting

Figure 7BG,H

3 specimens

These specimens exhibit a single square center
mounting with one small circular mounting on each
side. Two of the specimens are totally void of
stones and have brass bands with several ridges

or grooves to each side of the stones. These two
specimens have center mountings six to seven mm.
square which were set on bands 17 and 20 mm. in
diameter. The third specimen is larger and better
made than the others, with a center mounting 7.5
mm. square, and a brass band with a diameter of 22
mm. This ring is missing the center and one out-
side inset, but still retains a circular glass
stone on one side. Each side of the band has been
decorated with a floral motif.

Variety b Oval center mounting

Figure 731

l specimen

This ring contains a single oval center mounting
surrounded on each side with one circular mounting.
The center inset is present, and is clear glass
with approximately twenty-five irregular facets.

395

The center stone is 8.9 cm. long and 9.7 cm. in
width. Unlike all previous rings, the band of
this specimen is gold rather than brass, and is

19 mm. in diameter. Since gold was rarely used in
trade, there is a good possibility that this ring
was a personal possession of an European trader or
soldier instead of an item of trade.

Type 3 Five glass insets

Variety a Circular center mounting

Figure 73J

2 specimens (1 complete, 1 fragment)

These rings exhibit plain brass bands, clear glass
circular center stones, and two smaller blue insets
on raised mountings placed on each side of the
center. One of the rings has a center inset 8.0

mm. in diameter which has been laid over a decorated
well so that a star pattern is visible. The other
specimen has an inset 6.2 mm. in diameter, and a
band size of 19 mm.

Type 4 Seven glass insets

Variety a Circular

Figure 73K

2 specimens (1 complete, 1 fragment)

These rings are brass, and have a mounting which
consists of a circular center stone surrounded by
three smaller stones on each side. One specimen
has a clear center stone 7.0 mm. in diameter,
while the other exhibits a blue glass inset 4.9
mm. in diameter. Both specimens have three blue
insets on each side of the center, which are set
upon raised mountings in a two-one arrangement.

RINGS (JESUIT)

"Jesuit Rings" are brass finger rings consisting
of a bezel and one piece band. These rings are associated
with French Jesuit missions occupied during the seventeenth
and first half of the eighteenth centuries. First used as
rewards for religious participation, the rings later
became merely secular trade items. Cleland (1972: 202)
suggests this had happened by the second quarter of the
eighteenth century. Reporting on Fort Michilimackinac,
Stone (1974: 131) notes that the majority of the rings
were deposited in a 1720-1750 time span, and that they were
not associated with religious structures such as the
priests' home or church. This might suggest that the
religious significance of the rings had been de-emphasized
prior to the 1720 date which Stone provides.

The bezels of the rings are round, oval, octagonal,
heart-shaped, or irregular and are decorated with motifs
which are either stamped or incised into the face. Those
rings with stamped or embossed designs most often depict
religious figures or scenes such as the Virgin Mary, Jesus
Christ, the Calvary scene, or religious monograms such as

the double M or the IHS (to be discussed later). The rings

396

397

with incised motifs often are engraved with one or more
letters such as N,M,PI,FI,BI,AI, or with numerals such as
VI or VII. The incised rings also may depict abstract
designs or figures which have no apparent meaning.

Cleland (1972) has presented a very plausible
explanation for the meaning of the incised rings, and their
relation to the higher quality stamped rings. He maintains
that the rings which have been stamped-embossed are the
prototypes for the later incised motifs. The rings which
have been engraved have obviously been copied from earlier
patterns, although it is not known by whom the rings were
c0pied. The stamped rings therefore represent the patterns
for the later incised motifs. Cleland's demonstration of
style drift concept revolves around three prototype forms--
the L-heart, IHS, and double-M designs. He demonstrates
the transition of ring motifs from these prototypes to the
later incised initial and abstract forms. Cleland also
suggests a chronological sequence for this drift in styl-
istic characters.

Prior to 1700, all ring motifs were stamped onto
small oval shaped bezels. For the most part these designs
were enclosed by a rope-like border which encircled the
center design. The rings at that time were used primarily
in religious contexts. Sometime after 1700, the ring
designs began to be copied after the prototype motifs,

however, these were incised rather than stamped. The

398

copies were first done on oval bezels, but later began to
appear on octagonal, heart shaped, or irregular shaped
bezels. Before long the c0pies assumed the role of
prototypes and eventually the original designs deteriorated
into initials and incomprehensible forms. The process of
style drift thus changed an embossed intricate design with
religious symbolism into an incised abstract motif.

Those stamped prototypes which were easily c0pied
soon provided patterns for later designs. The more complex
the original design, the more rapidly a bastardization of
it would take place. The L-heart, IHS, and doubleâ€”M
designs were simple depictions, therefore more frequently
utilized as patterns for subsequent rings. Complex pat-
terns such as the Virgin Mary, Christ figure, or clasped
hands were difficult to duplicate, thus either none were
reproduced, or the design deteriorated quickly with existâ€”
ing copies untraceable to their originals. By the 17205
the quantities of "Jesuit Rings" began to decline, and in
the next twenty to thirty years disappeared altogether as
trade items.

Forty-nine Jesuit Rings are present in the Fort
St. Joseph collections. The following is a catalogue of
Jesuit Rings from Fort St. Joseph.

Type 1 Clasped hands motif
Figure 74A
3 specimens

These examples exhibit oval bezels, rope borders, and plain
bands. The center motif is stamped-embossed and depicts

399

Figure 74 Jesuit Rings
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation

A T1
B T2, Va
C Vb
D Vb
E T3
F T4, Va
G T5
H T6
I T7, Vb
J Va
K T8
L-R T9

S-V T10

400

401
two clasped hands. Above the hands is a shroud, and below
them a crossed fronds.
Type 2 Double 'M' motif

Variety a

Figure 74B

2 specimens

These examples exhibit oval bezels, rope borders, and
bands with three defined ridges at the band-bezel
juncture. The center motif is stamped-embossed and
depicts an inverted 'M' superimposed over an upright
'M.' Hearts and spikes appear above and below the
center design. Cleland (1971: 205) suggests that the
two M's stand for the Latin words Mater Misericordia
or "Mother of Mercy.â€ An alternate explanation is
that the monogram represents a superimposition of the
letters 'A' and 'M,' representing the Latin words Ave
Maria or "Hail Mary."

Variety b

Figure 74C,D

4 specimens

Three examples exhibit bezels round to oval in shape,
while the fourth is heart shaped. In all four examples
the numerals IXXI are incised as a center motif.
Incised lines appear above and below the numerals.\

No border design is present. Cleland (1971) points out
that this motif is a deterioration of the double 'M'
motif. All bands are plain.

Type 3 Virgin Mary motif

Figure 74E

1 specimen

This example exhibits an oval bezel, rope border, and plain
band. The center motif is stamped-embossed and depicts a
bust of Mary facing left. Lines radiate from the bust
outwards toward the border.

Type 4 Christ motif

Variety a

Figure 74F

l specimen

This example exhibits an oval bezel, rope border, and
plain band. The center motif is stampedâ€”embossed and
depicts a bust of Christ facing left. During the

402

manufacture process, the ring was double stamped
resulting in a double figure and border.

Variety b

Not illustrated

1 specimen

This example exhibits an oval bezel, rope border, and
plain band. The center motif is quite worn but
appears to depict a bust of Christ facing right.

The design is stamped-embossed.

Type S Calvary motif

Figure 74G

2 specimens

These examples exhibit oval bezels, rope borders, and
plain bands. The center motif is stamped-embossed and
depicts Christ on the cross with a standing figure on each
side.

Type 6 L-heart motif

Figure 74H

1 specimen

This example exhibits an oval bezel, rope border, and plain
band. The center motif is stamped-embossed and depicts a
large'L' on the left side and heart on the right. Above
and below the center design are three groups of lines
(perhaps spikes).

Type 7 IHS motif

These examples exhibit oval bezels, rope borders, and
stamped-embossed designs. The letters IHS compose the
center motif, with a cross extending upwards from the
cross bar of the 'H.â€˜

Variety a

Figure 74J

1 specimen

This example exhibits a band with three ridges at the
bezel-band juncture. A raised line is present inside
the rope border and frames the IHS motif. Three spikes
are present below the IHS, and the left and center
spikes are merged, due to an imperfection in the die.

403

Variety b

Figure 74I

2 specimens

These examples exhibit two stars above the IR and the
HS on either side of the cross. The bands are plain.

Comments: The letters IHS stand for the Latin words "Isus
Hominis Salvator" or "Jesus Savior of Mankind" (Cleland
1971: 205). Wood (1974: 86) provides additional discussion
on the meaning of the IHS.

Type 8 Cross motif

Figure 74

5 specimens

These examples exhibit oval bezels, beaded borders, and
bands with three ridges at the juncture with the bezel.â€˜
The center motif is stamped-embossed and depicts a cross
with each arm flared outwards from the center. The end
of each flared arm is rounded, giving the entire design a
circular appearance.

Type 9 Initial motifs

Figure 74L through R

20 specimens

These examples exhibit octagonal (14), heart shaped (1),
and elongated (5) bezels. The bands are plain and the
motifs are incised. Border designs are solid incised,
zig-zag, or dotted. The initials N (8 specimens), M (3),
PI (1), F1 (1), BI (1), HI (1), AI (1) appear, as well as
the numerals VI (1) and VII (1). The heart shaped bezel
has a 'D' as a motif. The most reasonable explanation for
the meaning of these motifs is presented by Cleland (1971)
in his discussion of style drift in the decoration of
Jesuit finger rings. He states that the majority of these
initial ring motifs can be â€ultimately traced to only three
prototype designs" (1971: 203). These prototypes are the
double 'M,' IHS, and L-heart designs.

Type 10 Abstract motifs

Figure 748 through V

7 specimens

These examples exhibit octagonal (3), heart shaped (1),
and irregular oval (3) bezels. The bands are plain and
the motifs are incised. Borders are either solid incised,
zig-zag, or nonexistent. The motifs are for the most part
meaningless lines and symbols. There are two exceptions
which will be mentioned later. Cleland (1971) states that
these motifs are also degenerations from the three

404

prototype forms. I agree with his discussion on the matter.
One ring depicts a shaped center motif with radiating lines
away from it (Figure 8). This ring as well as two others
may be a degeneration of the L-heart motif. Another ring
depicts a modified 'H' with a crude cross extending upwards
from the cross bar (Figure T). This is a classic example
of a modified IHS design. Following Cleland's assertion
that the stamped-embossed motifs are earlier and that they
serve as prototypes for later designs, three other rings
may be discussed in terms of style drift.

Two rings have incised designs which form a cross
in the center of the bezel. In each of the four quadrants
formed by this cross are rounded or straight lines (Figure
U). There is a possibility that these two rings are
examples of style drift from the Type 8, Cross motif.

The seventh example of this type is a motif which vaguely
resembles a Calvary motif because of a center-like figure
with incised lines on each side (Figure V).

Discussion.--Eighteen of these represent the

stamped-embossed prototypes which date prior to 1700. The
remaining thirty-one specimens have incised designs and
represent later deteriorations of original motifs. Within
this latter category two heart shaped, three round, three
irregular, five elongated (oval rotated ninety degrees),
and eighteen octagonal bezels are represented.

Since the mission at Fort St. Joseph was the first
in lower Michigan (1687) it is not surprising that such a
large percent of the specimens predate 1700. At Michili-
mackinac, founded in 1715, only four of eighty specimens
or 5 percent have stamped designs, while the remaining
are incised (Cleland 1972: 207). The rings from Niles are
therefore the earliest specimens found in Michigan's Lower

Peninsula.

SAW BLADES

A total of six iron saw blade fragments are present
in the Fort St. Joseph collections, three of which (Figure
75A,B,C) are held in the NIHS museum in South Bend. The
six range in width from 11.5 to 39.3 m. and vary in the
number of teeth per inch from 8 (Figure A) to 3.5 (Figure
C). Five of the specimens, exhibit backs which are paral-
lel to the teeth, and were most probably used in framed
pit and bow saws. Those specimens (4) which have coarser
teeth were used for rough cutting, while the specimens
(Figure A) with the finely made teeth may have been designed
for delicate, more specialized carpentry work. Figure B
illustrates a specimen which exhibits a rounded back,
width of 25 m. and length of 20.5 cm. This example repre-
sents a small hand saw which at one time may have had one
or two handles. Saws in general were not common items of
trade, but were tools of craftsmen and artisans. Though
Fort St. Joseph was a frontier post there was still the
need for craftsmen on a permanent or intermittent basis.

At Michilimackinac, where craftsmen were more likely to
have resided, twelve saw blades were recovered-~two brass

and ten iron (Stone 1974: 298).

405

406

Figure 75 Saw Blades (A-C).

407

mmIUZ.

SCISSORS

Scissors have been found on numerous archaeological
eighteenth century sites in North America (see Stone 1974:
161), and appear to have been quite common items for both
domestic and trading purposes. Four complete scissors and
four scissor fragments.are present in the collections at
Niles. All eight are composed of iron and are utilitarian
in form with no evidence of decoration or embellishment.
Seven specimens are quite similar in size and shape and
have a length range of 12.5 to 13.2 cm., with a mean of
12.8 (Figure 76A,B,C,D,F,G). These examples exhibit oval
finger rings and straight, flat shanks which are rectangu-
lar in cross section. The eighth specimen is markedly
smaller, both in overall length and finger ring size
(Figure E). This specimen has more rounded shanks and an
estimated length of 10.0 cm.

At Michilimackinac five similar specimens are
reported, while the remaining 19 scissors are more ornate
brass and steel examples. The homogeneity of the scissor
samples at Fort St. Joseph, and their similarity to the
Michilimackinac specimens suggest that these large plain

scissors were produced primarily for trade and were

408

Figure 76

409

Scissors (A-G)

â€˜ï¬‚uâ€˜. ..

Bane-aura .u '
"Ja _ ',a ' .
; . â€™1.

C sâ€” ,.
B
. D E

411

imported in bulk quantities, rather than being individually

brought in as personal possessions.

SPEARHEADS

The collections of Fort St. Joseph in the Northern
Indiana Historical Society Museum contains three metal
Spear heads and one large metal projectile point. These
spearheads were most probably items of trade. However
they may have served other European domestic or military

functions.

Specimen #1

Figure 77A

This specimen is a projectile point or small spear head,
76.3 mm. in length and 17.0 mm. in width. Three other
specimens of this approximate length or slightly larger
are present in the Niles collections (see projectile
points, Figures B,D,F).

Specimen #2

Figure 77B

This example is a spearhead 154.2 mm. in length and 17.0
mm. in width. A long tapering shaft or tang is present
for hafting into a shaft. The blade is long and tapering
and is sharpened on both edges.

Specimen #3

Figure 77C

This specimen is a long slender spearhead 195.5 mm. in
length and 31.7 mm. in width. The blade is convex in the
center and tapers towards both sharpened edges. The tang
is rectangular in cross section and tapers towards the end.

412

Figure 77

Figure
Designation

B
C
D

413

Spearheads

Taxonomic
Designation

Specimen #1
#2
#3
#4

_â€”___,. _____

414

meuy:

415

Specimen #4

Figure 770

This example is a wide spearhead which is quite flat
except for the sharpened edges. It is 156.9 mm. in length
and 62.5 mm. in width. The tang is rectangular in cross
section and tapers towards the end.

S PONTOON

Also called the half pike or espontoon, the sponâ€”
toon was a pole arm used as both a fighting weapon and as
an officers' symbol of rank and authority in directing
troops during battle. Neumann (1973: 191) quotes Smith's
Military Dictionary (1779) as saying â€œWhen the Spontoon is
planted, the regiment halts; when pointed forward, the
regiment marches; and when pointed backwards, the regiment
retreats." Usually hafted on a six to eight foot shaft,
the head was normally leaf-shaped with a ring or crossbar
at the base. These arms were used by the English from the
16003 to 1786, by the French from 1690 to 1758, and by the
Americans throughout the Revolution (Neumann 1973: 191-192).

At Fort St. Joseph, one Spontoon head is present
in the collections. This specimen is hand forged from
iron, and is leaf-shaped with a conical mounting socket
(Figure 78). The overall length is 22.5 cm., with a
blade width of 4.9 cm. The fact that the blade is widest
at the midsection, rather than at the rear, indicates a
time period in the last half of the eighteenth century
(Neumann 1973: 212). Two nearly identical specimens are

illustrated from Fort Ligonier 1758-1977, an English

416

417

Figure 78 Spontoon

418

.EU 0 u m u w _

a m _ $52.

419

military post in Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania (Grimm
1970: 81). Therefore, it is quite probable that the speci-
men at Fort St. Joseph is of English origin with a general

date of 1760-1780.

SPOONS

Three spoons were recovered from the site of Fort
St. Joseph, two made from Silver and one from copper. The
silver spoons are both approximately 13 cm. in length and
are identical in shape and articulation of the bowl. This
shape was most commonly used on spoons of the post 1805
period (Ensko 1937: 14). Both spoons have at one time been
marked on the back of the handle, one specimen (Figure 26C)
with a single name or monogram which is now indistinguish-
able, and the others (not illustrated) with a five symbol
hallmark. This hallmark is as yet unidentified and con-
sists of an R, Crown, W, C, and WP set in diamond, round,
round, teardrop, and crown-shaped cartouches respectively.

The third spoon is crudely fashioned from heavy
sheet copper and has a deep round bowl and long wide handle
(Figure 26D). It is 17.4 cm. in length and is unmarked.
No specimen similar to this one is reported from Michiliâ€”
mackinac although several handle fragments similar to the
silver ones are illustrated and assigned to the period of

British occupation (Stone 1974: 182).

420

SPUR

One solid brass spur (Figure 79) is present in the
collection. This specimen consists of a cast U-shaped
loop with a protruding arm onto which a 21 spiked rowel
is set. The ends of the loops are rectangular shaped
buckles with a solid central bar. Noel Hume (1974: 243)
states that "All spurs of the seven teenth and eighteenth
centuries . . . terminated in figure 8 loops . . . but in
the nineteenth century these were replaced by rectangular
buckles cast as one with the spur itself, a single buckle
at each end." Therefore, this spur from Fort St. Joseph
is probably the result of post 1800 occupation at the site.

Distance between loops 7.9 cm., overall length 13.3 cm.

421

422

Figure 79 Spur

muIUZ.

STAPLES

Staples are U-shaped pieces of metal used to join
and hold wood or to secure latch elements in doors. Both
sides are tapered to a point and are meant to be driven
into wood or other soft material. The staples from Fort
St. Joseph are all square to rectangular in cross section,
although round specimens are reported from Fort Michili-
mackinac. Ten staples are present in the Niles collections '
ranging in width from 2.8 to 7.1 cm., and in length from
2.4 to 7.5 cm. (Figure 80A-G). The larger specimens
probably served as keepers for door latch bolts (Stone
1974: 235), while the smaller examples were utilized in
various woodworking situations. Stone (1974: 235) inter-
prets the Michilimackinac specimens to French origin with

a 1740-1780 time span.

424

425

Figure 80 Staples (A-G)

426

F W- G

STRIKE-A-LITES

Also termed "fire steels," strike-a-lites are disc
shaped pieces of iron used to draw a spark when used against
a harder material such as flint. The fire steel is held
in the hand and when stuck against flint a small red hot
sliver of iron was dislodged, thereby allowing the user to
start a fire. Until the friction match was invented in
1827, the fire steel was the primary tool in fire making'
used during the 18th century (Quaife 1937: 36). Strike-
a-lites have been found on numerous historic sites includ-
ing Michilimackinac where 40 specimens were recovered
(Stone 1974: 187). This number can be compared to the
16 steels found at Fort St. Joseph.

The St. Joseph sample is divided into two major
classes based upon form. Class I specimens have a handle
element and a single flat striking edge, while Class II
steels consist of closed rings with an outer striking
edge on all sides. Both these classes were observed also
from the Michilimackinac sample and were classified in a
similar manner. Based upon contextual evidence, Stone
(1974: 187-189) notes that while strike-a-lites were

associated with both French and British features, they

427

428

could not be specifically attributed to either nationality

based upon form.

Class I Single striking edge
Group A Rectangular shape

Figure 81A

1 specimen

This specimen consists of a single piece of iron
shaped to produce a rectangular shaped strike-a-lite.
There is a defined striking edge, as well as a handle
element which is open at its center.

Length 7.8 cm., width 3.6 cm.

Class II Multiple striking edge

Class II Specimens are single rings of iron. The ring is
closed and there is no one defined striking edge or handle
element. Any outside edge of the ring can be used as a
striking surface.

Group A Oval shape

Figure 81B

1 specimen

A single specimen exhibits an oval shape whereby the
opposing outer rings are not parallel.

Length 8.0 cm., width 4.0 cm.

Group B Rectangular shape

This group is composed of strike-a-lites which are
rectangular in shape, but with slightly rounded ends.
The opposing outer rings are parallel. Three distinct
sizes are represented.

Type 1 Large

Figure 81C,D
3 specimens
Length 8.0 cm., width range 3.5-3.8 cm.

Type 2 Medium

Figure 81E
7 specimens
Length 7.2 cm., width range 3.3-3.5 cm.

Figure 81

Figure
Designation

0'11 111 00 II!

429

Strike-A-Lites

Taxonomic
Designation

CI, GA
CII, GA
GB, T1
T1
T2
T3

430

I N C H E S 1 7
â€œamâ€œ; 1â€˜:
_ _ Esra?!

I 2 3 4 5 z. ~..

I
â€˜.

431

Type 3 Small
Figure 81F

3 specimens
Length 6.2 cm., width 3.0 cm.

Group C Elliptic Shape

Figure 81G

A single group 'C' specimen is present in the strike-
a-lite sample. It exhibits tapering ends and a broad
middle.

Length 8.5 cm., width 3.0 cm.

SWORD POMMEL

One sword pommel is present in the Fort St. Joseph
collections in Niles. This specimen consists of a
spherical ball set upon a conical base or platform and
with an ornamental top piece added. It is cast pewter
and is quite ornate having beaded and ribbed embellish-
ments included in the decorative motif. Due to the
absence of an attachment with a knuckle bow or guard, it
is evident that the pommel is from a sword with a simple
or shell guard hilt profile. Such a sword would most
probably not be of military issue, and would be a per-

sonally owned item of an officer or high status individual.

432

TACKS (BRASS)

Brass tacks were used primarily to ornament furniâ€”
ture, but were probably used also for decoration on other
objects such as small chests, gunstocks and trunks. All
thirty tacks from Fort St. Joseph were constructed in two
pieces: the head and the tapered shaft were joined by
soldering. Specimens similar to those at St. Joseph were
recovered from Fort Michilimackinac and were interpreted

as being of French origin within a 1740-1760 time span.

Series A Undecorated

Type 1 Flat
Figure 82A

1 specimen
This tack is constructed from heavy brass with a
shaft 16 mm. long and a head 7.8 mm. in diameter.

Type 2 Convex
Variety a Smooth/regular

Figure 82B
5 specimens
These specimens exhibit heads which are smooth and

circular in shape and which range in diameter from
9.6 to 11.6 mm.

Shaft length 12.5 mm.
Variety b Rough/irregular
Figure 82C,D

7 specimens

433

Figure 82

Figure
Designation

B
C
D

H :30 '11 1'11

1" N C4

434

Tacks (Brass)

Taxonomic

Designation

SA, T1

T2,

SB, Tl,

Va
Vb
Vb
Va

55*

435

INCHES

436

These tacks exhibit heads which are irregular in
form, having no smoothness in convexity nor in
edges. The overall rough and pitted condition of
these specimens points towards the construction of
the head sections by casting in a rough mold.
Diameter range 7.2-7.5 mm., shaft length 10 mm.

Series B Decorated

Type 1 Convex

Variety a Nine-dot

Figure 82E,F,G,K

10 specimens

These tack heads were cast, and exhibit a design
consisting of a central bulge or dot surrounded
by eight others. Stone (1974: 205) Figure 121G
illustrates identical specimens. Diameter range
6.9 to 8.1 mm. Shaft length range 9.7 to 10.7
mm.

Variety b Beaded

Figure 82H,I,J,L

7 specimens

These specimens exhibit a central bulging convexity
surrounded by a beaded rim composed of 12 to 17
small dots. (See Stone 1974: 205 Figure 121E,H).
Diameter range 6.7 to 7.5 mm. (7.3 average), shaft
length approximately 7.0 mm.

Series B Discussion.--Series B specimens are

reported also from the Gros Cap Cemetery Site (Nern and
Cleland 1974: 4), 1670-1705, suggesting that the St.
Joseph specimens may predate the 1740-1760 date which
Stone (1974: 203) suggests.

TH IMBLES

Thimbles are commonly found in eighteenth century
sites and were used for domestic, decorative and trade
purposes. A total of thirteen specimens are present in

the Fort St. Joseph collections.

Type 1 Brass

Figures 83A-H

9 specimens

These examples range in diameter from 15.0 to 16.0 mm., and
in height from 15.0 to 21.0 mm. Eight specimens are quite
similar in size and shape and exhibit round impressions

on their sides with square checked impressions on their
crowns. These examples are of two piece construction with
the convex crown made separately and brazed onto the body
of the thimble. Three of these eight have perforated
crowns indicating reuse as ornaments or tinklers.

The ninth specimen is considerably different from
the previous examples, appearing more modern in appearance
and construction. Circular impressions on both crown and
sides extend halfway down the body, which appears to be of
one-piece construction. On the smooth area near the base
a small impressed "10" is present indicating thimble size.
All nine specimens exhibit a pronounced basal ridge. At
Fort Michilimackinac, forty-one specimens were recovered,
all of which were brass with tapered sides and convex
crowns (Stone 1974: 162). At that site the thimbles were
interpreted as of British origin with a 1760-1780 time
span. Maxwell and Binford (1961: 110) did, however, note
that some brass thimbles were coming from French occuâ€”
pational layers at Michilimackinac which post-dated 1734.

Type 2 Tin
Figure 831

l specimen
This example is 16.0 mm. in diameter and 22.0 mm. in
height. It is patterned with round impressions on both

437

438

Figure 83
Figure.
â€˜De51gnation
A-H
I

Thimbles

Taxonomic
Designation

Type 1
Type 2

Type3

-â€”_â€”-â€”"uâ€”Â«-~â€”â€”â€”-â€”â€”u ..____._ .

439

.J'
i:

L M

440

crown and sides extending three quarters of the distance
from the crown to the base. The specimen is composed of
thin tin and appears to have been constructed in a single

piece. A rim or ridge is present around the base, but is
poorly defined.

Type 3 Iron
Figure 83J

These examples are identical in size and shape having a

22 mm. diameter and a 15 mm. height. The timbles are
patterned with a series of large round impressions extend-
ing from rim to base. They have no crown or cap and are
open at the top. Heavy ridges are present around the
bases on all three specimens.

TI NKLING CONES

Tinkling cones are conical shaped ornaments made
of copper or brass which are designed for attachment to
clothing or hair. These cones were not primary items of
trade, but were produced from scraps of metal goods such
as copper kettles which were cut to a trapezoidal shape
and bent (Stone 1974: 131-134).

At Michilimackinac, Stone (1974: 134) concludes
that tinkling cones were "apparently worn as clothing
ornaments by both Europeans (civilians) and Indians" and
that they were worn by "both French and British inhabi-
tants throughout the period of occupation.â€ This, too,
was probably the case at Fort St. Joseph where, although
more isolated, the socioeconomic backgrounds of the
inhabitants were similar to those at Michilimackinac.

Three hundred seventy three tinkling cones are
present in the collections at Niles. Of this number, all
but five specimens are made from copper or brass (Figure
84F-W) the remaining few being constructed from tin
(Figure 84A-E). The size of tinkling cones ranges from
11.2 to 55.0 mm. in length with a mean size of approxi-

mately 31.0 mm. No size categories were immediately

441

442

Figure 84 Tinkling Cones
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A-E Tin

F-W Brass

444

recognizable. Only six specimens retained their original
attachment, with three leather and three sweetgrass frag-

ments preserved.

TOYS

One porcelain doll and one glass marble were found
on the west side of the St. Joseph River, near the Fort
area. These objects were recovered from a grave contain-
ing other trade items such as a pewter porringer and pipe.
The doll is 6.1 cm. in height and consists of a head, body,
and legs, but no arms (Figure 85A).

The glass marble or ball is 2.8 cm. in diameter
and exhibits a large pontil scar on one side (Figure 85B).
Based upon the general form of the associated pipe and
porringer, these goods may date to the first quarter of

the nineteenth century.

445

Figure
Designation

446

Figure 85

Toys

Taxonomic
Designation

Porcelain doll

Glass marble

447

{INCHES "' â€˜ â€œâ€˜â€œ"" â€œâ€œ1

I .

I â€” _ _ I
â€” -
â€˜ 6

CM;

.. II.- an;~__..â€”--..-.o- ~Â§I<~- .m I, .â€”â€”Â¢---.--..- 'M.-

TRADE SILVER

European metallic ornaments are known to have been
used as trade goods throughout the eighteenth century,
however, it was not until the 17603 or perhaps earlier when
objects made from silver* came into widespread use (Quimby
1966: 91). Produced in England, France, Canada, and the
United States, trade silver soon became one of the largest
and most important items used in trade and gift giving with
the Indian populations of central and eastern North America.
For sixty years (1760-1820), and in some regions even
longer, countless pieces of silverwork in various forms,
were produced and distributed by silversmiths, traders,
and government officials. In the Great Lakes region where
French and English influence dominated until well into
the nineteenth century, the great majority of trade silver
came by various trade routes from France and Canada.

Silver ornaments were produced in many forms
including gorgets, arm bands, lockets, broaches, earbobs,

crosses, and pendants. Many of the pieces produced were

*The term "silver" is a misnomer due to the fact
that the majority of the pieces produced were made of
various metal alloys having little or no silver com-
position.

448

449

stamped with the mark of the Silversmith and occasionally
the city of origin. On English trade silver the hallmark
system was used which indicated maker, city of manufacture,
and date; making these pieces easily identifiable. This
was not necessarily the case in France, Canada, and the
United States where only a monogram of the maker was used
as a touchmark. Many of these marks are well known and
documented, while others may never be identified. Though
the marked specimens especially lend themselves to dating,
all specimens are in and of themselves chronological indi-
cators of the 1760â€”1820 time span, or what Quimby (1966:
140-154) would term the Late Historic Period.

A total of 102 pieces of trade silver are present
in the Fort St. Joseph collections. These specimens are
grouped into functional categories and described as

follows.

Armbands

Armbands are wide C-shaped bands of silver designed
to be worn on the upper arm. Each end of the bands nor-
mally exhibits two punched holes for the lacing of leather
or cord needed to secure the band. Three armbands, two at
Niles and one at South Bend, are present in the collec-
tions. One band is 6.3 cm. wide and 23.2 cm. long and is
decorated with the figure of a running deer or horse. The
far right edge of the band is marked with the RC of Robert

Cruickshank, while the other end exhibits the word MONTREAL

450

in block letters. The second band, also in the Niles
Museum, is plain with ridges on the top and bottom but no
decoration. This piece is however worked with a touchmark
consisting of an eight-pointed pinwheel star and the block
letter S, which is as yet unidentified. The width of this
band is 4.5 cm., and its length approximately 20.5 cm.

The specimen is in the Northern Indiana Historical Society
Museum in South Bend, is unworked and bears an incised
floral design. It is 5.5 cm. in width, and approximately

19 cm. in length.

Broaches

Broaches are circular discs designed for attachment
to clothing by means of a cross pin through a circular open
center. These broaches were produced in large quantities
for trade, and are oftentimes found still attached to the
original fabric. A total of seventy-four broaches are
present in the collections at Niles and South Bend. Of
those, sixtyâ€”nine are circular plain broaches ranging in
diameter from 12 to 26 mm. with a mean of approximately 22
mm. Approximately half of these Specimens remain attached
to fabric. Quimby (1966: 143-144), discussing several
burials found near Niles in 1952, states that: "Adhering
to one of the skulls there was a fragmentary piece of trade
cloth to which were attached about twenty-five or thirty
small round broaches of silver so closely spaced or over-

lapping as to produce an appearance not unlike that of

451

chain mail." This piece of cloth, although in decay is
illustrated in Figure 86.

Three broaches, unlike the others, have ornately
cast, decorated frames consisting of wavy lines and ridges.
One of these specimens exhibits a touchmark shaped like a
scallop shell. A similar mark was found on a crucifix
from the Fletcher Site, and is believed to represent a
French discharge mark from Paris, France dating 1756-1762
(Mainfort 1977).

The largest and most decorative of the broaches
is held in the Northern Indiana Historical Society Museum
in South Bend. This specimen (Figure 87A) is 13.0 cm. in
diameter and is decorated with a series of cut-out geometric
designs coupled with an incised dot pattern. Although the
cross bar does not remain, a small puncture is present
where the attachment would have occurred. Unlike such
objects as ear wheels which are flat, many of the larger
broaches, including this specimen, are convex.

At Fort Michilimackinac a total of thirty-nine
silver and pewter broaches were recovered, and were
interpreted as of British 1760-1780 origin (Stone 1974:

135).

Crucifixes

Fourteen specimens are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collections. See page 162 for Crucifix typology

and discussion.

452

Figure 86 Trade Silver I
Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A-H Broaches

I Broaches on fabric

453

INCHES

CM.

454

Figure 87 Trade Silver 11
Figure
Designation Description
A Earwheel
B Earwheel

C Broach

INCHES

455

Earbobs

Earbobs are ornaments worn in the ear lobes which
consist on conical or teardrop shaped bangles suspended by
a small circular shaped ball which is then attached to the
ear by means of a thin wire. Though designed as earrings,
these ornaments could have also been worn through the nose
or on clothing. Seven earbobs are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collections, most of which are fragmentary, being
only cones, or balls, with only one complete Specimen.

At Fort Michilimackinac five earbobs have been
reported, all of which consist of a cone shaped bangle
and circular ball (Stone 1974: 135, 137). Similar speci-
mens have also been reported from the Fletcher Site in

East Central Michigan (Mainfort 1977).

Earwheels

Earwheels are circular flat pieces of jewelry which
were suspended from the ears or sewn onto clothing. These
wheels are usually cut-out in intricate designs or geo-
metric patterns, and are often confused in the literature
with broaches. Five earwheels are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collection, three specimens (Figure 88B,D,F) held
in the Niles Museum, and the remainder (Figure 87B,C)
in South Bend. One of the specimens (Figure 88F) bears
the touchmark of Robert Cruickshank of Montreal (1779-
1809: production years), while another bears a block PA

in a rectangular cartouche. This latter specimen is

457

Figure 88 Trade Silver 111
Figure
Designation Description
A Gorget
B Earwheel
c Triangle
D Earwheel
E Spoon locket
F Earwheel

458

459

probably the work of Peter Arnoldi, a Montreal Silversmith
working during the last quarter of the eighteenth and first
quarter of the nineteenth centuries.

Unlike large broaches which are convex, these ear-
wheels are flat and exhibit no perforation for attachment
of a cross bar or tongue. Diameters: Figure B 5.57 cm.;
Figure D 5.10 cm.; Figure F 6.0 cm.; Figure B 5.8 cm.;

Figure C 6.35 cm.

Gorgets

During the eighteenth century, the gorget was a
symbol of rank and authority for EurOpean military officers
and consisted of a U-shaped convex silver disc hung about
the neck or upper chest by means of a silver chain. Often-
times, high ranking Indian "chiefs" were presented gorgets
by the British Crown to maintain friendships and alliances
and by the middle of the eighteenth century gorgets were a
recognized symbol of authority among the native populations.

The popularity of gorgets led to their production
as items of trade and as their function changed, so did
the form--developing into two separate styles, the full
circle and the crescent. The full circle gorget was a
round concavely shaped silver object usually decorated
on the inside with an incised decoration usually in an
animal motif. It was designed to be hung around the neck
by a chain, but was also often sewn onto clothing. The

crescent shape, on the other hand, more closely resembled

460

the original gorget form except that it was reduced in
size and made more shallowly curved-~resulting in a
crescent moon shape. These too were often decorated, but
were engraved on the convex side.

Two gorgets, one of each style are present in the
Fort St. Joseph collections. The circular shaped specimen
is 9.1 cm. in diameter and has an otter motif crudely
engraved on the inside face. This specimen is currently
housed in the Northern Indiana Historical Society Museum
in South Bend.

The crescent shaped specimen is 11.3 cm. from ear
to ear and 4.1 cm. from rim to rim. It is decorated with
a bird motif of a horned owl or mythical bird. It bears
the mark of Robert Cruickshank, a Montreal silversmith
who worked between 1779 and 1809 (Quimby 1966: 198),

Figure 88A.

Spoon Lockets

Spoon lockets, so called because of their resem-
blance to a spoon when open, were popular items of trade.
They consisted of two pieces. A flat lid usually decorated,
and a spoon bowl shaped bottom piece. These lockets were
designed to be worn around the neck and were equipped with
a ring at the hinge juncture. Two spoon lockets, one in
Niles and one in South Bend, are present in the Fort St.
Joseph collections. Both specimens bear the mark of

Robert Cruickshank. The specimen at Niles (Figure 88E) is

461

4.5 cm. in length, 3.3 cm. in width and 8.0 mm. in depth.
The second specimen is similarly shaped but larger, measur-
ing 6.0 cm. in length and 3.9 cm. in width. This latter
specimen bears the RC touchmark on the underside of the
lid, while the locket from Niles is marked on the upper

surface.

Triangles

Triangular shaped pieces of trade silver are
miltifunctional ornaments which were worn as pendants,
earrings, or other ornaments, or were sewn onto clothing
for decoration. These ornaments have either one or two
suspension holes located at the apex of the triangle and
sometimes at the midpoint of the base. The triangles with
the double holes were designed to be joined in series, with
many triangles suspended one above the other. The collec-
tion at Niles contain fourteen single holed and eighteen
double holed Specimens (Figure 89Aâ€”1, M). Many specimens
of both types are crudely produced and appear to have been
constructed from armbands and other large flat ornaments,
including broaches. Several specimens (seven) are, how-
ever, of finer quality with heavier metal, a more regular
shape, and three specimens have soldered rings still in
place. All the finer quality specimens are single holed.
Two of those specimens are finely serrated at the base,
and one bears a scallop-shell touchmark and cut-out design.

In addition, one specimen is cast silver or white metal

462

Figure 89 Trade Silver IV
Figure
Designation Description
A-I, M Triangles

J-L Earbobs

463

INCHES

464

(Figure 88C) unlike the other specimens which have been
cut from sheet metal.

Regarding the double-holed specimens, they appear
more crude in appearance and exhibit irregular shapes,
poorly punched holes, and ragged Sides. In one instance,
eight triangles suspended in series with base hole and
form links (Figure 89A). It is quite probable that the
two holed specimens, as well as many of the singular holed
ones were of local manufacture, rather than being the
work of a skilled professional craftsman.

At Fort Michilimackinac, four triangles were
recovered which are similar to the St. Joseph specimens
(Stone 1974: 135, 138). All four specimens were cut from

sheet silver and are single-holed.

Comments.--At Fort Michilimackinac in northern
Michigan, only nine trade silver ornaments were recovered
during the 1959-1969 field seasons, which is very small in
comparison to the silver sample from St. Joseph. The
fact that Fort Michilimackinac was abandoned and re-
established at Mackinac Island in 1781 accounts for the
low frequency of trade silver, since the peak years of
silver production extended well into the nineteenth century.
Fort St. Joseph is reported to have been destroyed in
1781, but the large number of silver goods points towards
occupation which is much later than that date. The

presence of marked silver items by Robert Cruickshank and

465

by Peter and Charles Arnoldi present a strong argument
for settlement well into the nineteenth century. At the
Fletcher Site in Northern Michigan (circa 1770), sizeable
amounts of trade silver were recovered from burial con-
texts indicating the ritual value of silver for that

period.

466

moxHMHOSHU

mmHmEMHHB HHmnm
mwnomoum m wocmum .mHumm mthnmth QoHHsom
pcmnaum H USHMHucooHcD mluoum
OHmHloth HpHocu4
Hmmnsumm H Hmonucoz .xoumm4 umumm Â«m
HoHocud
waHosuu H meuucoz OHmHlvmnH mmHumnO do
mmxHMHoSHO
mumxooH coomm
mummuow
mHmmnzumm xcmnmeHsuo
mpcmnaum w Hmwuucoz momHnmnnH phenom om
cmEHommm mcmEHommm musuommscmz musuommscmz
mo mews mo Hwnï¬sz mo EOMHm mo muse umxmz xumz

.HmbHHm momma co mxnmz m.umxmzlu.m mHnma

UNIDENTIF IED METAL

In addition to a large amount of corroded material,

there are three objects which are as yet unidentified.

Specimen #1

Figure 90A

This specimen consists of a wedge shaped body onto which
a curving tapered appendage has been added. The narrow
end of the body exhibits considerable flattening indi-
cating possible use as a wedge. The blade end is tapered
to an edge, but does not appear to have been carefully
sharpened.

Specimen #2

Figure 90B
This specimen may have been used as a chisel or gouge. It
is flat, with a tapered but unsharpened end.

Specimen #3

Figure 90C

This specimen may have been used as a punch or awl, and
exhibits a hollow head and a shaft which tapers from
square to round in cross section.

467

468

Figure 90 Unidentified Metal

Figure Taxonomic
Designation Designation
A Sp #1
B Sp #2

C Sp #3

469

10' s.

â€™
on-

APPENDIX B

BRIEF ARTIFACT INVENTORY

APPENDIX B

BRIEF ARTIFACT INVENTORY

This Appendix consists of a brief inventory of
artifacts from the Fort St. Joseph collections and their
frequency of occurrence. The frequencies listed below are
the total number of artifacts in each major grouping
without divisions by Class, Type, etc. For specific

artifact counts within a typological format see Appendix A.

Artifact Frequency Artifact Frequency
Awls 47 Gunparts
Axes 7 Buttplates and
Bale Seals 31 tangs 8
Glass Beads 65,000 Cocks 12
Rosary Beads 55 Locks 2
Misc. Beads 429 Pistol Barrel 1
C-shaped Bracelets 48 Ramrod guides 26
Buckles 29 Sideplates l4
Buttons 65 Springs 12
Sleeve Buttons 6 Steels 5
Caltrops 2 Triggers 12
Ceramics 160 Trigger guards
Crucifixes 25 and finials l9
Crucifix mold 1 Wrist escutcheons 2
Door, gate, Misc. gunparts l4
shutter hooks 5 Hair pin 1
Door latch catches 5 Hair pipes 11
Drawer handles 4 Hammer 1
Forks 4 Harpoons 2
Glass 500 Hawk bells 48
Gunflints 433 Hinges and pintles 23

470

471

Artifact Frequency Artifact Frequency
Hoes 4 Rings (Jesuit) 49
Horseshoes and Saw blades 6
oxshoes 3 Scissors 8
Kettles and kettle Spearheads 3
parts 190 Spontoon 1
Keys 12 Spoons 3
Keyhole escutcheons 5 Spur 1
Knives 225 Staples 10
Locks 25 Strike-a-lites 16
Mouth harps 11 Sword pommel l
Musket balls and Tacks 30
shot 1,638 Thimbles l3
Nails 1,505 Tinkling cows 173
Needles 8 Toys 2
Pins 31 Trade silver
Pipes (Kaolin) 34 Armbands 3
Pipe (Pewter) 1 Broaches 74
Pipes (Stone) 119 Earbobs 5
Pipe tomahawk l Earwheels 5
Pipe accessories 1 Gorgets 2
Projectile points 110 Spoon lockets 2
Religious Triangles 32
medallions 15 Unidentified metal 200

Rings (Misc.) 18

REFERENCES CITED

Armour, David A.

1966 Made in Mackinac: Crafts at Fort Michilimackinac.
Mackipgc Histoty, Leaflet No. 8, Mackinac Island
State Park Commission, Mackinac Island, Michigan.

Beeson, Lewis H.

1896 Fort St. Joseph, Michigan Pioneer and Historical
Society Collections, Vol. XXVIII, p. 179.
Smith Printing Co., Lansing.

Blackmore, Howard L.

1961 British Military Firearms. Arco Publishing, New
York.

Brown, Margaret K.

1971 Glass From Fort Michilimackinac: A Classification
for Eighteenth Century Glass. TheiMichigan
Archaeologist, Vol. 17, Nos. 3-4, September-
December 1671, pp. 97-215. Ann Arbor.

Campbell, J. Duncan

1965 Military Buttons, Long Lost Heralds of Fort
Mackinac's Past. Leaflet No. 7, Mackinac
History, Mackinac Island State ParE Commission.

Cleland, Charles E.

1970 Comparison of the Faunal Remains From French
and British Refuse Pits at Fort Michilimackinac:
A Study_in Changing Subsistence Patterns.
Canadian Historic Sites: Occasional Papers in
ArchaeoIogy and Higtory, No. 3, pp. 8-23.
National HiStoric Sites Service, National and
Historic Parks Branch, Department of Indian
Affairs and Northern Development, Ottawa.

472

473

Cleland, Charles E.

1972 From Sacred to Profane: Style Drift in the
Decoration of Jesuit Finger Rings. American
Antiquity, Vol. 37, No. 2, pp. 202-210.

Cleland, Charles E., Ed.

1971 The Lasanen Site, An Historic Burial Site in
Mackinac County, Michigan. Publications of the
Michigan State University Museum Anthropological
Series, Vol. 1, No. 1, East Lansing.

Cotter, John L.

1958 Archaeological Excavations at Jamestown, Virginia.
Archaeological Research Sepies, No. 4. National
Park Service, Washington, D.C.

Cunningham, Wilbur M.

1961 Land of Four Flags, An Early History of the St.
Joseph Valley. Hardscrabble Books: Berrien
Springs, Michigan.

Darling, Anthony D.

1970 Red Coat and Browp_Bess, Museum Restoration
Service, Ottawa, Ontario.

Ensko, Stephen G.

1937 American Silvepsmiths and Their Marks. Cracker
BarreI Press, Southampton, N.Y.

Good, Mary Elizabeth

1972 Guebert Site: An 18th Century, Historic Kaskaskia
Indian Village in Randolph County, Illinois.
Central States Archaeological Society Memoir,
No.72.

Grimm, Jacob L.

1970 Archaeological Investigation of Fort Ligonier:
1960-1965. Annals of Carnegie Museum, Vol. 42.
Pittsburgh.

Hamilton, T. M.

1968 Early Indian Trade Guns. Museum of the Great
Plains, Lawton, OkIahoma.

474

Hamilton, T. M.

1976 Firearms on the Frontier: Guns at Fort Michili-
mackinac 1715-1781. Reports in Mackinac History
and Archaeology, No. 5, Mackinac Island State
Park CommiSsion, Trikraft Inc., Williamston.

Hamilton, T. M. (compiler)

1960a Additional Comments on Gunflints. The Missouri
Archaeologist, Vol. 22, pp. 73-79. Columbia.

1960b Indian Trade Guns. Missouri Archaeologist,
Vol. 22, Columbia.

Hanson, Charles E.

1955 The Northwest Gun. Nebraska State Historical
Society Publications in Anthropology, No. 2,
Lincoln.

Harrington, J. C.

1954 Dating Stem Fragments of Seventeenth and
Eighteenth Century Clay Tobacco Pipes, Archaeo-
logical Society of Virginia Quarterly Bulletin,
Vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 9-13.

Heighton, Robert F., and Kathleen A. Deagan
1971 A New Formula for Dating Kaolin Clay Pipe Stems.

The Conference ngistoric Site Archaeology
Papers, Vol. 6, Part 2, Cqumbia, S. Caro ina.

Hogg, Victor

1975 The Development of Historic Fort St. Joseph,
MS prepared for the Greater Niles Recreation
Board, Interpretive Development Planning,
Williamston, Michigan.

Idle, Dunning
1946 The Post of St. Joseph During the French Regime

- P .D. thesis, Department of History,
Universit ty of Illinois, Champagne.

Innis, Harold Adams

1956 The Fur Tpade in Canada: An Introduction to
Canadian Economic History. ReVised Edition,
University of Toronto Press, Toronto.

475

Jacobs, Wilbur R.

1966 Wilderness Politics and Indian Gifts: The Northern
Colonial Frontier, 1748â€”1763. Universityaf
Nebraska Press, Linc51n.

Jelks, Edward B., ed.
1966 The Gilbert Site, A NortÃ©no Focus Site in North-
eastern Texas. Bulletin, Texas Archaeological
Society, Vol. 37.
Kerfoot, John Barrett

1924 American Pewter. Crown Publishers, New York.

Kinietz, William Vernon

1965 The Indians of the Western Great Lakes: 1615-
. T e University ofCMicHigan Press, Ann
Arbor.

Kinnaird, Lawrence

1964 The Spanish Expedition Against Fort St. Josein

in 1781, A New Interpretation. Mississi 1
Valley Historical Review, Vol. XIX (1933 Reprint),
Kraus Reprint Corp., New York, pp. 175-191.

Lowery, William

1972 National Historic Site Application for Fort St.
Joseph.

Mainfort, Robert
1977 Personal communication.
Mankowitz, Wolf

1972 wedgewood. Spring Books, London, New York.

Maxwell, Moreau S.

1964 Indian Artifacts at Fort Michilimackinac,
Mackinac City, Michigan. Michigan Archaeologist,
V01. 10' NO. 2' pp. 23-300 Ann Arbor.

476

Maxwell, Moreau S., and Lewis R. Binford

1961 Excavation at Fort Michilimackinac, Mackinac
City, Michigan: 1959 Season. Michigan State
gniversityMuseum Cultural Series, V61} 1, No. 1,
East Lansing.

McCoy, Daniel

1907 Old Fort St. Joseph. Michigan Pioneer and
Historical Society Collections, Vol. XXXV,
pp. 145-557.

Miller, J. Jefferson 11, and Lyle M. Stone

1970 Eighteenth-Century Ceramics From Fort Michiliâ€”
mackinac: A Study in Historical Archaeology.
Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology,
No. 4, Smithsonian Institution Press, WaShington,
D.C.

Munsell Book of Color

1929- Munsell Color Company, Inc., Baltimore.
1942

Nern, Craig F. and Charles E. Cleland

1974 The Gros Cap Cemetery Site, St. Ignace, Michigan:
A Reconsideration of the Greenless Collection.
Michigan Archaeologist, Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 1-56.
Ann Arbor.

Neumann, George C.

1973 Swords and Blades of the American Revolution.
Promontory Press, Harrisburg, PA.

1961 Sleeve Buttons: Diminutive Relics of the Seven-
teenth and Eighteenth Centuries. Antiques,
Vol. LXXIX, No. 4, pp. 380-383. New York.

1970 A Guide to Artifacts of Colonial America. Knopf,
New York.

Olsen, Stanley J.

1963 Dating Early Plain Buttons by Their Form.
American Antiquity, Vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 551-554.
Salt Lake City.

477

Omwake, H. Geiger

1956

Date-Bore Diameter Correlation in English White
Kaolin Pipe Stems, Yes or No? Quarterlthulletin,
Archaeological Society of Virginia, Vol. 11,

No. 1, pp. 1-13.

Perino, Gregory

1967

Peterson,

1963

Peterson,

1968

The Kaskaskia Indian Village Site, 1700-1832.
The Conference on Historic Site Archaeology
Papers 1965-1966. Vol. 1, pp. 127-130.

Eugene T.

Clay Pipes: A Footnote to Mackinac's History,
Mackinac History, Leaflet No. 7, Mackinac Island
State Pafk Commission, Mackinac Island, Michigan.

Harold L.

The Book of the Continental Soldier. The Stack-
poie Company, Harrisburg, PA.

Quaife, Milo M.

1914

1937

Marking the Site of Old Fort St. Joseph.
Illinois State Historical Society, Vol. 6, No. 4,
pp. 490-495.

A Footnote on Fire Steels. Minnesota History,
Vol. 18, pp. 36-41. Minnesota Historical Society,
St. Paul.

Quimby, George I.

1939

1942

1963

European Trade Artifacts as Chronological
Indicators of the Archaeology of the Historic
Period in Michigan. Papers of the Michigan
Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters, Vol. 24,
ppIiIS-Bl. Ann Arbor.

Indian Trade Objects in Michigan and Louisiana.
Papers of the Michigan Academy_of Science, Arts,
and Letters, Vol. 27, pp. 543-551. Ann Arbor.

The Gros Cap Cemetery Site in Mackinac County,
Michigan. Michigan Archaeologist, Vol. 9, No. 4,
pp. 50-57. Ann Afbor.

478

Quimby, George I.

1966 Indian Culture and European Trade Goods: The .
Archaeology of the Historic Period in the Western
Great Lakes Region. The University of Wisconsin
Press, Madison.

Sleen, W. G. N. Van Der

1967 A Handbook on Beads. Liberty Cap Books, York,
Pennsylvania.

South, Stanley A.

1964 Analysis of Buttons From Brunswick Town and Fort
Fisher. The Florida Anthropologist, Vol. 17,
No. 2, pp. 113-133. Gainesviile.

Stone, Lyle M.

1970 Formal Classification and the Analysis of His-
torical Artifacts. Historical Archaeology,
Vol. 4, pp. 90-102. Society for Histofical
Archaeology, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania.

1972 Archaeological Investigation of the Marquette
Mission Site, St. Ignace, Michigan 1971: A
Preliminary Report. Reports in Mackinac History
and Archaeology, No. l, Mackinac Island State
Park Commission, Lansing.

1974 Fort Michilimackinac 1715-1781 An Archaeological
gerspective on the Revolutionarprrontier.
Publications of the Museum, Michigan State
University, East Lansing.

The St. Joseph Baptismal Register

Mississippi Valle Historical Review, XIII,
September 1926, pp. 201-239.

Tordoff, Judith D.

1976 Report of Archaeological Excavations at Fort
Ouiatenon 1974 and 1975. MS on file, Michigan
State University Museum, East Lansing.

479

Weissert, Charles A., ed.

1923

Southwest Michigan and St. Joseph County.
Historic Michigan, Land of the Great Lakes,
Vol. 3. Berrien Springs, Michigan.

West, George A.

1934

Wheeler,

1975

Witthoft,

1966

Tobacco, Pipes, and Smoking Customs of the
American Indian. Bulletin of the Public MuSeum
of the City of Milwaukee, Vol. XVII and XVIII,
pp. 1-994. Milwaukee.

Robert C. et a1.

Voices from the Rapids: An Underwater Search
for Fur Trade Artifacts 1960-73. Minnesota
Historical Archaeology Series, No. 3, St. Paul.

John

A History of Gunflints. Pennsylvania Archaeologi
Archaeologist, Vol. 36, Nos. 1,2, pp. 12-49.
Gettysburg.

Wittry, Warren L.

1963

The Bell Site, Wn 9, An Early Historic Fox
Village. Wisconsin Archaeologist, New Series
Vol. 44, No. 1. Wisconsin Archaeological
Society, Milwaukee.

Wood, Alice S.

1974

A Catalogue of Jesuit and Ornamental Rings from
Western New York State: Collections of Charles F.
Wray and the Rochester Museum and Science Center.
Sistorical Archaeology, Vol. VIII, pp. 83-104.
Columbia, South Carolina.